Professional Documents
Culture Documents
your future
College 2010
Catalog 2011
www.waubonsee.edu
1
WAU B O N S E E
our programs and services
College Catalog
2010-2011
www.waubonsee.edu
2 Vision and Mission
2010/2011
Table of Contents 3
www.waubonsee.edu
4 Board of Trustees
Richard “Shorty”
W. Dickson James E. Pilmer
Bristol Aurora
Chair, Board member Board member 1993-2011
1972-1987, 1989-2013 Higher Education Administrator
Retired Insurance Executive
2010/2011
President’s Message 5
elcome to Waubonsee Community College. We are very pleased you have chosen
W to be a part of our exciting and vibrant learning community. Whether you are
a new student -- joining us for your first semester of college -- or a returning
student who has previously enjoyed the collegiate experience, Waubonsee’s faculty and staff
are ready to assist you in making the 2010-2011 academic year an enjoyable opportunity.
While the recession and continued economic uncertainty have personally impacted nearly
everyone in some way, Waubonsee is working hard to ensure that you have a rewarding
educational experience during your time here. Strong academic programs in new and
expanding career fields, a supportive and passionate team of faculty and staff, and state-of-
the-art learning environments combine to provide you with the foundation to realize success.
Easy access to classrooms, labs, and student services is a very critical component
of a successful collegiate experience. In light of that, you will want to check out Waubonsee’s
new Plano Campus, located on Route 34 just west of Eldamain Road, when the building
opens for classes in January 2011. Students will be able to complete an entire associate
degree at the new location. This 33,000 square-foot campus features 15 classrooms,
including two science labs (biology and earth science), two computer labs, an Interactive
Television Classroom and a Certified Nurse Assistant (CNA) lab. More information on the
new Plano Campus and grand opening activities can be found at www.waubonsee.edu/plano.
The fall of 2011 will bring the opening of Waubonsee’s new campus in downtown Aurora Christine J. Sobek, Ed.D.
on River Street. The new Plano and Aurora campuses, along with four new Sugar Grove President
Campus facilities, are a part of the 2020 College Master Plan. The newest of these buildings,
the Student Center, opened in January 2009 on the Sugar Grove Campus. The center provides
students with a convenient “one-stop shop” for student services, and offers lounge, study,
dining, and activity spaces to further enrich student life outside of the classroom.
The “where” of a Waubonsee education is not the only thing that is changing this academic
year. The “when” will also be a bit different, as we launch a new scheduling format for classes.
The new format gives students with hectic work and family schedules the opportunity to
come to Waubonsee just one day a week, taking up to three classes during the day on Fridays.
And, our online classes continue to offer additional flexible scheduling options for students.
No matter “where,” “when” or “how” students access their classes, a Waubonsee education
is typically characterized by a high level of personalized instruction and support that enables
students to achieve their goals and dreams. Building better futures for students would not
be possible without the strong support of the community and the knowledgeable guidance
of the college’s Board of Trustees. Our elected trustees guide Waubonsee’s mission and
vision, focusing on institutional goals that demonstrate accessibility, service, value,
quality and innovation.
During the 2010-2011 academic year, I encourage you to take advantage of the numerous
programs and services Waubonsee has in place to help you achieve academic success. You can
discover more details in this college catalog. And, many resources and services can also be
found online at www.waubonsee.edu. Enrolled students can access all their important
Waubonsee information by logging into their mywcc Web portal at mywcc.waubonsee.edu.
This portal allows you to view e-mail, register for courses, check account/financial aid
information, and receive final course grades. The portal also gives you an opportunity to
connect with classmates and instructors, as well as learn the latest Waubonsee news.
I look forward to meeting you at an upcoming college event or activity over the coming
months. Thank you for allowing Waubonsee Community College to be a part of your bright
future and best wishes for educational success during the 2010-2011 academic year.
Sincerely,
www.waubonsee.edu
6 Curriculum at a Glance
Waubonsee Community College offers students the opportunity to take classes in a wide variety of areas. Course work in credit classes
can be designed for very general or very specific educational goals. Requirements and suggested course work for each degree are
explained in the appropriate catalog section. Degrees and certificates offered include:
GENERAL EDUCATION
Associate in General Studies Degree (AGS)
General Studies Certificate
See degree requirements page 60.
The Disciplines listed below indicate the varied areas of study offered at Waubonsee, although students are not limited to these
options. Refer to each listing of degrees, certificates and areas of concentration later in this catalog.
DISCIPLINES
Course descriptions begin on page 176.
Accounting Film Studies Mathematics
Administrative Office Systems Finance and Banking Medical Assistant
Allied Health Fire Science Microcomputer Systems
Anthropology Foreign Languages Military Science
APICS Chinese, French, German, Music
Art Japanese, Spanish Nurse Assistant
Astronomy Geography Nursing
Auto Body Repair Geology Patient CareTechnician
AutomotiveTechnology Graphic Design Personal Development
Aviation Pilot Health Care Interpreting Philosophy
Biology Health Education Phlebotomy
Business Administration Health InformationTechnology Physical Education
Chemistry Heating, Ventilation and Physics
Air Conditioning
Communications Political Science
History
Computer-Aided Design Psychology
and Drafting Human Services
Reading
Computer Information Systems Humanities
Real Estate
Construction Management Independent Study
Renewable EnergyTechnologies
Criminal Justice IndustrialTechnology
Sign Language
Disability Studies Information and Communication (also see InterpreterTraining)
Technology
Early Childhood Education Social Science
Intensive English—Basic
Earth Science Sociology
Intensive English Institute
Economics SurgicalTechnology
Interdisciplinary Studies
Education Sustainability
InterpreterTraining
ElectronicsTechnology Theatre
(also see Sign Language)
Emergency MedicalTechnician Therapeutic Massage
Legal Interpreting
Emergency Preparedness Tourism,Travel and Event Planning
Library and Information Studies
Management Translation
Management
Engineering Welding
Marketing
English World Wide Web/Internet
Mass Communication
Entrepreneurship
2010/2011
Curriculum at a Glance 7
This catalog documents guidelines for transfer degree areas of concentration and specific curriculum for career education degrees and
certificates. Listed below are example transfer degree areas of concentration and career education curricular areas. Look in the
appropriate section for more specific details.
TRANSFER DEGREE AREAS CAREER EDUCATION AREAS Library and Information Studies
OF CONCENTRATION See the curriculum for each degree and Mass Communication
See the transfer degree guidelines starting certificate starting on page 69. Paraprofessional Educator
on page 34. Photography
Accounting
Art Administrative Office Systems Real Estate
Aviation Pilot Auto Body Repair Renewable EnergyTechnologies
Biology AutomotiveTechnology Translation
Business Business Careers Welding
Accounting/Management/Finance/ Business Communications
Marketing/Operations Entrepreneurship
Management Management
Chemistry Marketing
Clinical Laboratory Science Materials Management/APICS
Computer Science Computer Careers
Criminal Justice Computer-Aided Design and
Early Childhood Education Drafting
Economics Computer Information Systems
Education Microcomputer Systems
Elementary, Secondary or Special World Wide Web/Internet
Education Construction Management
English Criminal Justice
Fitness Leadership Early Childhood Education
General Science ElectronicsTechnology
Graphic Art Facility ServiceTechnology
History Fire Science
Mass Communication Geographic Information Systems
Mathematics Graphic Design
Music Health Care Interpreting
Nursing Health Careers
Organizational Communication Emergency MedicalTechnician
Philosophy Exercise Science
Physical Education Medical Assistant
Physics Nurse Assistant
Political Science Patient CareTechnician
Psychology Perioperative Nursing
Social Work PhlebotomyTechnician
Sociology Registered Nursing
Theatre SurgicalTechnology
Therapeutic Massage
Health InformationTechnology
Heating, Ventilation and Air
Don’t see your major? WCC associate Conditioning
degrees transfer to several additional Human Services
majors as well. Check with counseling IndustrialTechnology
for details. InterpreterTraining/Sign Language
Legal Interpreting
www.waubonsee.edu
8 Academic Calendar
2010/2011
Academic Calendar 9
February SPRING SEMESTER 2011
S M T W T F S Late registration begins.........................................................................................January 10
1 2 3 4 5 Last day to enroll in a course is prior to the first class meeting.
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Orientation week for faculty and staff .............................................................January 12-14
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 First day of classes (Tuesday) ...............................................................................January 18
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Students withdrawn for nonpayment after this date
27 28 must petition to re-enroll ....................................................................................January 18
Weekend classes begin (Friday, 5 p.m. through Sunday) ....................................Jan. 21-23
March End of ALL refunds for 16-week courses..............................................................January 28
S M T W T F S Withdrawals after this date (from 16-week courses) will appear on
1 2 3 4 5 student transcripts ...............................................................................................January 28
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Last day to claim honor student status designation in a 16-week course .......February 14
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Summer semester registration begins at 8 a.m. .....................................................March 7
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Mid-semester (last day to change audit enrollment status) ....................................March 9
27 28 29 30 31 Last day to enroll in a spring semester telecourse ..................................................March 9
(Summer telecourse registration begins March 7.)
April Spring break - Monday through Saturday (classes will not meet) ..................March 14-19
S M T W T F S Last day to enroll in a spring semester independent study or internship ................April 4
1 2 Easter Sunday (classes will not meet) .......................................................................April 24
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Last day to withdraw from spring semester courses ...............................................April 25
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Fall semester registration begins at 8 a.m. .................................................................May 2
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Semester ends ..............................................................................................................May 13
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Grades due - noon, Monday .......................................................................................May 16
Graduation ....................................................................................................................May 19
May
Please note that the above dates apply, in general, to traditional 16-week credit courses. See Registration
S M T W T F S and Records for details concerning weekend courses, TBA courses or courses shorter than 14 weeks in
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 duration.
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 SUMMER SEMESTER 2011
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 First day of summer classes (check individual course), Monday ..........................May 16
29 30 31 Last day to enroll in a course .....................................................prior to 1st class meeting
Weekend classes begin (Friday, 5 p.m. through Sunday)..................................May 20-22
June Memorial Day break - Saturday through Monday (classes will not meet).......May 28-30
S M T W T F S (Weekend classes, 5 pm and later, will not meet Friday, May 27.)
1 2 3 4 First day of regular summer session .........................................................................June 6
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 First day of summer high school program,Tuesday .............................................June 21
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Last day to enroll in a summer semester telecourse .............................................June 22
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 (Fall telecourse registration begins May 2.)
26 27 28 29 30 Independence Day break — Monday (classes will not meet) ...................................July 4
Last day to enroll in a summer independent study or internship ...........................July 5
July
Last day to withdraw from summer semester courses ..........................................July 18
S M T W T F S End of session.............................................................................................................July 31
1 2 Grades due - noon, Monday...................................................................................August 1
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Midterm....................................................determined by length (weeks) of course
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Refunds ................................determined by course beginning date and duration
24
/31 25 26 27 28 29 30 ............................................................................(See the Bursar Office for details.)
Grades due ....................................immediately upon completion of each course
August
Please note that the above dates apply, in general, to traditional credit courses. Summer courses are
S M T W T F S
offered with a variety of beginning and ending dates. Please refer to each individual course within the
1 2 3 4 5 6
schedule for the correct beginning and ending dates.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
www.waubonsee.edu
10 Getting Started
New students who have never attended Waubonsee before are required to complete the
New Student Information Form found at the back of this catalog.
Please refer to the following steps to complete enrollment.
Returning/Continuing Students
Complete the following steps if you have been enrolled at Waubonsee during a previous semester.
STEP 1 Meet with a counselor prior to registering (highly recommended).
STEP 2 Register for courses in person, by mail, by fax, or by using the online registration sys-
tem. Full or partial payment is due at the time of registration.
* Students wishing to transfer credits to Waubonsee need to submit official
Questions? Call (630) 466-7900. transcripts and fill out a Transcript Evaluation Request Form at the
Admissions.......................................ext. 5756 Counseling Center before receiving course placement or completing Electronic
Assessment......................................ext. 5700 Registration and Planning (E-RAP). e Transcript Evaluation Request Form
can be found on the Counseling Web page.
Counseling ......................................ext. 2361
Financial Aid ....................................ext. 5774
2010/2011
11
WAU B O N S E E
what you can learn
Educational
Options
www.waubonsee.edu
12 Educational Options
2010/2011
Educational Options 13
Adult Literacy Project placement and registration services are provided by appointment,
The Adult Literacy Project trains and places volunteers to and general college tuition rates apply. Call the ESL office (see
provide English language tutoring to adults who want to improve directory).
their reading and writing skills or learn English. Volunteer tutors
instruct on an individual basis or assist classroom instructors in Outreach and Retention
adult basic education (ABE), General Educational Development Free outreach and retention services are offered to help GED and
(GED), and English as a Second Language (ESL) classes. Training ESL graduates transition into college-level courses in pursuit of a
sessions are scheduled throughout the year to teach new degree or certificate. Assistance includes referrals to appropriate
volunteers the necessary skills to facilitate positive learning services (i.e. academic counseling and financial aid), coordination
experiences. The mission of the Adult Literacy Project is to of appointments with different departments and assistance in
empower adults to be responsible citizens and parents through exploring specific vocational careers. For more information or to
the process of improved literacy skills. Family literacy, register, contact Adult Education (see directory).
conversation groups and writing groups are offered. The
program is an accredited ProLiteracy WorldWide affiliate. For
more information, call Adult Literacy (see directory). Community Education
Community Education designs, develops and implements a wide
English as a Second Language array of noncredit classes, trips, tours and special events that
The English as a Second Language (ESL) program offers non- enrich the lives of all ages, including youth and mature adults.
native adults, 16 years of age and older, the opportunity to learn Program coordinators develop partnerships with area
the English language while also learning about American culture. organizations and instructors to ensure the delivery of both new
Students develop reading, writing, listening and speaking skills and innovative offerings, as well as traditional classes and
necessary for success in the workplace, community and further lectures. These offerings are designed to reach the diverse
course work. Grammar, writing and conversation classes are also population of Waubonsee’s rural/suburban community college
available throughout the year. Morning and evening classes are district. More specific information about the High School
offered at the Aurora Campus and other selected sites in the Summer Program, Trips and Tours, fitness/wellness, mature
community. There is no charge for this program. For more adult programming, and Programs for Youth can be found by
information about testing and placement into classes, call the viewing the individual listings in the noncredit schedule or by
ESL office (see directory). calling Community Education (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
14 Educational Options
2010/2011
Educational Options 15
Waubonsee is also a participant in Illinois Community Colleges
Online (ILCCO), a consortia of Illinois community colleges
Fast Track
The Fast Track program is an accelerated scheduling option that
sharing online courses and programs. Waubonsee is accredited
enables students to earn a degree in half the time. Students
by The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
pursuing the Fast Track daytime option on a full-time basis can
Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA) 30 North LaSalle
earn a degree in one year. Fast Track’s evening option allows
Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602, (800) 621-7440, to offer
part-time students to earn a degree in two years.
distance learning degrees.
Courses required to complete the majority of general education
Two-Way Interactive Television requirements and additional college requirements for the
Two-way interactive television courses use microwave and Associate in Arts (AA) and Associate in Science (AS) degrees
telephone technology to create synchronous video conference are in the Fast Track scheduling format. The mathematics
environments. Waubonsee has eight interactive video class- requirement and elective requirements must be completed in
rooms. Students may participate at the home site where the other scheduling formats or via distance learning.
teacher is or at any receive site that is closer to home or work.
Waubonsee offers more than 40 interactive television classes Fast Track courses are scheduled in 11 terms during a 12-month
each semester. Area sites include Waubonsee’s Sugar Grove, period. During the fall and spring semesters, four Fast Track
Aurora and Copley Campuses. terms, each four weeks long, are offered. During the summer,
three Fast Track terms, each three or four weeks long, are
Telecourses offered.
Telecourses are professionally-produced classes that include
videos/DVDs workbooks and textbooks. Students work Many students choose to mix and match Fast Track courses with
independently and can finish early. An instructor is assigned to other courses because of the flexibility and various entry points
each course to guide students through the material and testing. this scheduling provides. For a schedule of Fast Track courses,
Students take tests at Waubonsee’s Center for Learning Assess- call the Counseling Center (see directory) or visit Waubonsee’s
ment. Waubonsee offers approximately 20 telecourses each Web site at www.waubonsee.edu.
semester. Depending on the course, telecourse videos are
available through online viewing or as DVDs. Students check
these sets out at the Distance Learning office in Collins Hall.
Internship Program
Telecourses are listed in each semester credit course schedule. An internship allows students to acquire professional experience
For more information, call the Distance Learning office (see through working at a business or organization closely related to
directory). their academic field of interest. Currently, both for credit and non
credit opportunities are available and ideal for career exploration.
For more information, please contact the Career Services Center
Cable to the Home at careerservices@waubonsee.edu or the dean for the appropriate
Each semester, selected two-way interactive television classes are instructional division.
also sent out over Comcast Cable Channel 99, which services
area residents in Aurora, Batavia, Bristol, Montgomery, North
Aurora, Oswego, Plano, Sandwich and Yorkville; Comcast Cable
Channel 17 for residents in Geneva; and MediaCom Channel 15,
which services residents in Sugar Grove, Elburn, Prestbury, Big
Rock, Hinckley, Leland, Somonauk and parts of Kaneville.
Students registered for these classes can watch the class at home.
Interaction is achieved by phoning in and participating in a class
audio conference. Students take tests at Waubonsee’s Center for
Learning Assessment. Homework assignments are sent by mail
or e-mail. For a list of Cable to the Home classes, check each
semester credit course schedule.
www.waubonsee.edu
16 Educational Options
Programs for High School Students Worldwide Youth in Science and Engineering
Waubonsee offers a variety of credit and noncredit courses for (WYSE) Competition
area high school students, as well as special programs, Each February, area high school students compete at Waubonsee
competitions and ACT testing services. in the Worldwide Youth in Science and Engineering (WYSE)
Academic Challenge Competition in biology, chemistry, computer
ACT Preparation Classes and Testing science, engineering graphics, English, math and physics. More
information is available by calling the Technology, Mathematics
ACT preparation classes are offered at various times of the year.
and Physical Sciences division (see directory).
Dates and locations can be obtained by searching the noncredit
course schedules at www.waubonsee.edu/schedules. More
information is available through the Community Education
department (see directory). ACT testing is offered several times a
ROTC Transfer Option
Students who intend to transfer to a four-year school that offers
year through Waubonsee’s Center for Learning Assessment.
a Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) program may
accomplish the basic course work in their first two years at
Articulated Credit Waubonsee. The ROTC Transfer Option is described in more
For articulated credit information, see page 175. detail in the “Career Connections” section, and the Military
Science (MSC) curriculum is detailed in the “Course
Business Competition Day Descriptions” section. For more information, contact the
In April, high school students compete in accounting, computer Dean for Social Science and Education (see directory).
and network concepts, economics/personal finance, general
business, keyboarding/formatting, office integration and office
procedures. Top award winners are eligible for Waubonsee
Study Abroad
scholarships. More information is available by calling the Waubonsee is a member of the Illinois Consortium for
Business and Information Systems division (see directory). International Studies and Programs (ICISP). Study abroad
programs can take Waubonsee students to England, Austria,
Costa Rica, Japan, Germany, Australia and more for programs
Dual Credit offering a comprehensive mix of study and cultural/social
With permission from their high school, students 16 years of activities. For example, students might spend a summer session
age and older can enroll in a WCC credit course for which they in the Spanish immersion program in Costa Rica or a full fall or
have met the prerequisites. At the discretion of the high school, spring semester on campus in Canterbury, England, or Salzburg,
students may receive both college and high school credit, Austria. For more information about the program requirements,
known as dual credit. College credit earned may be applied contact the Dean for Counseling and Student Support (see
toward a degree or certificate at Waubonsee or may be directory). Interested students should inquire and apply early (at
transferred to another college. For more information see page least six months in advance of program offerings).
175 or Contact Registration and Records (see directory).
2010/2011
Educational Options 17
Workforce Development Illinois Small Business Development Center
The Workforce Development department provides services and Waubonsee Community College offers special services to
training solutions for area businesses, organizations and entrepreneurs and small and minority businesses in the college
individuals. district. Small Business Development Center (SBDC) counseling
is available at no charge to people wishing to start, develop and
expand their business. SBDC staff can help clients to develop a
Professional Development business plan, procure financing, increase cash flow, manage
The department develops and delivers a regular schedule of growth and strengthen their business. The SBDC also offers a
courses, seminars and workshops to meet the training, variety of classes and workshops designed to meet the needs of
certification and recertification needs of individuals in many small business owners. SBDC counseling is available in Spanish
professions. Courses are offered in a variety of areas, including by appointment.
computers, health care, supervisory skills, manufacturing, safety
and transportation.
Driver Safety Program
Courses are focused to address specific needs, giving participants Workforce Development offers defensive driving instruction in
skills they can put to immediate use in the workplace. Classes are partnership with the National Safety Council with the goal of
conveniently scheduled to begin throughout the year and to meet helping participants understand the consequences of the choices
at various dates, times, and locations, and many courses are they make on the road. These courses provide practical strategies
offered online. for businesses and private citizens of all ages to reduce collision-
related injuries, fatalities and cost. The courses address the
The Workforce Development department’s course offerings are importance of attitude in preventing accidents and reinforce the
published each semester in the college’s noncredit schedule. Call good driving skills of participants. These are the same courses
the department to request a copy (see directory). The schedule approved by the Kane County 16th Judicial Circuit Court for use
can also be found online at www.waubonsee.edu/schedules. in their court supervision program.
Customized Training
Business, industry and local organizations can have customized
training delivered to employees at their business or at one of our
campus locations, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Topics include
computer skills, management/supervisory, health care, quality
and safety. Services include seminars and workshops, licensing
and certification, consulting, and assessments.
www.waubonsee.edu
18
WAU B O N S E E
your first step
Transfer Degrees
Program
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees Program 19
Purpose of the Transfer Degree Illinois Articulation Initiative
Curriculum Waubonsee Community College participates in the Illinois
Articulation Initiative (IAI), a major, statewide, cooperative
The Associate in Arts (AA), Associate in Science (AS), Associate
agreement among participating Illinois colleges and universities
in Engineering Science (AES), Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) and
to facilitate successful transfer of course credits from one
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT) degrees are intended for
participating institution to another, effective beginning summer
students planning to transfer to a senior college or university
1998. The IAI defines a general education core curriculum, and
for a baccalaureate degree.
Waubonsee’s transfer curriculum for the Associate in Arts (AA)
and Associate in Science (AS) degrees conforms to it. Students
These associate degrees are designed to transfer to a four-year
who follow the prescribed curriculum can be assured that the
institution; however, since requirements can vary from one
credits satisfy general education requirements at participating
university to another, it is recommended that all students create
Illinois colleges and universities. See the “Course Descriptions”
an educational plan with a Waubonsee counselor or advisor.
section of this catalog for a list of Waubonsee’s IAI general
Courses taken at other colleges and/or universities are evaluated
education and major courses approved to date.
upon request.
www.waubonsee.edu
20 Transfer Degrees Program
7. After the claim is received, Waubonsee Community College HIGH SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS
has 120 days to attempt to have the receiving university
reverse its earlier decision to deny course credit. Subject Years Courses
English 4 Written and Oral
The Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI) became effective during Communication,
summer 1998. Since individual colleges and universities Literature
determine which course credits earned prior to summer 1998 will Mathematics 3 Algebra, Geometry,
transfer, students should contact the Counseling Center at Algebra Trigonometry
Waubonsee to discuss their particular circumstances Social Studies 3 History, Government
(see directory). Science 3 Laboratory Science
Electives 2 Foreign Language, Art,
Waubonsee does not guarantee that the letter grade earned in Music or Vocational
the WCC course will be considered by the receiving university in
determining the student’s grade point average, honors, or for Students with academic deficiencies are considered by
other purposes, but only that the receiving university gives course Waubonsee Community College to have satisfied these
credit for some purpose. The guarantee does not provide for deficiencies upon successful completion of a minimum of 24
the refund of tuition for any other course(s), any fees or any college-level credits. Included in these 24 units must be
incidental or consequential expenses or claims whatsoever, but ENG 101 - First-Year Composition I, COM 100 - Fundamentals
only for refund of tuition for the guaranteed course(s) for which of Speech Communication, a social science course, a lab-science
course credit is not given by the receiving university. course, and a mathematics course chosen from courses meeting
general education requirements in their respective categories.
Students’ rights under the guarantee are personal and may not be
assigned or transferred, voluntarily or involuntarily. Further, no
refund is required or is made if the scholarship, financial aid
program, loan or other source used to pay the tuition prohibits
payment or reimbursement of tuition directly to the students.
On-Campus/Online Bachelor’s
Degree Completion
Waubonsee Community College is working to make it even
easier for our associate degree graduates to earn their bachelor’s
degree. Through unique partnerships with several colleges
and universities, WCC graduates can complete their four-year
degrees by taking classes at WCC campuses, at other sites close
to home, or even online. See waubonsee.edu/transferring for
more information.
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees Program 21
Assessment of Student General education requirements for the AA and AS transfer
degrees listed in the following section are outlined in
Learning Outcomes: conformance with the Illinois Articulation Initiative (see earlier
explanation of IAI).
The Outcomes Program (TOP)
The Outcomes Program (TOP) is responsible for providing
resources, support and information about assessing student Purpose of Area of Concentration
learning at the college. Waubonsee’s TOP MEASURE is a
faculty-driven, holistic outcomes model, used to align transfer, and Elective Requirements
occupational and developmental course outcomes for improved The purpose of the area of concentration and elective
student success. This model, which is unique to Waubonsee, requirements in Waubonsee transfer degrees is to prepare the
reflects the skills, abilities and knowledge that the college strives student for a major course of study at a transfer institution.
to develop in all of its students. Students who have decided upon a major course of study to
pursue at a transfer institution should see a Waubonsee
The outcomes in the TOP MEASURE prepare students for counselor to choose elective courses that provide the foundation
challenges of the 21st century. Each course and program has for that major. The Transfer Degree Guidelines show
unique focus and specific goals and objectives, but they all share recommended programs of study for certain areas of
the general student outcomes as defined in the TOP MEASURE. concentration; however, other individual programs can be
College courses provide evidence to support the measurement of devised to meet both Waubonsee’s graduation requirements
the general student outcomes listed in the TOP MEASURE. and those of the chosen transfer institution.
Waubonsee’s TOP MEASURE Students who have not decided on a major course of study to
Waubonsee Community College is committed to placing learning pursue at a transfer institution or who do not intend to transfer
first in every facet of the college experience. Students build a firm may explore a combination of any of the electives listed under
foundation during their time here. This foundation will provide the degrees.
our students with the following abilities:
Students intending to transfer should narrow their choice of a
• Managing Human Interaction: the ability to make and major at a transfer institution as soon as possible. Counseling
navigate relationships offers students additional guidance for this process. Courses
• Teamwork taken at other colleges and/or universities are evaluated upon
• Diversity request.
• Expanding Knowledge: the ability to build on one’s own See the list under “Degree Requirements” for area of
knowledge base concentration and elective choices.
• Intellectual Curiosity
• Content
• Adapting Concepts: the ability to build upon a concept
• Critical Thinking
• Oral and Written Communication
• Visual Literacy
• Shaping the Future: the ability to use knowledge for change
• Historical Consciousness
• Social Responsibility
• Wellness
• Motivation
• Utilizing Facts: the ability to apply a fact to a new situation
• Quantitive and Qualitative Problem-Solving
• Job Skills
• Technological Competence
• Information and Communication Technologies (ICT)
Literacy
• Reflecting: the ability to think about one’s own thinking
and learning
• Aesthetic Appreciation
• Confidence
• Ethics
• Exploring: the ability to search for the purpose of discovery
• Scientific Awareness
• Life-Long Learning
www.waubonsee.edu
22 Transfer Degrees Program
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees Program 23
III. Additional College Requirements Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 106 (4-L),
When selecting courses for the Additional College Require- 121 (4-L), 122 (4-L), 231 (5-L), 232 (5-L)
ments, consult with a counselor/advisor (see directory); Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1-L), 120 (4-L), 130, 220
different baccalaureate schools have different requirements. Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
Associate in Arts (AA).............................................................8-9 sem hrs Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1-L), 103
Associate in Science (AS)......................................................8-9 sem hrs Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1-L), 111 (4-L), 112 (4-L),115 (4-L),
116 (4-L), 221 (5-L), 222 (5-L)
A. Wellness
AA/AS .............................................................2-3 sem hrs E. World Cultures
Health Education: HED 100 One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
Physical Education activity courses: world culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
PED 100-149 (0.5-1) General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
Sustainability: SUS 101, 205 Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities and Fine Arts (item
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement.
granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page Check early with your counselor for course
267 for details.) recommendations appropriate to your particular program.
C. Mathematics
AA .....................................additional hours not required
AS.....................................................3 additional sem hrs
Select any course from the following list not used to fulfill
the general education Mathematics requirement (item
II.D.). Consult with a counselor to determine the
appropriate choice based on your major and the four-year
institution to which you intend to transfer.
Mathematics: MTH 101, 102, 107, 111 (4), 112, 131 (4), 132
(4), 141, 201, 202, 210, 211, 233 (4), 236 (4), 240
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Sequence for Math 24
2010/2011
MTH 050
Basic Mathematical Skills
MTH 101 MTH 102 MTH 107 MTH 111 MTH 112 MTH 201
College Mathematics Applied Practical Math Basic Statistics Math for Elementary Teachers I
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070 Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070 Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070
College Algebra Plane Trigonometry
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070 Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070 Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 070
and MTH 075*; or placement by and MTH 075*; or placement by and MTH 075*; or placement by
and MTH 075*; or placement by and MTH 075*; or placement by and MTH 075*; or placement by
assessment or ACT assessment or ACT assessment or ACT
assessment or ACT assessment or ACT assessment or ACT
IAI: M1 901 IAI: M1 904 (under IAI review) IAI: M1 902
MTH 202
MTH 141 MTH 211 MTH 210 MTH 131
Math for Elementary Teachers II
Scientific Programming Calculus for Bus. and Soc. Sci. Finite Mathematics Calculus with Analytic Geometry I Prereq; “C” or better in MTH 201
Prereq: MTH 131 or MTH 211 Prereq: "C": or better in MTH 111; Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 111; Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 111 IAI: M1 903
or placement by or placement by and MTH 112; or placement by
assessment or ACT assessment or ACT assessment or ACT
IAI: M1 900-B IAI: M1 906 IAI: M1 900-1
MTH 132
MTH 141
Calculus with Analytic Geometry II
Scientific Programing
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 131
Prereq: MTH 131 or MTH 211
IAI: M1 900-2
MTH 233
Calculus with Analytic Geometry III
Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 132
IAI: M1 900-3
D. Mathematics
AES...................................................................12 sem hrs
Math: MTH 131 (4), 132 (4), 233 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
26 Transfer Degrees Program
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees Program 27
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General
Art Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the
(AFA1) major code general education requirements of the institution to which
they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2010.
Art Education (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
(AFA2) major code Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an Emphasis in Art ......................................................................... 31 sem hrs
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis in Emphasis in Art Education.......................................................40 sem hrs
art or art education at Waubonsee. This degree is designed to
provide students a smooth transition to a four-year baccalaureate A. Communications
art program. Transfer institutions may require art majors to AFA/all emphases.............................................9 sem hrs
submit a portfolio for review. Because of teacher certification Communications: COM 100
requirements, transfer school requirements and WCC graduation English: ENG 101* and 102*
requirements, art education students must meet with a counselor
as soon as they declare this program as their intended major. B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
Emphasis in Art.................................................6 sem hrs
I. College Requirements Select courses from two different disciplines from the
A. Semester Hours following list. See also item III.B. World Cultures. (Courses
A total of 63 semester hours (Art) or 64 semester hours in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-Western;
(Art Education) as specified in the following sections. D indicates diversity.)
B. Grade-Points Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
status and in good standing. History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
C. Academic Residency 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
a minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
proficiency credits.
Emphasis in Art Education...............................9 sem hrs
Required: HIS 121 or 122, PSC 100 and PSY 100
www.waubonsee.edu
28 Transfer Degrees Program
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees Program 29
Degree Requirements A. Communications
AFA/all emphases.............................................9 sem hrs
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) Communications: COM 100
Music Performance English: ENG 101* and 102*
(AFA3) major code
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
Emphasis in Music Performance .....................3 sem hrs
Music Education Select course from the following list. See also item III.B.
(AFA4) major code World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures;
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an N indicates non-Western; D indicates diversity.)
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis in Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
music performance or music education at Waubonsee. This Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
degree is designed to provide students a smooth transition to a Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
four-year baccalaureate music degree program. Music majors History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
may be required to demonstrate skill level through audition and 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
placement testing at the transfer institution. Because of teacher Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
certification requirements, transfer school requirements and Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
WCC graduation requirements, music education students must Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
meet with a counselor as soon as they declare this program as
their intended major. Emphasis in Music Education .........................6 sem hrs
Required: PSC 100 and HIS 121 or HIS 122
I. College Requirements NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
A. Semester Hours some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
A total of 65 semester hours (Music Performance) or 66 institution. See your counselor.
semester hours (Music Education) as specified in the
following sections. C. Physical and Life Sciences
B. Grade-Points AFA/all emphases.............................................7 sem hrs
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Select at least one course from Physical Sciences and one
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student course from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course.
status and in good standing. NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
C. Academic Residency some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a institution. See your counselor. (L indicates a lab course.)
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Physical Sciences
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4-L), 110 (4-L)
proficiency credits. Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 106 (4-L),
121 (4-L)
II. General Education Requirements Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1-L), 120 (4-L) (under IAI
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree review), 130, 220
does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1-L), 103
general education requirements of the institution to which Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1-L), 111 (4-L), 221 (5-L)
they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2010. Life Sciences
(Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.) Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 110,
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) 111 (1-L), 120 (4-L), 126 (4-L), 128 (4-L), 200, 244 (4-L),
Emphasis in Music Performance ...............................28 sem hrs 250 (4-L), 254, 270 (4-L)
Emphasis in Music Education.................................... 28 sem hrs
D. Mathematics
AFA/all emphases.............................................3 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 102 (under IAI review), 107, 131
(4), 132 (4), 202, 210, 211, 233 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
30 Transfer Degrees Program
A. Wellness
Emphasis in Music Performance ..................2-3 sem hrs
Health Education: HED 100
Physical Education activity courses:
PED 100-149 (0.5-1)
Sustainability: SUS 101, 205
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be
granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page
267 for details.)
Emphasis in Music Education......................... 3 sem hrs
Required: HED 100
B. World Cultures
One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
world culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities (item II.E.). This is not
an additional credit hour requirement.
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees Program 31
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Waubonsee’s requirements conform to IAI General Education
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT) Core Curriculum guidelines. Courses listed in section II match
Secondary Mathematics Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2010.
(AAT1) major code (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
The Associate of Arts in Teaching - Secondary Mathematics Associate in Teaching (AAT)
degree allows students who are interested in teaching Secondary Mathematics .....................................39 sem hrs
mathematics at the secondary level the opportunity to complete
the first two years of their college course work at the community A. Communications
college in preparation for transferring to a college or university. AAT.....................................................................9 sem hrs
Students who earn the AAT-Secondary Mathematics degree will Communications: COM 100
have completed their general education core courses, developed a English: ENG 101* and 102*
basic understanding of the essential qualifications required of
educators, mastered the fundamental mathematics concepts that B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
serve as a basis for advanced study in the discipline, and achieved AAT.....................................................................9 sem hrs
a satisfactory score on the Illinois Basic Skills Test required for Select three courses from at least two disciplines. See
entry into teacher certification programs at colleges and also item III.B. World Cultures.
universities. Because of teacher certification requirements, (Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation requirements, Western; D indicates diversity.)
students must meet with a counselor as soon as they declare this History: HIS 121, 122
program as their intended major. Completion of these courses Political Science: PSC 100
does not guarantee admission to a baccalaureate program. Psychology: PSY 100
Sociology: SOC 120 (D)
I. College Requirements
A. Semester Hours C. Physical and Life Sciences
A total of 64 semester hours as specified in the following AAT.....................................................................8 sem hrs
sections. Select one course and a lab course from Physical
B. Grade-Points Sciences and one course and a lab course from Life
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Sciences.
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Physical Sciences
status and in good standing. Earth Science: ESC 100 and 101 (1)
C. Academic Residency Geography: GEO 121 (4)
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a Physics: PHY 111 (4), 112 (4)
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Life Sciences
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Biology: BIO 100 and 101 (1); 110 and 111 (1); 120 (4)
proficiency credits.
D. Mathematics
AAT.....................................................................4 sem hrs
Degree Requirements Footnotes Mathematics: MTH 131 (4)
* IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses.
** Interdisciplinary humanities courses that encompass both E. Humanities and Fine Arts
humanities and fine arts may be used for either humanities or AAT.....................................................................9 sem hrs
fine arts credit. Select at least one course from Humanities and one
course from Fine Arts. See also item III.B. World Cultures.
(Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-
Western; D indicates diversity.)
NOTE: See a Counselor if seeking AAT degree.
Humanities
Humanities**: HUM 102 (N)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 105
Fine Arts
Art: ART 100
Humanities**: HUM 101
Music: MUS 101 (N)
www.waubonsee.edu
32 Transfer Degrees Program
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees Program 33
II. General Education Requirements III. Additional College Requirements
Waubonsee’s requirements conform to IAI General Education AAT .........................................................................3 sem hrs
Core Curriculum guidelines. Courses listed in section II match
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2010. (Courses are A. Mathematics
3 sem hrs unless indicated.) AAT.....................................................................3 sem hrs
Associate in Teaching (AAT) Mathematics: MTH 201
Special Education ................................................40 sem hrs
B. World Cultures
A. Communications One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
AAT ....................................................................9 sem hrs World Culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
Communications: COM 100 General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
English: ENG 101* and 102* Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities and Fine Arts (item
II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
AAT ....................................................................9 sem hrs IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
Select three courses from at least two disciplines. See AAT...................................................................21 sem hrs
also item III.B. World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy
World Cultures; N indicates non-Western; D indicates Early Childhood Education: ECE115
diversity.) Education: EDU200, 202, 205, 210, 220; 215 or 225
History: HIS 121, 122
Political Science: PSC 100 (recommended)
Psychology: PSY 100 (recommended)
Degree Requirements Footnotes
C. Physical and Life Sciences * IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses.
AAT.....................................................................7 sem hrs
Select one course from Physical Sciences and one course Note: Students planning to major in special education at
from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course. Northern Illinois University need to contact the university’s
(L indicates a lab course.) special education undergraduate advisor no later than one
Physical Sciences year prior to their admission to ensure clinical placement.
Astronomy: AST100, 105 (4-L), 110 (4-L) Failure to do so may result in a delay of registration for the
Earth Science: ESC 100 and 101 (1-L) initial block sequence of courses needed for the degree.
Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
Life Sciences
Biology: BIO 100 and 101 (1-L); 110 and 111 (1-L); 120 (4-L)
D. Mathematics
AAT ....................................................................6 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 202
Humanities
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 105
Fine Arts
Art: ART 100
Music: MUS 101 (N)
www.waubonsee.edu
34
WAU B O N S E E
how you’ll prepare
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 35
Transfer Degrees Division of Health and Life Sciences
Area of Concentration: Biology (AS)
Program Guidelines Area of Concentration: Clinical Laboratory Science (AS)
The following guidelines help students plan their individual Area of Concentration: Nursing Transfer for BSN (AS)
transfer program. Course lists are patterned after the “Degree Area of Concentration: General Science (AS)
Requirements” in the previous section. Many different
programs can be devised to meet the requirements of either
an Associate in Arts or Associate in Science degree and to Division of Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages
earn credit to transfer to a four-year school. Use the Area of Concentration: Art (AA)
guidelines as a starting point. Counselors and students, Area of Concentration: Graphic Art (AA)
working together with the transfer institution, can build a Fine Arts (see “Degree Requirements: AFA”)
transfer degree program appropriate for each individual. Area of Concentration: Philosophy (AA)
Area of Concentration: Music (AA)
These course lists are ONLY guidelines. If you intend to
transfer, check early with your transfer school and Division of Social Science and Education
Waubonsee’s Counseling Center to ensure you’re meeting
Area of Concentration: Physical Education (AS)
ALL requirements. Area of Concentration: Fitness Leadership (AS)
Area of Concentration: Early Childhood Education (AS)
Program guidelines are included for the following: Area of Concentration: Elementary Education (AS)
Area of Concentration: Secondary Education (AS)
Division of Business and Information Systems Area of Concentration: Special Education (AS)
Area of Concentration: Business (AS) Area of Concentration: History (AA)
Area of Concentration: Economics (AA) Area of Concentration: Political Science (AA)
Area of Concentration: Computer Science (AS) Area of Concentration: Psychology (AA)
Area of Concentration: Sociology (AA)
Division of Communications and Library Services Area of Concentration: Social Work (AS)
Area of Concentration: Organizational Communication Area of Concentration: Criminal Justice (AS)
(AA)
Area of Concentration: Mass Communication (AA)
Area of Concentration: English (AA) Division of Technology, Mathematics and
Area of Concentration: Theatre (AA) Physical Sciences
Area of Concentration: Aviation Pilot (AS)
Area of Concentration: Chemistry (AS)
Engineering Science (see “Degree Requirements: AES”)
Area of Concentration: Math (AS)
Area of Concentration: Physics (AS)
In order to help students prepare for a variety of popular college majors, certain areas of concentration have been developed,
complete with a recommended curriculum. However, Waubonsee students should feel free to develop their own personalized
course of study with the help of a counselor.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
36 Program Guidelines
How to Schedule Your Classes • Summer session (even with limited class selection) allows
students to take classes they can’t fit in otherwise.
To successfully complete an associate degree as a full-time or
part-time student, students should work with a counselor to plan • When choosing courses, students should consult degree
their courses each semester. Counseling has Student Academic requirements, read program guidelines and course
Plan sheets that can be used as shown in the following example. descriptions, fill out a Student Academic Plan worksheet, get
Keep in mind these considerations: information from their intended transfer school, and work
with a counselor or advisor. Many different programs are
• A minimum of 12 semester hours is considered full time. To
possible, not just the ones proposed in the guidelines.
complete an associate degree in two years, students must take
15-18 hours per semester. • Students should make early contact with Counseling to get
help determining their intended transfer school and
• Check course prerequisites. Some courses must be taken in a
coordinating their courses with the school’s requirements.
sequence or concurrently.
• Be sure to meet Waubonsee graduation requirements,
• Courses may only be offered certain semesters. Work with
including completing a petition to graduate. (Students need to
Counseling to plan your course work each semester.
do this early in the semester before they intend to complete
• Register early. Classes close when they fill up or can be requirements.)
canceled for insufficient enrollment.
Visit the Counseling Center for help in completing your own academic plan (see directory).
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 37
Division of Business and Information Systems
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: BUSINESS Requirements .................................................18-19
Recommendations include:
(Accounting, Management, Finance, Marketing or ACC 120 Financial Accounting* ....................................3
Operations Management) ACC 121 Managerial Accounting ..................................3
BUS 100 Introduction to Business................................3
BUS 207 Business Statistics.........................................3
I. College Requirements BUS 210 Legal Environment of Business .....................3
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 CIS 110 Business Information Systems ......................3
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 ✔ Assessment required.
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 * ACC 120 is a fast paced course. Students with a grade-point
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I................................ 3 average below 3.0 should consider taking ACC 115 before ACC
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3
120.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ....................................9
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations
ECN 121 Principles of Economics-Macro .....................3
ECN 122 Principles of Economics-Micro ......................3 consult with Counseling.
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3
MTH 211 Calculus/Business and Social Science ...........3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics
or This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .......................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔...............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 111 College Algebra .............................................4
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
E. World Cultures
mp l e
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
38 Program Guidelines
mp le
2010/2011
S a
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 39
Division of Business and Information Systems
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
mp le
S a www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
40 Program Guidelines
e
consult with Counseling.
consult with Counseling.
mp l
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
a
2010/2011
S
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 41
mp le
S a www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
42 Program Guidelines
mp le
2010/2011
S a
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 43
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3 D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3
CHM 122 Chemistry/Qualitative Analysis ......................4 CHM 122 Chemistry/Qualitative Analysis ......................4
e
or
l
PHY 222 General Physics II ..........................................5 Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
p
consult with Counseling.
✔ Assessment required.
* See a counselor as requirements vary by school.
m
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
a
consult with Counseling.
S
NOTE: The sequence of courses outlined above is considered a
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
general guide for the student who plans to go on to a
baccalaureate program majoring in natural sciences and/or with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
preparatory to applying to a school of medicine, dentistry, ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
nursing, veterinary science or related fields.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
44 Program Guidelines
mp le
2010/2011
S a
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 45
Division of Health and Life Sciences
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: Requirements .................................................18-19
GENERAL SCIENCE
✔ Assessment required.
I. College Requirements * See a counselor as requirements vary by school.
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 consult with Counseling.
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
PHY 221 General Physics I ...........................................5 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
or ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I ................................4
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I ....................................4
D. Mathematics ✔ * ..........................................................3
MTH 211 Calculus for Business and Social Science .....3
or
MTH 131 Calculus With Analytic Geometry I ................4
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .......................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 111 College Algebra..............................................4
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
CHM 121 General Chemistry .........................................4
E. World Cultures
mp le
S a www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
46 Program Guidelines
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 MTH 101 College Mathematics
MTH 101 College Mathematics .....................................3 or
or MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3
MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 Recommended Fine Arts courses:
Recommended Fine Arts courses: ART 101 History of Western Art-
ART 101 History of Western Art-Ancient to Medieval ...3 Ancient to Medieval .......................................3
ART 102 History of Western Art-Renaissance to ART 102 History of Western Art-
Modern Art.....................................................3 Renaissance to Modern Art
III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9 or
ART 103 History of Non-Western Art ..........................3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities ..............................3
B. Second Language .........................................................6 III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9
C. Mathematics ✔ ..........................add. hrs. not required A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........add. hrs. not required B. Second Language .........................................................6
E. World Cultures C. Mathematics ✔ ..........................add. hrs. not required
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective D. Physical and Life Sciences .......... add. hrs. not required
Requirements .................................................18-19 E. World Cultures
Recommendations include:
ART 110 Design I..........................................................3
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
ART 111 Design II.........................................................3 Requirements .................................................18-19
ART 120 Basic Drawing I ..............................................3 Recommendations include:
ART 121 Basic Drawing II .............................................3 ART 110 Design I .........................................................3
ART 222 Life Drawing...................................................3 ART 111 Design II.........................................................3
e
ART 120 Basic Drawing I ..............................................3
ART 290 Studio Art .......................................................3
l
ART 121 Basic Drawing II .............................................3
GRD 173 Graphic Design I ...........................................3
p
✔ Assessment required. GRD 273 Graphic Design II ..........................................3
m
Note: Portfolios are typically required for entrance into a four- ✔ Assessment required.
year institution.
a
Note: Due to Art Major and Art Education requirements, Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations
S
please meet with a counselor as soon as possible about your consult with Counseling.
program of study.
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations
consult with Counseling.
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 47
Division of Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: PHILOSOPHY Requirements .................................................18-19
Recommendations include:
PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy .............................3
I. College Requirements PHL 101 Introduction to Logic......................................3
PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics.....................................3
II. General Education Requirements .....................37 PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Thinking......................3
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 PHL 140 Introduction to Aesthetics..............................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ...............................3
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 ✔ Assessment required.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 Note: Check with transfer school about teacher certification
requirements and meet with a counselor for course selection.
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
MTH 101 College Mathematics Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
or consult with Counseling.
MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
B. Second Language ........................................................6 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
C. Mathematics ✔ ..........................add. hrs. not required
D. Physical and
Life Sciences ..............................add. hrs. not required
E. World Cultures
mp le
S a www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
48 Program Guidelines
mp le
2010/2011
S a
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 49
e
Illinois University should also take the CHM 101 lab course.
l
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
*** Students should complete the BIO 270 and 272 sequence at
p
consult with Counseling. Waubonsee prior to transfer.
**** Aurora University requires students to minor in Business
m
NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements, Administration. For electives students should take ACC
a
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation 120, ACC 121, BUS 100 and BUS 210.
requirements, students should meet with a counselor as soon
S
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
as they declare education their intended major. Please note: consult with Counseling.
• Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
Test before being admitted into most schools of education in
Illinois.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
50 Program Guidelines
mp le
2010/2011
S a
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 51
Division of Social Science and Education
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
✔ Assessment required.
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: * Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION should take HIS 121 and HIS 122.
I. College Requirements ** Illinois State University requires 12 credit hours of Physical
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 and Life Sciences courses. Students planning to attend ISU
should also complete the accompanying laboratory course.
A. Communications ✔........................................................9
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 *** Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 should take MUS 210, which is only offered in the spring
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 semester.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences*..................................9 Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
HIS 121 American History to 1865 consult with Counseling.
or
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 ........................3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
C. Physical and Life Sciences** ........................................7
requirements, meet with a counselor as soon as you declare
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3 education as your intended major. Note the following:
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ...................3
• Students are advised to investigate whether or not their
E. Humanities and Fine Arts .............................................9 transfer institution requires a subject area concentration.
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
• Many transfer institutions require attendance at an
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 informational meeting prior to enrollment in a school of
B. Second Language .......................................not required education.
C. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................add. hrs. 3 • Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I .....................3 Test before being admitted into most schools of education in
D. Physical and Life Sciences** ........................add. hrs. 3 Illinois.
E. World Cultures
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
Requirements .................................................18-19
Recommendations include:
EDU 200 Introduction to Education...............................3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education ....................3 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education ........3
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
EDU 210 Educational Psychology..................................3
EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education ..................3
e
MUS 210 Music for the Elementary Teacher*** ...........3
amp l
S www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
52 Program Guidelines
mp le
2010/2011
S a
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 53
Division of Social Science and Education
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
✔ Assessment required.
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: * Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University
SPECIAL EDUCATION should take HIS 121, HIS 122, PSC 100 and PSY 100.
I. College Requirements Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
consult with Counseling.
II. General Education Requirements ......................37
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 requirements, meet with a counselor as soon as you declare
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3
education as your intended major. Note the following:
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences* ..................................9
HIS 121 American History to 1865 • Many transfer institutions require attendance at an
or informational meeting prior to enrollment in a school of
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 ........................3 education.
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 • Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
Test before being admitted into most schools of education in
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
Illinois.
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ....................3 • Some transfer institutions require documentation of previous
work with special populations.
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
MUS 100 Music: The Art of Listening • Students planning to major in special education at Northern
or Illinois University need to contact the university’s special
ART 100 Art Appreciation .............................................3
education undergraduate advisor no later than one year prior to
their admission to ensure clinical placement. Failure to do so
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 may result in a delay of registration for the initial block sequence
of courses needed for the degree.
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .......................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I .....................3
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3
E. World Cultures
e
Requirements .................................................18-19
l
Recommendations include: This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
EDU 200 Introduction to Education...............................3
p
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education ....................3
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education ........3 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
m
EDU 210 Educational Psychology..................................3
EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education ..................3
S a www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
54 Program Guidelines
✔ Assessment required.
e
✔ Assessment required.
l
* No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill general Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
p
education requirements. consult with Counseling.
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
m
consult with Counseling.
2010/2011
S a This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 55
le
✔ Assessment required.
p
* Northern Illinois University and Illinois State University
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early accept only two psychology elective courses.
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
m
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
a
consult with Counseling.
S www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
56 Program Guidelines
e
✔ Assessment required.
l
demonstrate knowledge of computer systems and proficiency in
* Aurora University requires MTH 111. the use of office software and the Internet.
p
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations, Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
consult with Counseling. consult with Counseling.
2010/2011
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 57
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: AVIATION PILOT The student completes all aviation pilot training at any FAA-
approved flight school or equivalent military flight-training
program and receives 18 semester hours of credit for AVP 100,
I. College Requirements AVP 110, AVP 120 and AVP 130 at Waubonsee. This credit
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 is officially awarded when the student completes 15 hours of
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 credit at Waubonsee. Credit may be awarded as each level of pilot
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 training is completed or all at once. See the Dean for Technology,
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 Mathematics and Physical Sciences. The required academic
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 work to complete the Associate in Science degree is completed
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 at Waubonsee.
ECN 121 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics ....3
ECN 122 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics .....3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .......................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................add. hrs. 3
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3
E. World Cultures
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
Requirements .................................................18-19
Recommendations include:
AVP 100 Private Pilot Certificate...................................5
AVP 110 Professional Instrument Rating......................5
AVP 120 Professional Commercial Pilot .......................5
AVP 130 Professional Multiengine Rating ....................3
✔ Assessment required.
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
consult with Counseling.
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
e
NOTE: Students who complete the Associate in Science degree
l
and follow the aviation pilot suggested program can transfer to with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
p
a university offering aviation management as a junior-level
student. See a counselor for specific information about the
transfer status of this program.
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
58 Program Guidelines
mp le
2010/2011
S a
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 59
Division of Technology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
e
consult with a counselor. ✔ Assessment required.
l
Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations, Note: For specific course requirements or recommendations,
p
consult with Counseling. consult with Counseling.
S am
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
www.waubonsee.edu
60
WAU B O N S E E
the value of variety
General Studies
Program
2010/2011
General Studies Program 61
General Studies Program II. General Education Requirements
Associate in General Studies
Waubonsee offers an Associate in General Studies degree and a
(AGS).....................................................................29 sem hrs
General Studies Certificate of Achievement.
(Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
www.waubonsee.edu
62 General Studies Program
2010/2011
63
WAU B O N S E E
yourself in a job you enjoy
Career Education
Program
www.waubonsee.edu
64 Career Education Program
Purpose of the Career Education 4. The employer must verify in writing, within 90 days of the
graduate’s initial employment, that the graduate lacks
Curriculum competency in specific technical skills as represented by the
Career education programs are designed for students seeking degree information printed in the college catalog.
specialized training in preparation for employment after leaving 5. The retraining is limited to courses regularly offered by the
Waubonsee Community College. Both the Associate in Applied college.
Science degree (AAS — two-year program) and certificates 6. A written retraining plan must be developed by the employer,
(usually one year or less) are offered in many technical areas. the graduate and the appropriate instructional administrator
Although these programs are not primarily designed to transfer specifying the courses needed for retraining and the
to four-year colleges and universities, Waubonsee has established competencies to be mastered.
articulation agreements with a number of colleges and 7. Prerequisites and other admission requirements for retraining
universities, and many of the Associate in Applied Science courses must be met and are not included in the courses
degrees may transfer. See Counseling for more details. covered by this guarantee.
8. A maximum of 15 credit hours of occupational course work is
provided free of tuition under the terms of this guarantee. Lab
Occupational Program Guarantee fees and other course costs are not included.
Waubonsee Community College, as an expression 9. All retraining must be completed within two calendar years
of confidence in its faculty, staff and educational programs, after the claim is filed.
guarantees the skills of all occupational AAS degree and
certificate graduates subject to the following conditions: For further information concerning this program, contact the
Executive Vice President of Educational Affairs/Chief Learning
1. All course work for the degree or certificate must have been Officer (see directory).
completed at Waubonsee Community College.
2. The student must have graduated within four years of initial
enrollment.
3. The student must be employed in a job directly related to Some of Waubonsee’s occupational programs support
his/her program of study within two years after graduation student participation in SkillsUSA activities. See an advisor
from a Waubonsee Community College Associate in Applied or instructor for details.
Science degree or certificate program.
2010/2011
Career Education Program 65
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Associate in Applied Science
Associate in Applied Science (AAS) AAS ..................................................................................15 sem hrs
The college recommends that all students create an educational (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
plan with a counselor. Courses numbered 100-299 may be
counted toward this degree. This degree is not intended for A. Communications ...............................................6 sem hrs
transfer, and general education requirements do not meet IAI Unless particular courses are specified in the curriculum,
General Education Core Curriculum guidelines. For information choose two of these courses:
about courses in the curriculum that transfer, or about a transfer- English: ENG 101, 102, 151, 152, 153
oriented program, see a counselor.
B. Social and Behavioral
I. College Requirements Sciences .............................................................3 sem hrs
Unless a particular course is specified in the curriculum,
A. Semester Hours choose a course from below.
A total of 60 semester hours or more completed as Anthropology: ANT 100, 101, 102, 110, 120
specified in the following sections. Economics: ECN 100, 105, 110, 121, 122
Geography: GEO 220, 230, 235
B. Grade-Points History: HIS 101, 102, 121, 122, 205, 215, 225, 235, 245,
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 290
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260, 280
status and in good standing. An “m” denotes major Psychology: PSY 100, 200, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235, 240,
courses in which a minimum grade of C must be 245, 250
achieved. Sociology: SOC 100, 120, 130, 210, 215, 230, 240
www.waubonsee.edu
66 Career Education Program
2010/2011
Career Education Program 67
Occupational Program Business Careers ..............................................................83
Business Communications
Descriptions Organizational Communication Certificate
Each occupational program offered at the college is described in Organizational Communication for the
the following sections. These programs are designed as career Business Professional Certificate
education and are not intended to transfer. The curriculum
Entrepreneurship (AAS)
required to achieve either the Associate in Applied Science
Entrepreneurship (AAS)
degree (AAS) or the Certificate of Achievement for each
particular area is described in detail. Entrepreneurship Certificate
Management (AAS)
Although most AAS degrees can be accomplished in two years Human Resources Management (AAS)
of full-time study, some may require additional time because of Management Certificate
class scheduling criteria or because of required practicums or MBA Preparation Certificate
additional course work. For example, the Interpreter Training Marketing (AAS)
program specifically requires an additional session following Marketing Certificate
the standard program. Students should work closely with their Materials Management/APICS
counselors to anticipate required course work in each individual Materials Management (AAS)
program they start.
Materials Management Certificate
The list below shows all Associate in Applied Science (AAS) Computer Careers............................................................94
degrees and Certificates of Achievement offered at Waubonsee Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (AAS)
Community College and explained in the following sections. Computer-Aided Mechanical Drafting Certificate
3-D Modeling Certificate
For additional AAS degree and certificate curricula offered in
Architectural Drafting Certificate
cooperation with other community colleges, see “Cooperative
Computer Information Systems
Agreements” in the Career Connections section of this catalog.
Computer Software Development (AAS)
Accounting (AAS) ............................................................70 Computer Software Development Certificate
Accounting Certificate Computer Technology Essentials (A+) Certificate
Accounting Applications Certificate Network Administration and Security (AAS)
Payroll and Tax Accounting Certificate Network Administration Certificate
CPA Preparation Certificate Computer Gaming Certificate
CMA Preparation Certificate Microcomputer Systems
Computer Support (AAS)
Administrative Office Systems ......................................73 Computer Support Analyst Certificate
Office Support (AAS) Microcomputer Applications Certificate
Administrative Assistant (AAS) Help Desk Specialist, Level I Support Certificate
Office Essentials Certificate World Wide Web/Internet
Office Skills Certificate Web Site Design and Development (AAS)
Office Software Specialist Certificate Web Server Programming Certificate
Word Processing Certificate Web Page Design Certificate
IC3 Internet and Computing Core Web Authoring and Design Certificate
Certification Certificate
Construction Management (AAS) ..............................104
Auto Body Repair ............................................................77 Construction Management Certificate
Auto Body Repair Business Operations (AAS)
Advanced Auto Body Repair Certificate Criminal Justice (AAS)..................................................106
Basic Auto Body Repair Certificate Commercial Security Operations Certificate
www.waubonsee.edu
68 Career Education Program
2010/2011
69
WAU B O N S E E
the skills employers want
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
70 Degrees and Certificates
Accounting
JobTitles
• Accountant
Accounting
• Accounting Associate Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Auditor
• Billing Associate (010A) major code
• Bookkeeper This program prepares the student for entry-level positions or to be a junior member
• Payroll Associate of the accounting staff of a private business, industrial enterprise, public accounting
• Tax Preparer firm or governmental agency. Emphasis is on the financial record keeping aspects of
About the Occupation accounting and the preparation and analysis of reports as a basis for managerial
decisions.
Accountants generally work in one of four
major areas. Public accountants are General Education Requirements
employed primarily in auditing, taxation
COM 100 or 121 or 201 Communications ............................3
or consulting businesses. Management
accountants provide financial guidance ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
and planning for a company. Government ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ...........................................3
accountants maintain and examine the ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3
records of government agencies and audit MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
private businesses that are subject to General Education elective • .................................3
government regulations. Internal auditors TOTAL.............................................................18
review their company’s operations.
Accounting Major Program Requirements
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m ACC 120* Financial Accounting..............................................3
Program m ACC 121 Managerial Accounting ..........................................3
• Earn college credit and gain hands-on m ACC 130 Payroll Accounting .................................................2
experience preparing taxes for low to m ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting.......................................3
moderate-income families in the m ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I .....................................3
Volunteer Income Tax Assistance
(VITA) program. Waubonsee has m ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
participated since 2005. m ACC 240 Cost Accounting ....................................................3
• Waubonsee Community College is TOTAL.............................................................20
accredited by Alpha Beta Gamma
International Business Honor Society
Additional Program Requirements
to initiate members into the honor BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
society for business and related BUS 211 or 210 Business Law.............................................3
professional disciplines. For additional CIS 110 or AOS 110 Computers .........................................3
information visit www.abg.org. MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3
Professional Certification
TOTAL.............................................................15
Opportunities:
• Certified Public Accountant (CPA)—To Electives
sit for the CPA examination in Illinois, Electives may be taken in Accounting, Business,
the candidate must have 150 hours of Economics, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Management, or Marketing.
acceptable college level education, Accounting Internship recommended.
including at least a bachelor’s degree.
Twenty-four semester hours must be in TOTAL.............................................................11
accounting (see page 72); an additional
24 hours in business courses are TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ................................................. 64
required. • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
• Certified Management Accountant
(CMA)—The CMA is a national * Students with a grade point average below a 3.0 should consider taking ACC 115
program with no state affiliates. The Fundamentals of Accounting or MTH 104 Business Math before taking ACC 120.
candidate must have senior standing at Students who choose ACC 115 may apply it as an elective in this program.
an accredited college or university, hold
a baccalaureate degree in any field, or m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
have passed a state CPA examination.
Anyone who has passed a state CPA
exam is given credit for part two of the
CMA exam.
2010/2011
Career Education
Accounting Degrees and Certificates
71
Accounting Applications
Certificate of Achievement
(014B) major code
This certificate prepares the student for entry-level jobs as
accounts receivable clerk, accounts payable clerk or general
accounting clerk.
Course Requirements
m ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting ................................3
m ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
MCS 120 Introduction to Windows .......................................1
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................16
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
72 Degrees and Certificates
Accounting
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
73
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
74 Degrees and Certificates
Administrative Office Systems
Electives
Select 7 hours from AOS, HIT or MCS courses. Students desir-
ing to specialize in a particular area may select courses from
one of the emphases listed as part of their elective require-
ments.
2010/2011
Career Education
Administrative Office Systems Degrees and Certificates
75
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
76 Degrees and Certificates
Administrative Office Systems
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
77
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
78 Degrees and Certificates Auto Body Repair
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
79
Automotive Technology
Automotive Technology JobTitles
• Automotive Technician
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Automotive Lab Technician
• Automotive Service Manager
(710A) major code • Automotive Parts/Equipment
The Associate in Applied Science degree (AAS) provides students a background in the Salesperson
various phases of automotive technology. It gives students the necessary background to • Automotive Technical Instructor
seek employment in areas indicated in the automotive Certificates of Achievement. In • Automotive Technical Writer
addition, it provides the background necessary to work as a lab technician. The degree
About the Occupations
is accepted, in full, at four-year schools that also offer an automotive degree leading
to jobs in sales, service, research and development and education. This degree and As automotive technology becomes
increasingly sophisticated, the knowledge
the following certificates prepare the student to take certain ASE certification tests and skills required by automotive
sponsored by the National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence. Our program technicians is constantly changing.
is a master ASE certified training program and a master NATEF certified program. Today’s automotive technicians must
First Semester possess a strong mechanical aptitude and
a sound understanding of automotive
m AUT 100 Fundamentals of Automotive Technology..............2 electronics and computer controls. They
m AUT 110 Engine Service I ....................................................3 must be skilled problem solvers who are
m AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains .......................................3 often called upon to quickly and
m AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems ...................................3 accurately diagnose and repair the most
m AUT 113 Automotive Electricity/Electronics Systems..........3 hard-to-find problems.
ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
TOTAL.............................................................17
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Program
• Waubonsee’s automotive technology
Second Semester program is currently ranked first in the
m AUT 120 Engine Service II ...................................................3 nation, having won the national Award
m AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and Wheel Alignment.....3 of Excellence from the Automotive
m AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems ................................3 Industry Planning Council (AIPC) in
m AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and Emission Systems...............3 2007. In 2006, the auto program had
ENG 102 or 153 English .......................................................3 been ranked fourth in the nation by the
TOTAL.............................................................15 AIPC.
• Waubonsee has been ranked the
Third Semester number one automotive school in the
m AUT 231 Automotive Transmissions/Transaxles ...................3 state of Illinois seven of the past 11
m AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and Suspension Systems .........3 years by SkillsUSA. WCC students
m AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and Electricity ..............3 have received more than 70 awards at
COM 100 or 121 Communications SkillsUSA competitions over the years.
or 201 Business and Professional Presentations..3 • The program is structured around
MTH 101 or 103 Elementary Tech. Mathematics .................3 standards established by the
TOTAL.............................................................15 Automotive Service Excellence (ASE)
Fourth Semester Foundation.
• Waubonsee Community College’s
m AUT 240 Service Shop Operations.......................................3
automotive program has received
or 211 Automotive Recycling Basics ..................1.5
Master Automotive Service
and 212 Environmental Standards .....................1.5
certification by the National
m AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control Systems .......................3
Automotive Technicians Education
m AUT 245 Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning .............3
Foundation.
m AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and Diagnostics .............3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 Professional Certification
General Education elective • .................................3 Opportunities
TOTAL.............................................................18
Waubonsee’s program prepares students
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................65 to pass a variety of Automotive Service
Excellence (ASE) Foundation
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. certifications.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
NOTE: All students enrolled in the automotive technology or auto body programs are required to
provide their own hand tools, safety glasses, protective clothing and safety shoes. A list of specific
requirements for the program is available from the automotive parts store in Akerlow Hall and is
distributed to students the first week of classes.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
80 Degrees and Certificates
Automotive Technology
2010/2011
Career Education
Automotive Technology Degrees and Certificates
81
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
82 Degrees and Certificates Automotive Technology
Automotive Recycling
Certificate of Achievement
(718A) major code
The Automotive Recycling Certificate of Achievement prepares
graduates for positions in the automotive recycling industry. The
program develops dismantling, parts grading, and quality control
skills. Coursework also focuses on following environmental best
practices during automotive recycling.
Course Requirements
m AUT211 Automotive Recycling Basics............................. 1.5
m AUT212 Environmental Standards
for Automotive Recycling................................. 1.5
PROGRAM TOTAL ...........................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
83
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
84 Degrees and Certificates
Business Communications
Organizational
Communication for the
Business Professional
Certificate of Achievement
(074A) major code
This certificate is designed for business professionals who wish to
expand their communications knowledge and abilities. Graduates
select electives to meet specific organizational or individual
needs.
Course Requirements
AOS 110 or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3
COM 121 Communication in the Workplace .........................3
ENG 151 Foundations of Written Business
Communication .....................................................3
Select 6 hours from electives ...............................6
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................15
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
85
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
86 Degrees and Certificates Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship
Certificate of Achievement
(096A) major code
This program offers individuals who currently are operating a
small business or plan to operate a small business some training
in basic small business/entrepreneurial practices. Emphasis is
placed on real-world operations and problems unique to the
small business environment.
Course Requirements
ACC 230
Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
m ETR 140
Introduction to Entrepreneurship ..........................3
m ETR 150
Business Plan Development .................................3
m ETR 160
Entrepreneurial Finance.........................................3
m ETR 250
Advanced Business Planning ................................3
Select 3 hours from electives ...............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................18
Electives
Electives may be taken from the areas of: Accounting,
Business, Construction Management Technology,
Management, Marketing, Microcomputer Systems, Tourism,
and World Wide Web.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
87
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
88 Degrees and Certificates
Management
Management Emphases:
TOTAL .....................................................................19
2010/2011
Career Education
Management Degrees and Certificates
89
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
90 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Marketing Degrees and Certificates
91
Emphases: Marketing
Sales Emphasis Certificate of Achievement
MKT 210 Principles of Selling ...............................................3
MKT 215 Principles of Advertising ........................................3
(153A) major code
This certificate is specifically designed for individuals who
Marketing Communications Emphasis are already employed in the marketing field or are seeking
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3 employment in the industry. The emphasis of this program is
COM 135 or MKT 215 Principles of Advertising....................3 on sales and retailing leading to a sales-related position in the
marketing industry.
Entrepreneurship Emphasis
ETR 140 Introduction to Entrepreneurship ..........................3 Course Requirements
ETR 150 Business Plan Development .................................3 ACC 120 or 115 Accounting ................................................3
BUS 215 Business Ethics .....................................................3 AOS 110 or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3
BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m MKT 200 Principles of Marketing..........................................3
m MKT 210 Principles of Selling ...............................................3
MKT 260 Consumer Behavior ...............................................3
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................21
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
92 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Materials Management/APICS Degrees and Certificates
93
Materials Management
Certificate of Achievement
(062A) major code
This certificate program is specifically designed for individuals
who are either already employed in a materials management
position or are seeking employment in this field. The program
is taught in cooperation with the American Production and
Inventory Control Society (APICS).
Course Requirements
m APC 125 Basics of Supply Chain Management .................1.5
m APC 130 Master Planning of Resources............................1.5
m APC 135 Detailed Scheduling and Planning.......................1.5
m APC 140 Execution and Control of Operations..................1.5
m APC 145 Strategic Management of Resources .................1.5
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .........................................................10.5
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
94 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
CAD Degrees and Certificates
95
Program Requirements and Electives for Computer-Aided
Options Within the CAD AAS Degree
Mechanical Drafting
Option 1—Mechanical Design
Certificate of Achievement
Program Requirements (26 credits)
(206A) major code
CAD 210 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing .............3
This program prepares students for immediate employment in
CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling ......................................3
drafting careers by providing basic and advanced experiences
CAD 242 Applied 3-D Parametric Part and
in computer-aided drafting. Students also gain experience in
Assembly Modeling...............................................3
manufacturing processes and materials as they relate to the
CAD 270 Product Design and Development ........................3
mechanical design field. This program may also be used by
IDT 125 Machine Repair......................................................3
those already in the industry to upgrade their skills.
IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes......................................3
IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics ..............................................3 Course Requirements
IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2 m CAD 100
Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3
IDT 270 Materials of Industry .............................................3 m CAD 102
Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
Electives (1-2 credits) m CAD 120
2-D CAD Detailing and Layout...............................3
m CAD 200
Introduction to 3-D CAD Modeling........................3
Choose electives from the following:
m CAD 210
Geometric Dimensioning and
CAD 150 Introduction to Pro/Engineer .................................3
Tolerancing.............................................................3
CAD 250 Pro/Engineer II .......................................................3
m CAD 220 Design Visualization ...............................................2
CAD 297 Internship...............................................................1
m CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling ......................................3
CAD 298 Internship...............................................................2
m CAD 242 Applied 3-D Parametric Part and
CAD 299 Internship...............................................................3
Assembly Modeling...............................................3
IDT 160 Introduction to CNC...............................................3
m IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes......................................3
IDT 260 Computer-Aided Machining (CAM)........................3
m IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics ..............................................3
IDT 280 Quality Management for Industry .........................3
m IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................31
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
96 Degrees and Certificates
CAD
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
97
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
98 Degrees and Certificates
Computer Information Systems
2010/2011
Career Education
Computer Information Systems Degrees and Certificates
99
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
100 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Microcomputer Systems Degrees and Certificates
101
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
102 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
World Wide Web/Internet Degrees and Certificates
103
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and Computer
Careers-World Wide Web/Internet curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but
there are distinct differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which
certificate or degree is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of
design software, design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic
Design certificates and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance
and support of Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the
Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design
certificates and degree focus on the design of Web pages, while the Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet
certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support of Web sites. Please contact Counseling
(see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and degrees and to discuss which one may be most
appropriate for you.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
104 Degrees and Certificates
Construction Management
Job Titles Construction Management
• Project Manager Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Site Superintendent
• Construction Manager (730B) major code
• Estimator The construction management program gives the student fundamental knowledge of
• Project Coordinator the construction industry. Principles, practices, and estimating processes will be
• Contract Administrator covered to prepare the student for entry into the field of construction management.
General Education Requirements
COM 121 or COM100 Communications .............................. 3
About the Occupation ECN 100 or ECN122 Economics......................................... 3
Construction projects are everywhere. ENG 151 or ENG101 English ............................................... 3
They include the building and ENG 153 or ENG 102 English.............................................. 3
modernization of homes, schools, Mathematics elective ........................................... 3
hospitals, skyscrapers, roads, bridges, Physical Science elective.......................................3
industrial parks and much more. Project TOTAL.............................................................18
managers, site superintendents,
construction managers and others apply Construction Management Major Program Requirements
their knowledge and skills of materials, m CMT 105 Print Reading for Construction ............................. 3
products and processes to oversee the m CMT 111 Construction Materials ......................................... 3
completion of construction projects. m CMT 115 Construction Methods.......................................... 3
In this vast industry, well-trained m CMT 201 Codes, Contracts and Specifications.................... 3
construction professionals become m CMT 210 Construction Estimating ....................................... 3
involved during the design and bidding m CMT 215 Contract and Project Administration..................... 3
phases of projects, and, after the job is m CMT 225 Construction Project Management ...................... 3
awarded, they help assure that those m CMT 230 Construction Safety and Health............................ 3
projects are completed on time and within m CMT 240 Construction Surveying .........................................3
budget. TOTAL.............................................................27
Additional Program Requirements
ACC 120 or ACC 115 Accounting ........................................ 3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s BUS 100 Introduction to Business ...................................... 3
Program BUS 210 or BUS 211 Business ........................................... 3
• The curriculum includes a project CIS 110 Business Information Systems ............................ 3
management course where students MGT 210 or MGT 200 Management................................... 3
learn the same scheduling software TOTAL.............................................................15
used by many construction firms.
• Waubonsee’s program is suited for Electives
recent high school graduates as well as Select 3 hours from CAD, CMT, HVA, IDT150, IDT195, IDT250, REL, or WLD.
those who have been employed in
construction and want to expand their TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ............................63
skills for professional advancement.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
• Students learn from faculty with
decades of industry knowledge and
hands on experience.
• Waubonsee Community College is
accredited by Alpha Beta Gamma
International Business Honor Society
to initiate members into the honor
society for business and related
professional disciplines. For additional
information about the society, visit
www.abg.org.
2010/2011
Career Education
Construction Management Degrees and Certificates
105
Construction Management
Certificate of Achievement
(732A) major code
This certificate program provides students with basic knowledge
about construction industry standards and practices, methods
and materials, and career possibilities in order to augment
existing trade experience or give managerial minded people a
working understanding of the general construction process.
Course Requirements
m CMT 101 The Construction Industry.................................... 3
m CMT 105 Print Reading for Construction ............................. 3
m CMT 111 Construction Materials ......................................... 3
m CMT 115 Construction Methods.......................................... 3
TOTAL.............................................................12
Electives
Select 6 hours from CAD, CMT, HVA, IDT150, IDT195, IDT250,
REL, or WLD.
PROGRAM TOTAL ........................................ 18
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
106 Degrees and Certificates
Criminal Justice
Job Titles Criminal Justice
• Police Officer
• Police Detective Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Corrections Officer (550B) major code
• Sheriff ’s Deputy
The criminal justice degree is designed to meet the needs of individuals seeking
• Private Policing
employment in the field of law enforcement, corrections and security. The courses are
• Parole Officer
both practical and theoretical and are supported by courses in the social sciences,
• Probation Officer
natural sciences and humanities. The design of this degree, while not a transfer degree,
• Forensics
can allow for transfer to a four-year institution with the advice of criminal justice
• Federal Agent
faculty and/or counselors.
General Education Requirements
About the Occupation COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.............3
Police officers, detectives, guards and ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3
correction officers are employed to ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3
safeguard lives and property. They enforce PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Thinking .............................3
the laws and regulations that protect the SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology.......................................3
safety and constitutional rights of citizens. Mathematics or Science elective • .......................3
TOTAL.............................................................18
Criminal Justice Major Program Requirements
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice.............................3
Program m CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections....................................3
• Many Waubonsee graduates have gone m CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing .............................3
on to distinguished careers in criminal m CRJ 105 Patrol Operations...................................................3
justice, including current Oswego m CRJ 107 Juvenile Justice .....................................................3
police chief Dwight Baird, Aurora m CRJ 120 The American Court System .................................3
police chief Greg Thomas, Associate m CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation ............................................3
Judge Tim McCann of the 16th Circuit m CRJ 220 Criminal Law..........................................................3
Court, and Waubonsee Community m CRJ 230 Criminology............................................................3
College Criminal Justice Instructor Pat m CRJ 235 Multicultural Law Enforcement .............................3
Rolison. m CRJ 250 Issues in Justice....................................................3
TOTAL.............................................................33
Additional Program Requirements
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
PED 136 or 140 Physical Fitness* .......................................1
TOTAL...............................................................4
Electives
Select 9 hours from list on next page ...................9
TOTAL...............................................................9
2010/2011
Career Education
Criminal Justice Degrees and Certificates
107
Electives (select 9 hours)
m CRJ 102 Criminal Justice Career Exploration.......................2
Commercial Security
m CRJ 115 Accident Investigation ...........................................3 Operations
m CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations ..........................3
m CRJ 201 Crime Scene Investigation Laboratory ..................3 Certificate of Achievement
m CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement Investigation............................3 (554B) major code
m CRJ 207 Juvenile Delinquency.............................................3 Students pursuing a certificate in commercial security operations
m CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence..................................................3 study the responsibilities, techniques and methods of commercial
m CRJ 260 Supervision of Police Personnel ............................3 security. Topics include safety, loss reduction, screening of
m CRJ 296 Special Topics/Criminal Justice ...........................1-3 employees, alarm systems, physical plant security, post-disaster
DIS 101 Disability in Society ...............................................3 operations and retail security. Firearms liability, safety and policy
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the Addictive Process ..3 are studied, and live firing on a pistol range is required.
PED 118* Personal Defense ..................................................1
PED 141* Jogging and Calisthenics.......................................1 Course Requirements
PED 142* Weight Training ......................................................1 m CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations ..........................3
PED 148* Conditioning...........................................................1 PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................3
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3
SSC 297 Social Studies Internship .......................................1 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
SSC 298 Social Studies Internship .......................................2
SSC 299 Social Studies Internship .......................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
108 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Early Childhood Education Degrees and Certificates
109
Teacher Emphasis Director Emphasis
Early Childhood Education Electives Early Childhood Education Director
(select 18 hours) Credential Requirements (18 hours)
Students who plan to teach in Early Childhood Education set- Students who are pursuing the Illinois Director Credential,
tings should complete their degree by choosing electives from Level I, are required to complete the specialized courses
the courses listed below. listed below, as well as such additional requirements as the
m ECE 102 Career Explorations in Early Childhood .................3 fulfillment of professional contributions.
m ECE 107 Development and Guidance m ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3
of the School Age Child.........................................3 m ECE 230 Early Childhood Center Administration..................3
m ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care..........................................3 m ECE 299 Early Childhood Education
m ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3 Administration Internship ......................................3
m ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
Birth Through Age 8...............................................3 EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education..........................3
m ECE 145 Multiculturalism in Early Childhood .......................3 PDV 110 Leadership Studies ................................................3
m ECE 150 Foundations of Early Childhood Elective ..................................................................1
Education...............................................................3
m ECE 207 School-Age Programming ......................................3 TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................64
m ECE 225 Play and Creative Expression for
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
the Young Child......................................................3
m ECE 230 Early Childhood Center Administration..................3
m ECE 296 Special Topics for Early Childhood Education .....1-3
EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education..........................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
110 Degrees and Certificates
Early Childhood Education
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
111
Electronics Technology
Electronics Technology Job Titles
• Electronics Technician
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Electronic Equipment Repairer
(750A) major code • Computer Service Technician
• Electronics Inspector
The electronics technology program prepares the graduate for entry into the
• Technical Managers
occupation of servicing digital and microprocessor controlled systems. Graduates
• Technical Sales Representatives
also have knowledge of linear circuits and radio frequency circuits.
• PC Support Technicians (A+)
General Education Requirements
COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 About the Occupation
ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3 Electronics technicians work in business,
MTH 113 Technical Mathematics ..........................................5 industry and the government sector
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I assembling and servicing electronic
or equipment and systems. They apply
PHY 115 Technical Physics I.................................................4 scientific, engineering and mathematical
Social and Behavioral Sciences elective •.............3 principles, and may become involved
TOTAL.............................................................21 with design work, experimentation,
Electronics Technology Major Program Requirements fabrication of production prototypes,
quality assurance, equipment
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
maintenance and much more.
m ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ............................................4
Manufacturers of all types employ
m ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) ...........................................4
electronics technicians, with electrical
m ELT 121 Linear Devices I.....................................................4
equipment and machinery manufacturers
m ELT 221 Linear Devices II....................................................4
accounting for more than one-third of
m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3
all jobs. Electronic technicians also find
m ELT 203 Advanced Mathematical
employment doing scientific research
Methods for Electronics Technology......................4
and as computer technicians.
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
m ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4
TOTAL.............................................................34
Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Electives Program
Electives (see below and next page).........................................9 • Waubonsee’s electronics technology
program covers a broad spectrum of
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................64 the electronics technology field. There
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. are courses in AC and DC circuits,
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. linear devices, digital electronics,
telecommunications, PC hardware,
Guided Technical Electives for microprocessor theory, industrial
Options within the Electronics Technology AAS degree control systems and more.
Option: General Electronics Emphasis
Choose electives from any ELT, CIS or IDT prefix course or see the dean
for appropriate substitutions.
Option: Computer Industry Emphasis
Choose electives from the following:
• CIS 170 Networking Essentials (3)
• CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials (3)
• CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials (1)
• ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Theory (3)
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
112 Degrees and Certificates
Electronics Technology
Certificate of Achievement
(754B) major code
Microcomputer Maintenance
Completion of the electronics technology certificate indicates Certificate of Achievement
that the student has a basic knowledge of electronics. (761A) major code
Students completing this certificate are trained for entry-level
Course Requirements technician work on microcomputer-based equipment.
m ELT 101
Introductory Electronics ........................................4
m * Electronic technical electives...............................13 Course Requirements
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................17 CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
* Students may choose any ELT prefix course. m CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials .............................................1
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
Advanced Electronics m
m
ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4
ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Theory .........................3
Technology PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
113
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
114 Degrees and Certificates
Fire Science
Job Titles Fire Science Technology
• Firefighter
• Fire Inspector Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Fire Chief (610A) major code
• Fire Engineer
This degree is designed for individuals seeking a career in fire science. The program
• Fire Officer
includes course work toward State Fire Marshal certifications as a Fire Fighter II, III,
• Fire Instructor
Instructor I, Hazardous Materials First Responder, Emergency Rescue Specialist, Fire
Apparatus Engineer and Officer I. Students may also acquire Department of Public
Health certification as an Emergency Medical Technician Assistant. All fire science
About the Occupation courses at Waubonsee are approved by the Illinois State Fire Marshal’s Office.
Firefighting is a dangerous and complex
profession. From entry-level firefighter General Education Requirements
through fire chief, they work in teams to COM 100 or 121 Communications........................................3
save lives, extinguish fires and respond to ENG 101 or 151 English ......................................................3
a variety of emergency situations. They ENG 102 or 153 English ......................................................3
also help prevent fires through public MTH 101 College Mathematics ...........................................3
education and building inspections. PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
Firefighters participate in training and General Education elective • .................................3
practice drills throughout their careers. TOTAL.............................................................18
Fire Science Technology Major
Program Requirements
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m FSC 100 Fire Science I ........................................................4
Program m FSC 110 Fire Science II .......................................................4
• The Waubonsee fire science program is m FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer .......................................4
certified by the Office of the Illinois m FSC 200 Fire Science III ......................................................4
State Fire Marshal. m FSC 210 Fire Science IV.......................................................4
• Completion of Waubonsee’s associate m FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I.................................3
degree in fire science technology m FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I ...........................................3
prepares a student to transfer to a m FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I .......................................3
university and pursue a bachelor’s m FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II ...............................3
degree. m FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations ...........................3
m FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention .............................3
TOTAL.............................................................38
Professional Certification Additional Requirements
Opportunities EMT 120 Emergency Medical Technician-Basic ....................6
• Fire Fighter II and III
• Fire Apparatus Engineer
Electives
• Hazardous Materials First Responder m Elective (select from list) ...........................................................3
• Rescue Specialist - Roadway
Extrication TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ......................................65
• Fire Instructor I and II
• Fire Officer I and II Fire Science Electives
FSC 150 Vehicle and Machinery Operations........................3
FSC 233 Fire Science Administration III...............................3
FSC 234 Fire Science Administration IV ..............................3
FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II ...........................................3
FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II .......................................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Fire Science Degrees and Certificates
115
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
116 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Geographic Information Systems Degrees and Certificates
117
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
118 Degrees and Certificates
Graphic Design
Job Titles Graphic Design
• Graphic Designer
• Web Designer Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Animator/Illustrator (930B) major code
• Desktop Publishing Specialist
This program combines design theory and principles of visual communication to
• Production Artist
create computerized graphic design solutions. Emphasis is placed on utilizing visual
technology software/hardware to solve electronic output problems. This course of
study prepares students to develop a professional portfolio for an immediate graphic
About the Occupation design position.
Creating a design that is appropriate for a
Although the intent of the graphic design AAS degree program is occupational, many
given product and its audience is the main
courses within the program are individually articulated with four-year colleges offering
concern for a successful designer. The job
graphic design programs to facilitate continued study at a four-year institution.
need for fields specializing in desktop
Courses are aligned with IAI courses when possible.
design is expected to increase tremen-
dously in the next decade. Designers need General Education Requirements
to continually redefine their field, and ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
knowledge of current events and attitudes ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ...........................................3
will help the designer create designs that COM 100 or 120 or 121 or 135 Communications ................3
reflect and affect society. With an ART 102 History of Western Art –
expected 100 million people online in the Renaissance to Modern Art...................................3
U.S. by the middle of the next decade, and Social and Behavioral Sciences elective• ..............3
the increased use of visual messages Math or Physical and Life Sciences elective• .......3
through television and film, the need for TOTAL.............................................................18
designers to shape the messages that
society reads will increase dramatically. Graphic Design Major Program Requirements
m ART 110 Design I .................................................................3
m ART 120 Basic Drawing I .....................................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m GRD 105 History of Graphic Design .....................................3
Program m GRD 135 Desktop Publishing................................................3
m GRD 160 Computer Illustration.............................................3
• At Waubonsee, students develop a
m GRD 165 Typography ............................................................3
professional portfolio that can help
m GRD 170 Digital Image .........................................................3
them land a job after graduation.
m GRD 173 Graphic Design I ....................................................3
m GRD 190 Print Production .....................................................3
m GRD 265 Graphic Design for the World Wide Web ..............3
m GRD 273 Graphic Design II ...................................................3
m GRD 275 Digital Photography ...............................................3
m GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
m GRD 285 3-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
m GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................................1
m WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
TOTAL.............................................................46
2010/2011
Career Education
Graphic Design Degrees and Certificates
119
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and Computer
Careers-World Wide Web/Internet curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but
there are distinct differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which
certificate or degree is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of
design software, design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic
Design certificates and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance
and support of Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the
Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design
certificates and degree focus on the design of Web pages, while the Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet
certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support of Web sites. Please contact Counseling
(see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and degrees and to discuss which one may be most
appropriate for you.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
120 Degrees and Certificates
Graphic Design
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
121
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
122 Degrees and Certificates
Health Care Interpreting
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
123
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
124 Degrees and Certificates
Emergency Medical Technician
Electives for EMT-Paramedic (Select 10 hours) Procedure for Entering the Emergency Medical
AOS 100 Keyboarding...........................................................1 Technician Program
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 Students seeking admission to the Emergency Medical
COM 125 Communication Strategies for Technician program are required to contact the Center for
Health Care Careers ..............................................2 Learning Assessment (see directory) to make an appointment for
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3 required assessment testing. Acceptance into the program is
CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing .............................3 based on assessment results, with documentation of reading skills
EPM 120 Emergency Management......................................3 at the 8th grade level.
EPM 200 Disaster Response Operations and Mngt. ............3
MGT 210 Supervisory Management .....................................3 Program Costs
MGT 215 Human Resource Management ............................3 In addition to tuition and regular fees, the Emergency Medical
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3 Technician student has the following minimum fees and
expenses:
Textbook ...................................................................................$60
Emergency Medical CPR/BLS Certification...............................................................$45
IDPH Examination Fee .............................................................$20
Technician-Basic Stethoscope .............................................................................$15
Immunizations/TB Testing ........................per health care provider
Certificate of Achievement
Total Estimated Costs
(402A) major code
(excluding medical requirements) ..........................................$140
This certificate program prepares individuals for employment as
primary medical responder or as ambulance personnel. Those NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
receiving the certificate are prepared to take either the state subject to change without prior notice to the student.
licensure examination, Emergency Medical Technician-Basic, or
the National Registry of Emergency Medical Technician
examination through the Illinois Department of Public Health for
employment as an Emergency Medical Technician-Basic (EMT-
B). Additional education and experience offer the EMT-B
certificate-holder an opportunity for employment in a variety of
occupations, including EMT-Intermediate and Advanced.
Students are eligible to take the state exam after successful
completion of this certificate program.The State of Illinois
requires that individuals possess a high school diploma or GED
and be at least 18 years of age prior to certification testing. This
course is also required as part of the Fire Science Technology
Associate in Applied Science degree program.
Prerequisites
Students interested in taking this certificate program must be
17.5 years of age or older, and have either American Heart
Association Basic Life Support (BLS) for Health Care Providers
or American Red Cross Professional Rescuer current CPR
certification on the first day of class. Proof of up-to-date
immunizations and 2-step tuberculosis testing is required prior
to the first emergency room experience. Students are also
required to lift a pre-determined weight capacity for this course.
Contact the Dean for Health and Life Sciences for additional
information (see directory).
Course Requirements
m EMT 120 Emergency Medical Technician-
Basic +...................................................................6
PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................6
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
125
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
126 Degrees and Certificates
Exercise Science
Exercise Science
Certificate of Achievement
(442A) major code
This certificate will prepare the graduate to deliver a variety
of exercise assessment, training, risk factor identification and
lifestyle management services to individuals with or at risk for
cardiovascular, metabolic or pulmonary diseases.
Course Requirements
m BIO 200
Nutrition.................................................................3
m BIO 260
Human Structure and Function..............................4
ETR 150
Business Plan Development .................................3
m HED 100
Personal Wellness .................................................3
m PED 136
or 145 Fitness Training ..........................................1
m PED 211
First Aid and Emergency Care...............................3
m PED 234
Cardiovascular Fitness...........................................2
m PED 236
Exercise for Special Populations............................3
m PED 237
Principles of Resistance Training ...........................3
m PED 238
Fitness Assessment and
Exercise Programming ..........................................3
m PED 297 or 298 Exercise Science Internship ................1.5-2
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .........................................................32.5
(Take the Certified Personal Trainer exam through the
American College of Sports Medicine after completion of
PED234, PED236, PED237 and PED238.)
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
127
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
128 Degrees and Certificates
Medical Assistant
Summer Semester– 2 better GPA must be received in each of the major courses.
m MLA 298 Medical Assistant Externship +.............................2 Note: HIT and MLA courses are offered on a limited basis
TOTAL...............................................................2 during the year. Please contact the offices of Business and
Information Systems (HIT) and Health and Life Sciences
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................38 (MLA) for specific course information.
7. Submit documentation of a physical examination,
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency immunizations and 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test upon
test. Contact the division of Business and Information acceptance into the accelerated program, and prior to the start
Systems for test dates and times (see directory) of MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I for students accepted
+ Program admission required for enrollment. into the part-time program.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. Program Costs
Procedure for Entering the Medical Assistant Program In addition to tuition and regular fees, the medical assistant
The medical assistant program is offered in either an accelerated student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
(four semester) or part-time (six semester) sequence. Students Textbooks for MLA classes
seeking admission to the medical assistant program are required (excludes general education courses) ....................................$120
to: Uniform/white shoes................................................................$70
1. Meet with Counseling (see directory) to establish a schedule Stethoscope .............................................................................$15
for taking program courses. Physical exam, immunizations,
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean TB testing ..............................................per health care provider
for Health and Life Sciences (see directory).
3. Complete the special application required for entry into the Total Estimated Costs
program, which is available in the Health and Life Sciences (excluding medical requirements) $205
office, the Counseling Center or on the Internet
(http://www.waubonsee.edu/healthcareers. Enrollment in the NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
medical assistant (MLA) courses is limited in order to provide subject to change without prior notice to the student.
the best possible educational experience for students. Students
interested in the accelerated sequence and desiring to take Advanced Placement
courses with the MLA prefix in the summer must make Applicants who wish to transfer medical assistant courses from
application by May 1. Students interested in the part-time another college or vocational school to Waubonsee may be
sequence and desiring to take courses with the MLA prefix in considered for advanced placement. Advanced placement
the fall must make application by July 1. applications are considered on an individual basis and require
4. Complete required Pre-Admission Exam-RN (PAX-RN) and that specific documentation (e.g. transcripts, course descriptions)
Nelson Denny (ND) assessment. Note: Acceptance into the be submitted along with the medical assistant application.
program is based on assessment results, with documentation
of verbal, math and science of 50 percent for the PAX-RN, as This program does not grant credit for life or work experience.
well as a composite of 60 percent for the PAX-RN, and
comprehension and vocabulary skills at the 10th grade level
for the ND.
A student has two opportunities to successfully meet
assessment requirements. Eight weeks must elapse between
testing sessions for the Nelson Denny assessment and six
months for the PAX-RN assessment.
5. Understand that the medical assistant application, previous
transcripts, and program assessment testing in math and
reading are required for admission to the program. Students
are notified via mail approximately three weeks after the
application deadline date as to selection status.
It is the responsibility of the applicant to make sure the
following required documents are received by Registration
and Records: WCC New Student Information Form; high
school transcript or GED certificate; transcripts from other
colleges or vocational schools attended.
6. Follow the program sequence once a student is accepted into
the program. The student is expected to follow either the
accelerated or part-time program sequence for all MLA
courses. Students may opt to complete any or all of the AOS,
BIO, COM, HIT or PSY courses prior to submitting an
application to the medical assistant program.
For continuation in the medical assistant program, a 2.0 or
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
129
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
130 Degrees and Certificates
Nurse Assistant
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the nurse assistant student
has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks .................................................................................$64
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$43
Name Badge ..............................................................................$4
Supplies (e.g. gait belt) ..............................................................$9
Immunizations, TB testing........................per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements): .............................................$120
In addition, students are responsible for personal transportation
to required clinical experiences.
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
131
For continuation in the patient care technician program, a 2.0 or better GPA must be
received in each of the major courses.
Current American Heart Association Basic Life Support (BLS) for Healthcare
Providers, completed health form, documented immunizations, and 2-step
tuberculosis (TB) test are required two weeks prior to the start of PCT297 Patient Care
Technician Externship.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the patient care technician student has the
following minimum fees and expenses.
Textbooks for PCT classes (excludes general education courses) ...........$50
BLS Certification .......................................................................................$45
Uniform .....................................................................................................$50
Physical exam, immunizations, TB testing................per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements): ..............................................................$145
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are subject to change
without prior notice to the student.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
132 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Perioperative Nursing Degrees and Certificates
133
6. Understand that the perioperative nursing application,
previous transcripts, and documentation of current Illinois
registered nurse (RN) licensure are required for admission to
the program. Students are notified via mail approximately four
weeks after the application deadline date as to selection status.
7. Follow the program sequence once accepted into the program.
The student is expected to follow the program sequence for all
SUR courses. For continuation in the perioperative nursing
program, a 2.0 or better GPA must be received in each of the
major courses. NOTE: SUR courses are offered on a limited
basis during the year. Please contact the office of Health and
Life Sciences for specific course information.
8. Submit documentation of a physical examination,
immunizations, Hepatitis-B series, and 2-step tuberculosis
(TB) test upon acceptance into the program.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the perioperative nursing
student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks ....................................................................................$160
White shoes, lab coat, patch.........................................................$75
Supplies.........................................................................................$20
Physical exam, immunizations,
Hepatitis-B series, TB testing........................per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements) ...............................................$255
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
134 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
135
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
136 Degrees and Certificates
Registered Nursing
Procedure for Entering the Nursing Program 9. Once accepted into the program, the student must:
Students seeking admission to the nursing program are • attend the mandatory new student orientation to the
required to: nursing program;
1. Submit a completed New Student Information Form to • submit documentation of a physical and dental
Admissions. examination, current immunizations, and a 2-step
2. Meet with Counseling to establish a schedule for taking tuberculosis (TB) test - none of which should be more
prerequisite courses. than one year old at the time of entry;
3. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the • follow the program sequence for all NUR courses;
Health Care Programs Office, ext. 2322. • attain a 2.0 (C) or better GPA in each of the nursing
4. Complete required Pre-Admission Exam-RN (PAX-RN) and courses.
Nelson Denny (ND) assessment. Note: Acceptance into the 10. Official written notification of acceptance into the program
program is based on assessment results, with documentation will be received via certified mail. Students not accepted
of verbal, math and science of 55 percent for the PAX-RN, as must reapply.
well as a composite of 65 percent for the PAX-RN, and 11. In compliance with the Illinois Community College Act,
comprehension and vocabulary skills at the 12th grade level in-district applicants will be given preference over out-of-
for the ND. district applicants. Proof of residency may be required.
A student has two opportunities to successfully meet Contact Registration and Records for information regarding
assessment requirements. Eight weeks must elapse between residency. Having paid in-district tuition rates in the past
testing sessions for the Nelson Denny assessment and eight does not necessarily qualify an individual as an in-district
weeks for the PAX-RN assessment. resident.
5. Complete and submit the nursing application required for Advanced Placement
entry into the program, along with a program application fee
of $10 (check or money order made out to Waubonsee Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) may be eligible for advanced
Community College). The nursing program application form placement into the program, as well as students transferring from
is available from the offices of Registration and Records, another nursing program. Applications will be reviewed on an
Counseling, and Health Care Programs, ext. 2322, or on the individual basis. Contact the Health Care Programs Office, ext.
Internet at www.waubonsee.edu/healthcareers. Application 2322.
to the program must be made prior to the deadline for the Recommendation for Learning and Enhancement
semester the student desires to enter: Applicants who lack basic, beginning keyboarding and Windows
• March 15 for fall enrollment (August/October) navigation skills are encouraged to take an introductory
• September 15 for spring enrollment (January/March) computer course before starting the nursing course sequence. To
Enrollment is limited in the nursing (NUR) courses in order maximize success, students may take NUR 100 prior to entry into
to provide the best possible educational experience for the program.
students. (Note: Selection for admission into the program for either
August/October or January/March will be determined by the Program Costs
Admissions Committee. Applicants should anticipate acceptance for In addition to tuition and regular fees, the registered nursing
either start date for fall or spring semesters.) student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
6. Attain a cumulative GPA of 2.7 or higher for prerequisite Textbooks for NUR classes (excludes general
courses. education courses) ..................................................................$850
7. Complete science courses within five years of application BLS certification ......................................................................$45
filing deadline. Science courses taken more than five years Uniform/shoes ......................................................................$105
before the application deadline must be retaken. There are Nursing supplies (e.g. watch, stethoscope) ..........................$175
no exceptions. NCLEX-RN licensure exam fee..............................................$264
8. Understand that all of the following documentation must be State of Illinois criminal background check fee ......................$50
submitted in order to be considered for acceptance into the Physical examination, immunizations,
program: TB testing ............................................per health care provider
• New Student Information Form;
• nursing program application (including $10 Total Estimated Costs
application fee); (excluding medical requirements): ............................................$1490
• successful completion of prerequisite courses or test
results from any proficiency examinations (CLEP); In addition, students are responsible for personal transportation
• nursing assessment entrance testing; to required clinical experiences.
• transcripts from other colleges/universities. NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
137
Professional Certification
Opportunities
• Certified Surgical Technologist (CST) —
Graduates are eligible to take this
national certification exam offered by
the Liaison Council on Certification
for the Surgical Technologist.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
138 Degrees and Certificates
Surgical Technology
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
139
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
140 Degrees and Certificates
Therapeutic Massage
2010/2011
Career Education
Therapeutic Massage Degrees and Certificates
141
In addition, students seeking admission to the therapeutic
massage degree program are required to:
1. Submit a completed New Student Information Form to
Registration and Records.
2. Contact the Center for Learning Assessment (see directory) to
make an appointment for required assessment testing.
Advanced Placement
Students who have completed a massage therapy certificate
program at an accredited college may be granted advanced
placement into some 100- and 200-level courses in the degree
program. Degree applicants interested in advanced placement
should contact the Dean for Health and Life Sciences for more
information.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the therapeutic massage
student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks for TMS classes-certificate....................................$400
Textbooks for TMS classes-degree
(excludes general education courses)................................$550
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$80
Massage table........................................................................$450
Massage supplies...................................................................$100
Four professional massages...................................................$240
Physical exam, immunizations,
TB testing..............................................per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements).....................................$1270-1420
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
142 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Health Information Technology Degrees and Certificates
143
Medical Office Emphasis Medical Transcription
HIT 120 Medical Office Procedures................................... 3
AOS 205 Records Management.......................................... 3 Certificate of Achievement
(116A) major code
Computer Information Systems Emphasis
This certificate is designed to prepare students for medical
CIS 115 Introduction to Programming ............................... 3 transcription positions. Medical transcription career
CIS 205 Information Technology Project Management ...... 3 opportunities exist in hospitals, professional medical centers,
Business Emphasis health care service industries and for freelance services.
BUS 100 Introduction to Business ...................................... 3 Course Requirements
MGT 205 Office Management ............................................. 3 m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office ....................... 3
or
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE...............................65 m CIS 110 Business Information Systems ............................ 3
m BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I .................................... 4
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C. m HIT 100 Introduction to Health Information Technology..... 3
m HIT 110 Medical Terminology I........................................... 3
m HIT 111 Medical Terminology II.......................................... 3
Medical Office m HIT 115 Medical Transcription I .......................................... 3
m HIT 116 Medical Transcription II ......................................... 3
Certificate of Achievement m HIT 120 Medical Office Procedures................................... 3
(115A) major code m HIT 220 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology for the
Health Information Technology Professional ...... 3
Course Requirements
PROGRAM TOTAL..................................................28
m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office ....................... 3
or m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems ............................ 3
m AOS 130 Customer Service................................................. 2
m BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I .................................... 4 Health Care Coding
m HIT 100 Introduction to Health Information Technology..... 3 Certificate of Achievement
m HIT 110 Medical Terminology I........................................... 3 (118A) major code
m HIT 111 Medical Terminology II.......................................... 3
m HIT 120 Medical Office Procedures................................... 3
This program prepares students for a career in medical coding.
m HIT 130 Medical Insurance and Reimbursement .............. 3
Medical coding opportunities exist in physician offices, billing
m MCS 175 Electronic Presentations for Business ................. 2
companies, insurance offices and in the home.
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................26 Course Requirements
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office ....................... 3
or
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems ............................ 3
m BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I .................................... 4
m HIT 100 Introduction to Health Information Technology..... 3
m HIT 110 Medical Terminology I........................................... 3
m HIT 111 Medical Terminology II.......................................... 3
m HIT 120 Medical Office Procedures................................... 3
m HIT 130 Medical Insurance and Reimbursement .............. 3
m HIT 210 ICD Coding ........................................................... 3
m HIT 215 CPT Coding........................................................... 3
m HIT 220 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology for the
Health Information Technology Professional ...... 3
PROGRAM TOTAL ................................................... 31
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
144 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
HVAC Degrees and Certificates
145
Electives Heating, Ventilation and Air
AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3 Conditioning
CAD 140 Residential Architectural Drafting ..........................3 Certificate of Achievement
CAD 170 Commercial Architectural Drafting.........................3
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 (804A) major code
HVA 297 HVAC Internship ....................................................1 This certificate takes the student from the most basic through
HVA 298 HVAC Internship ...................................................2 the most advanced courses in HVAC. Students completing the
HVA 299 HVAC Internship ....................................................3 certificate are qualified to install and service residential as well
IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3 as light commercial HVAC equipment.
IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems................................3
IDT 215 Motor Controls II ...................................................3 Course Requirements
IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution and Lighting ........3 m HVA 100
Basic Electricity for HVAC......................................3
IDT 240 Programmable Controllers.....................................3 m HVA 110
Refrigeration Principles..........................................3
` RET 170 Geothermal Systems.............................................3 m HVA 120
HVACR Electrical Systems.....................................3
WLD 100 Survey of Welding .................................................3 m HVA 130
Residential Comfort Systems................................3
WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting ...............................3 m HVA 140
Basic Heating Systems..........................................3
WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I ................................3 m HVA 150
Basic Sheet Metal Fabrication
and Print Reading ..................................................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. m HVA 160 Refrigerant Transition and Certification..................1
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m HVA 170 Universal R-410A Safety and Training
Certification ...........................................................1
m HVA 200 Sheet Metal Estimating, Fabrication
and Installation
or
IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3
m HVA 210 Advanced Heating and Cooling Systems ..............3
m HVA 220 Advanced Heating/Cooling
Systems Service and Maintenance.......................3
m HVA 230 Advanced HVAC Controls
or HVA 240 Introduction to Steam Systems.........3
IDT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................35
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
146 Degrees and Certificates
Human Services
Job Titles Human Services
• Certified Addictions Counselor
• Community Outreach Worker Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Family Support Worker (650A) major code
• Group Home Worker
This program prepares paraprofessionals for employment in a variety of social service
• Mental Health Worker
organizations. The alcohol or other drug abuse (AODA) counseling program is
• Residential Counselor
accredited at the advanced level by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse
• Social Services Aide
Professional Certification Association (IAODAPCA).
• Youth Worker
General Education Requirements
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3
About the Occupation ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3
Projected to be among the future’s fastest ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3
growing occupations, human services PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
workers are employed in a wide variety of SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology.......................................3
settings under many different job titles Mathematics or Physical and Life
that are all characterized by a single Sciences elective •................................................3
unifying feature — their primary job TOTAL.............................................................18
function is helping people cope with Human Services Course Requirements
their problems.
m HSV 105 Survey of Human Services....................................3
m HSV 110 Group Dynamics....................................................3
m HSV 115 Crisis Intervention .................................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse..........................3
Program m HSV 140 Assessment and Treatment of the
• Because of its advanced accreditation Dual-Disordered Client .........................................3
from the Illinois Alcohol and Other m HSV 230 Human Services Seminar
Drug Abuse Professional Certification and Field Experience I (5)
Association (IAODAPCA), graduates or
of Waubonsee’s human services AAS m HSV 235 Human Services Seminar
degree program can become Certified and Field Experience II (5)
Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse (for Addictions emphasis) ......................................5
Counselors (CADC) and enter the TOTAL.............................................................20
workforce more quickly.
Related Course Requirements
• Visits to and field experiences at local
AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
human services agencies allow students
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging .............................................3
to see what career areas are a good fit
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3
for them.
or
SGN 101 American Sign Language I ....................................3
TOTAL...............................................................9
2010/2011
Career Education
Human Services Degrees and Certificates
147
Elective and Specialty Courses (select 17 hrs) Addictions Counseling
NOTE: Students desiring to specialize in addictions counseling Certificate of Achievement
should choose electives from the emphasis area listed below;
students desiring a more general approach can choose electives (652A) major code
from either of the categories below. This certificate prepares individuals for employment as alcohol
and other drug abuse (AODA) counselors in a variety of agencies
Addictions Counseling Emphasis and facilities that serve persons who are substance abusers.
m HSV 125 Counseling Theories and Strategies ......................3 Students with prior and/or additional education can become
m HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the AODA counselors as a result of completing this program. The
Addictive Process ..................................................3 program includes both classroom instruction and on-the-job
m HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I.........................................3 training (field experience) and may be applied toward the
m HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II........................................3 Associate in Applied Science degree in human services. The
m HSV 240 Human Services Seminar program is accredited by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug
and Field Experience III .........................................5 Abuse Professional Certification Association (IAODAPCA).
Additional Human Services Electives Course Requirements
m HSV 296 Special Topics......................................................1-6 m HSV 105
Survey of Human Services....................................3
PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care...............................3 m HSV 110
Group Dynamics....................................................3
PSY 220 Child Psychology ...................................................3 m HSV 115
Crisis Intervention .................................................3
PSY 235 Social Psychology ..................................................3 m HSV 120
Introduction to Substance Abuse .........................3
SGN 101 Sign Language I.....................................................3 m HSV 125
Counseling Theories and Strategies ......................3
SGN 102 Sign Language II....................................................3 m HSV 210
Psychopharmacology and the
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II .................................................3 Addictive Process ..................................................3
SPN 211 Conversational Spanish .........................................3 m HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I.........................................3
SOC 215 Introduction to Social Work ...................................3 m HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II........................................3
m HSV 235 Human Services Seminar
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ......................................64 and Field Experience II ..........................................5
m HSV 240 Human Services Seminar
and Field Experience III .........................................5
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................34
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
148 Degrees and Certificates
Industrial Technology
Job Titles Industrial Technology
• Electrical and Electronic engineering
Technician Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Electro-Mechanical Technician (809A) major code
• Mechanical Engineering Technician This degree prepares students for technical positions in a variety of venues, some of
• Engineering Technician which include manufacturing, material processing, quality assurance, custom
• Industrial Maintenance Mechanic machinery fabrication and research. Students develop the knowledge and skills for jobs
• Industrial Machine Repairer that require a broad-based understanding of science, math and various technologies.
• Maintenance Mechanic Helper Engineering technician, research and development technician, field service technician,
• Fluid Power Technician and test lab technician are just a few such positions.
About the Occupation
Engineering technicians use their broad
General Education Requirements
base of knowledge to assist engineers and COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Communication ........... 3
scientists in a variety of areas, such as or
research and development, product COM 121 Communication in the Workplace ........................ 3
testing, and quality control. Industrial or
maintenance mechanics, machinery COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations ............ 3
repairers, fluid power technicians and ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ....................................... 3
others install, maintain and repair or
machinery of all types. Some also care for ENG 151 Foundations of Written Business Communication 3
buildings and work on electrical, ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ...................................... 3
heating/cooling, hydraulic and pneumatic or
systems. ENG 153 Business Communication-Technical Writing......... 3
MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry............................................... 3
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I....................................... 4
Social and Behavioral Sciences elective................................... 3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Total ........................................................................19
Program
• Students learn in a hands-on Industrial Technology Major Program Requirements
environment that includes actual m ACC 120 Financial Accounting............................................. 3
equipment as well as sophisticated m CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry .................................... 3
training simulators. m EGR 101 Engineering Graphics ........................................... 4
• Emphasis areas allow students to m IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes..................................... 3
customize their Industrial Technology m IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics ............................................. 3
degree based on their career goals. m IDT 134 Metrology ............................................................. 2
m IDT 270 Materials of Industry ............................................ 3
m IDT 280 Quality Management for Industry ........................ 3
m IDT 297 or 298 or 299 Industrial Technology Internship.....1-3
m MTH 107 Basic Statistics ..................................................... 3
Total ...................................................................28-30
2010/2011
Career Education
Industrial Technology Degrees and Certificates
149
Electronic Equipment Emphasis Industrial Technology
Students who plan to work on the design, development, testing
and/or servicing of sophisticated, electronically controlled Certificate of Achievement
products and equipment are encouraged to select from the (824A) major code
following electives. The Industrial Technology Certificate of Achievement prepares
ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ....................................... 4 students for a variety of entry-level technical positions in
ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ........................................... 4 manufacturing companies and a variety of other venues.
ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) .......................................... 4
IDT 115 Motor Controls I ................................................... 3 Course Requirements
IDT 125 Machine Repair..................................................... 3 m IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes..................................... 3
IDT 215 Motor Controls II .................................................. 3 m IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics ............................................. 3
IDT 240 Programmable Controllers.................................... 3 m IDT 270 Materials of Industry ............................................ 3
m IDT 280 Quality Management for Industry ........................ 3
Laboratory Testing Emphasis
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I....................................... 4
Students who plan to work in research and testing laboratories TOTAL........................................................................16
operating test equipment and machinery, running experiments,
analyzing test data and writing reports are encouraged to select Electives
from the following electives. Select 6 hours from the disciplines or courses listed
CAD 270 Product Design and Development ....................... 3 Disciplines: CAD, ELT, IDT, WLD
CHM 101 Introduction to Chemistry Laboratory .................. 1 ACC 120 Financial Accounting............................................. 3
CMT 111 Construction Materials ......................................... 3 CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry .................................... 3
ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ....................................... 4 CHM 101 Introduction to Chemistry Laboratory .................. 1
ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ........................................... 4 CMT 111 Construction Materials ......................................... 3
ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) .......................................... 4 EGR 101 Engineering Graphics ........................................... 4
ENG 153 Business Communication-Technical Writing......... 3 ENG 153 Business Communication-Technical Writing......... 3
IDT 195 Blueprint Reading ................................................. 2 GEO 130 GIS and Mapping Principles ................................. 3
IDT 218 Strength of Materials ........................................... 3 GEO 131 Geographic Information Systems I....................... 3
MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet .............. 3 HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC .................................... 3
WLD 150 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment ............................ 3 MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet .............. 3
MTH 107 Basic Statistics ..................................................... 3
Machinery Design Emphasis
MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry............................................... 3
Students who plan to work on the design, fabrication and/or PROGRAM TOTAL .................................................................. 22
servicing of automated machinery are encouraged to select from
the following electives. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
CAD 102 Introduction to 2D CAD........................................ 3
CAD 120 2D CAD Detailing and Layout............................... 3
ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ....................................... 4
IDT 115 Motor Controls I ................................................... 3
IDT 120 Hydraulics ............................................................. 3
IDT 125 Machine Repair..................................................... 3
IDT 195 Blueprint Reading ................................................. 2
IDT 215 Motor Controls II .................................................. 3
IDT 218 Strength of Materials ........................................... 3
IDT 220 Pneumatics........................................................... 3
IDT 240 Programmable Controllers.................................... 3
WLD 100 Survey of Welding ................................................ 3
Product Design Emphasis
Students who plan to work with engineers on the design and
development of manufactured products are encouraged to
include the following courses in their selection of electives.
CAD 120 2D CAD Detailing and Layout............................... 3
CAD 210 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing ............ 3
CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling..................................... 3
CAD 270 Product Design and Development ....................... 3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
150 Degrees and Certificates
Industrial Technology
2010/2011
Career Education
Industrial Technology Degrees and Certificates
151
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
152 Degrees and Certificates
Industrial Technology
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
153
Interpreter Training
Interpreter Training Job Titles
• Interpreter for the Deaf
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Sign Language Interpreter
(660A) major code
Interpreter training is an Associate in Applied Science degree and trains people to be
sign language interpreters for the Deaf. Interpreter training was the first program of its About the Occupation
kind established in Illinois in 1975 and is currently one of six programs within the state. Sign language interpreters facilitate
Waubonsee’s program provides students with the opportunity to become proficient in communication between individuals who
American Sign Language and gain knowledge of Deaf culture. are deaf or hard of hearing and those who
can hear. The interpreter is considered to
First Semester be a bilingual/ bicultural mediator in the
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3 communication exchange. Those engaged
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 in conversation rely heavily on the skill,
m SGN 100 Orientation to Deafness ........................................3 fluency, professionalism and ethical
m SGN 101 American Sign Language I ....................................3 behavior of the interpreter. The
m SGN 104 Signs of Everyday Use ..........................................3 interpreter is an integral part of the
m SGN 105 Linguistics of ASL I................................................3 communication exchange.
TOTAL.............................................................18
Second Semester
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m SGN 102 American Sign Language II ...................................3 Program
m SGN 106 Linguistics of ASL II...............................................3 • In 1975, Waubonsee became the first
m SGN 108 Conceptually Accurate Signed English ..................3 college in the state to design an
m SGN 110 Introduction to American interpreter training program.
Deaf Culture ..........................................................3 • The program utilizes technology to
TOTAL.............................................................15 create a rich visual learning
environment. Students’ signing
Third Semester
performances are captured by digital
(All third-semester ITP courses must be taken concurrently.) video cameras, uploaded to a computer
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3 and then reviewed by both the student
m ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting +................................3 and the instructor.
m ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters +.................................3
m ITP 211 Transliterating I +...................................................3
m ITP 221 Interpreting I + ......................................................3
m ITP 231 Sign to Voice I + ....................................................3
TOTAL.............................................................18
Fourth Semester
(All fourth-semester ITP courses must be taken concurrently and
after successful completion of all third semester ITP courses.)
m ITP 212 Transliterating II +..................................................3
m ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting + .........................................3
m ITP 223 Interpreting II + .....................................................3
m ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting + .......................3
m ITP 232 Sign to Voice II + ...................................................3
m Major course requires minimum
Math or Physical and Life Sciences
grade of C.
elective • ...............................................................3
TOTAL.............................................................18 • See course choices listed on pages
65-66.
Fifth Semester
m ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner + ...........................3 + Program admission required for
TOTAL...............................................................3 enrollment.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
154 Degrees and Certificates
Interpreter Training
3. Complete all practicum hours. Refer to the interpreter training admission requirements before
completing the sign language certificate.
Scheduling Note: SGN courses are offered during the day and
Course Requirements
evenings, but not all courses are offered every semester. Since all
SGN courses must be completed before entering any ITP courses, m SGN 100
Orientation to Deafness ........................................3
please consider this when scheduling. ITP courses are only m SGN 101
American Sign Language I ....................................3
offered during the day. Students may repeat a course only once. m SGN 102
American Sign Language II ...................................3
m SGN 104
Signs of Everyday Use ..........................................3
For additional information, contact the Dean for Humanities, m SGN 105
Linguistics of ASL I................................................3
Fine Arts and Languages (see directory). m SGN 106
Linguistics of ASL II...............................................3
m SGN 108
Conceptually Accurate Signed
English ...................................................................3
m SGN 110 Introduction to American
Deaf Culture ..........................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
155
Legal Interpreting
Legal Interpreting Job Titles
Legal Interpreter
Certificate of Achievement
About the Occupation
(621A) major code
A legal interpreter is a bilingual individual
Legal interpreting is a certificate of achievement that provides English/Spanish who translates in a legal setting, including
bilingual individuals the knowledge and skills to interpret successfully in legal settings. local and state courts. Many court
Students learn the procedures and processes of the American justice system, interpreters work on a freelance basis.
specialized legal vocabulary, and the legal interpreter’s code of ethics and standards. Legal interpreters are also hired by
Students also receive targeted practice with the three modes of legal interpreting: attorneys for depositions, civil cases and
consecutive, simultaneous and sight translation. The certificate curriculum helps other pre-trial assignments. Upon further
prepare graduates for the Consortium for State Interpreter Certification examination. study of translation, which deals with the
written rather than the spoken word,
Structured written and oral screening tests are conducted to determine proficiency in students could prepare for court and legal
both English and Spanish. Students must be 18 years of age or older at the time of translation and transcription positions or
assignment to a practicum site. freelance work. Waubonsee’s program is
Course Requirements for individuals who are bilingual in
m CRJ 120 The American Court System .................................3 English and Spanish.
m LGI 100 Introduction to Legal Interpreting..........................3
m LGI 105 Legal System and Terminology + ..........................3
m LGI 110 Legal Interpreting: Simultaneous, Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Consecutive and Sight + .......................................3 Program
m LGI 290 Legal Interpreting • The legal interpreting program is the
Seminar and Field Experience + ...........................3 only one of its kind in the region. This
m TRA 100 Introduction to Translation .....................................2 program targets bilingual
PROGRAM TOTAL .........................................17 (English/Spanish) individuals who seek
entry-level training and skills, as well as
+ Program admission required for enrollment. working interpreters who need more
formal training. Entry level wages are
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C.
significantly above minimum wage, and
with experience, provide middle-class
income.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
156 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Library and Information Studies Degrees and Certificates
157
Youth Services Emphasis Library Technical Assistant
ECE 115 Child Growth and Development or
PSY 220 Child Psychology ...................................................3 Certificate of Achievement
ENG 228 Children’s Literature...............................................3 (668A) major code
m LIB 205 Pre-Teens and Teens in the Library........................2
The Library Technical Assistant certificate program offers a core
m LIB 210 The School Library Media Center..........................3
of courses, including experience with computer software and
library technology and an on-the-job practicum experience, that
Library Leadership Emphasis provides students with a basic framework for successful library
AOS 205 Records Management ...........................................3 employment.
COM 122 Group Communication ..........................................3
MGT 205 Office Management or AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
MGT 210 Supervisory Management .....................................3 m LIB 100 Library as Place .....................................................3
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging .............................................3 m LIB 105 Introduction to Technical Services .........................3
m LIB 110 Technology in Libraries ..........................................3
m LIB 115 Public Services ......................................................3
Library Technology Emphasis m LIB 120 Reference and Research Strategies ......................3
CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3 m LIB 125 Library Collections and the Community ................3
CIS 173 Introduction to TCP/IP Internetworking .................2 m LIB 250 Library Technical Assistant Practicum....................2
CIS 174 Wireless Local Area Networking ...........................2 PROGRAM TOTAL .........................................23
CIS 176 Windows Server Administration............................3
CIS 180 Linux/UNIX Operating Systems.............................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
CIS 181 Introduction to Information Systems Security.......3
CIS 280 Linux/UNIX System Administration .......................3
WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
WEB 111 Web Site Design ...................................................3
Electives
m LIB 200 Reader’s Advisory and Adult Programming ...........2
m LIB 240 Seminar of Current Library Issues ........................3
m LIB 296 Special Topics in Library and Information Studies..1-3
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II .................................................3
SGN 100 American Sign Language I ....................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
158 Degrees and Certificates
Mass Communication
Job Titles Mass Communication
• Camera Operator
• TV/Radio Production Staff Associate in Applied Science Degree
• TV/Radio Program Host (970B) major code
• Audio/Video Editor This degree is intended for individuals interested in working in the fields of television,
• Producer/Director film, Internet and/or radio broadcasting as announcers, radio/TV producers, camera
• Internet/Multimedia Specialist operators and directors. The program utilizes Waubonsee’s television studio in
preparing students for this medium.
Although the intent of this degree program is occupational, many courses within
About the Occupation
the program are individually articulated with four-year colleges offering radio/TV
The mass communication field provides programs to facilitate continued study at a four-year institution. Courses are aligned
a vast opportunity for individuals to learn with IAI courses when possible.
the skills and techniques necessary to
produce, direct or support television, film,
radio and Internet productions. Technical General Education Requirements
positions in this field can go from the COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.............3
broad-based to the more highly ENG 101 or 151 English ......................................................3
specialized, and include camera operators, ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ..........................................3
a wide variety of production staff PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
positions, “on-air personalities,” audio Humanities/Fine Arts elective •.............................3
and video editors, producers, directors Math or Science elective• .....................................3
and Internet producers. Knowledge and TOTAL.............................................................18
experience in a variety of aspects in audio,
video and Internet media production offer Mass Communication Major Program Requirements
students an opportunity for employment m MCM 130
Introduction to Mass Communication...................3
in many venues and allow the student to m MCM 140
Television and Media Production I.........................3
move as the needs of the field shift. m MCM 201
Broadcast Writing ..................................................3
m MCM 205
Basic Broadcast Announcing .................................3
m MCM 211
Introduction to Radio Production...........................3
m MCM 245
Mass Media Ethics and Laws ...............................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m MCM 280
Mass Communication Capstone:
Program
The Business, Media and Careers
• Students gain hands-on experience of TV/Internet/Radio/Film .......................................3
creating shows in the college’s own m MCM 297 or 298 or 299 TV/Internet/Radio/Film Internship ..3
television studio, located in Collins TOTAL.............................................................24
Hall.
• A public service announcement created Electives (select 22 semester hours)
by Waubonsee students won the 2006 COM 110 Voice and Diction...................................................3
and 2008 Illinois Department of COM 115 Online Communication..........................................3
Transportation college video challenge COM 121 Communication in the Workplace .........................3
and ran on local cable television. COM 135 Introduction to Advertising
Communication .....................................................3
COM 200 Advanced Speech Communication........................3
COM 201 Business and Professional
Presentations.........................................................3
ELT 161 Introductory Telecommunications..........................3
m MCM 215 Basic News Writing ...............................................3
m MCM 221 Basic News Editing ...............................................3
m MCM 240 Television and Media Production II........................3
m MCM 243 Film Production......................................................3
2010/2011
Career Education
Mass Communication Degrees and Certificates
159
m MCM 296 Special Topics/Mass Communication..................1-3
MUS 110 Music Careers .......................................................2
Mass Communication
MUS 211 Introduction to the Recording/MIDI Studio ...........3 Certificate of Achievement
MUS 213 Advanced Recording and MIDI Applications .........3
THE 110 The Art of Oral Interpretation ................................3
(972B) major code
WEB 105 Integrating Web Technologies in Business ............3 This certificate is intended for individuals interested in working
TOTAL.............................................................22 in the field of television, film, Internet and/or radio broadcasting
as announcers, radio/TV producers, camera operators, directors
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE..............................................64 and related occupations. The program utilizes Waubonsee’s
television studio in preparing students for this medium.
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
Course Requirements
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m MCM 130
Introduction to Mass Communication...................3
m MCM 140
Television and Media Production I.........................3
m MCM 201
Broadcast Writing ..................................................3
m MCM 205
Basic Broadcast Announcing .................................3
m MCM 211
Introduction to Radio Production...........................3
m MCM 240
Television and Media Production II
or
m MCM 243 Film Production......................................................3
m MCM 280 Mass Communication Capstone:
The Business, Media and Careers
of TV/Internet/Radio/Film .......................................3
m MCM 299 TV/Internet/Radio/Film Internship..........................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
160 Degrees and Certificates
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
161
Paraprofessional Educator
Paraprofessional Educator Job Titles
• Classroom Teacher Assistants
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Special Education Teacher Assistants
(590A) major code • Clerical/Support Staff Assistants
This degree offers students a wide range of educational experiences and prepares them • Computer Laboratory Assistants
to assist classroom teachers at all levels of the K-12 educational system. Students who • Library/Media Center Assistants
complete this degree meet the requirements for paraprofessional educators established • Bilingual Teacher Assistants
by the No Child Left Behind legislation.
General Education Requirements About the Occupation
COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Employment options and job
Communication .....................................................3 responsibilities for paraprofessional
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3 educators vary widely. Some para -
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3 educators exclusively perform non-
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 instructional or clerical duties, such as
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I ............................3 working in the main office, monitoring
Social and Behavioral Sciences, playgrounds or hallways, or supervising
Math or Physical and Life lunchrooms or field trips. Many
Sciences elective• .................................................3 paraprofessional educators in the
TOTAL.............................................................18 general classroom, however, provide a
combination of instructional and clerical
Paraprofessional Educator Major Program Requirements tasks. They may reinforce instruction by
DIS 101 Disability in Society ...............................................3 working with students individually or in
ECE 115 Child Growth/Development small groups. Paraeducators may be asked
or to help prepare the classroom by setting
PSY 220 Child Psychology up/maintaining media equipment,
or ordering supplies, or creating bulletin
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3 boards and displays. Paraeducators may
ECE 120 Health, Safety, and Nutrition .................................3 assist teachers with grading, typing, filing,
m EDU 100 Strategies for the duplicating, maintaining health and
Paraprofessional Educator .....................................3 attendance records, and collecting money.
m EDU 200 Introduction to Education ......................................3 A teacher may require a paraprofessional
m EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education............................3 educator to research a topic and assemble
m EDU 215 Introduction to the Foundations of Reading..........3 materials to be used in a particular
m EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education..........................3 instructional unit.
m EDU 225 Diversity of Schools and Society...........................3
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ...........................3
TOTAL.............................................................30 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Program
Elective and Specialty Courses (select 16 credits) • Graduating from this program ensures
NOTE: Students desiring to specialize in a particular paraprofessional educator area that you have met the requirements for
should choose electives from one of the emphases listed on the next page; students paraprofessional educators established
desiring a more general approach can choose electives from any of the categories listed by the No Child Left Behind legislation.
on the next page. • Because of the important role it plays
Content Specialist Emphasis in today’s educational environment,
technology is emphasized throughout
Choose courses related to your content area(s) listed in sections B, C, and D of the
the paraprofessional curricula.
Associate in Applied Science degree requirements (see pages 65-66).
Students create an electronic portfolio
to aid them in their job search and
must take a technology in education
(continued on next page) course where they learn to do Web
research, develop a Web page, work
with digital cameras and scanners,
and more.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
162 Degrees and Certificates
Paraprofessional Educator
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
163
Photography
Traditional Photography Job Titles
• Photographer’s Assistant
Certificate of Achievement • Photographer
(902A) major code • Photographic Lab Technician
• Digital Image Specialist
This certificate is designed for students wanting to acquire basic photographic skills
through course work in traditional photography. Students will use a variety of cameras,
lighting equipment and darkroom processes.
About the Occupation
Course Requirements
Professional photographers are employed
m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3 in a variety of settings. Studio
m ART 240 Photography II .......................................................3 photographers capture objects, individuals
m ART 241 Photographic Lighting............................................3 and set-ups in a controlled lighting
m ART 290 Studio Art...............................................................3 environment. Documentary
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................12 photographers record events as they
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. occur. Commercial photographers capture
images that may be used for personal
broadcasting, as in weddings, or for public
Basic Digital Photography promotion of consumer items, as in
advertisements.
Certificate of Achievement
(905A) major code
This certificate is designed for students interested in advancing their traditional Highlights of Waubonsee’s Program
photographic skills into the digital arena. Whether for photo retouching or efficient file • Waubonsee offers courses in both
management for the Web, students will acquire skills in using image editing software, traditional and digital photographic
hardware and the peripherals relevant to the digital darkroom. techniques.
Course Requirements • In addition to using a traditional 35mm
camera, students also learn to use a
m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3
4” x 5” view camera, one of the most
m ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography ..............................3
important tools in professional product
m ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography..........................3
and commercial photo studios.
m ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography ..............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................12
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
164 Degrees and Certificates
Photography
Comprehensive Photography
Certificate of Achievement
(907A) major code
This certificate program offers a sequence of courses that will
enable students to assemble a professional portfolio of both
traditional and digital images. The portfolio may be used for
professional job searches.
Course Requirements
m ART 104 History of Photography .........................................3
m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3
m ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography ..............................3
m ART 240 Photography II .......................................................3
m ART 241 Photographic Lighting............................................3
m ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography..........................3
m ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography ..............................3
m ART 290 Studio Art...............................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................24
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
165
Real Estate
Real Estate Sales Job Titles
• Real Estate Sales Agent
Certificate of Achievement • Real Estate Broker
(166A) major code • Property and Real Estate Managers
The real estate certificate prepares students for prompt entry into the field. Upon
successful completion of this certificate, students have met the major requirement to
be eligible for the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination. All real estate agents About the Occupation
and brokers must be licensed by the state of Illinois to conduct transactions in Illinois. Real estate agents help people buy or sell
their home and base their assistance on a
Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination
thorough knowledge of the housing
• Be at least 21 years old. market. These agents know local zoning,
• High school graduate or equivalent. tax laws and financing. Real estate agents
• Successful completion of the 45-classroom-hour Real Estate Transactions course generally are independent sales workers
(REL 110). who provide their services to a licensed
• Hold an original Uniform Real Estate Transcript (provided by WCC). broker on a contract basis. Property
Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Sales License managers perform an important function
in increasing and maintaining the value of
• 21 years of age or older. This age limitation can be waived for persons under 21 who
real estate investments. They can
have completed two years of study beyond high school with a major emphasis in
administer income-producing commercial
real estate.
and residential properties and/or plan and
• High school graduate or equivalent.
direct the purchase, development and
• Sponsorship by an Illinois licensed broker.
disposal of real estate for business.
• Proof of successful completion of a 45-classroom-hour course in real estate
transactions: the Uniform Real Estate Transcript provided by WCC after successful Brokers not only sell real estate owned by
completion of REL 110 Real Estate Transactions. Original Uniform Real Estate others, but also rent and manage
transcripts are free. Duplicate transcripts cost $5. properties, perform market analyses and
• Successfully pass the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination. assist with developing new building
projects. In closing sales, brokers often
Course Requirements
arrange loans, property inspections, and
m REL 110 Real Estate Transactions........................................3 meetings between buyers and sellers.
PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................3 Brokers also manage their own offices,
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. advertise properties and handle other
business matters.
Professional Certification
Opportunities
• Illinois Real Estate Salesperson
• Illinois Real Estate Broker
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
166 Degrees and Certificates
Real Estate
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
167
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
168 Degrees and Certificates
Renewable Energy Technologies
Geothermal Basics
Certificate of Achievement
(876A) major code
The Geothermal Basics Certificate of Achievement provides
professionals in the areas of heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning, mechanical engineering, and construction with a
working knowledge of geothermal systems and their installation.
Course Requirements
m RET 170 Geothermal Systems............................................ 3
PROGRAM TOTAL .................................................................... 3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
169
Translation
Translation Job Titles
• Translator: English to Spanish
Certificate of Achievement • Translator: Spanish to English
(672A) major code • Interpreter/Translator
This certificate is intended to be an introduction to the translation profession for
linguistically skilled individuals. This course of study will provide students with a
comprehensive approach to the translating profession. Topics include industry About the Occupation
standards, project management, translation tools and accreditation issues. Issues of Translation is an intercultural
medical translation are also included. communication specialty. Translators
Course Requirements translate written text from a source
language to a target language. Translators
m TRA 100 Introduction to Translation .....................................2
must be bilingual, and students in
m TRA 110 Translation Laboratory:
Waubonsee Community College’s
English/Spanish + .................................................2
translation program must be proficient in
m TRA 130 Medical Translation Laboratory:
both English and Spanish. Focus areas for
English/Spanish +..................................................2
the translator include literary translation,
m TRA 200 Advanced Translation Laboratory:
legal and technical translation, medical
English/Spanish +..................................................2
translation, or finance and business
PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................8
translation. Translators typically focus on
+ Program admission required for enrollment. one specialty area. Translators usually
have a college degree in a specialty area
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. or experience in one particular field.
Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Program
• This 8-semester-hour program can
be a quick entry into the career field
of translation.
Sound Interesting?
Students interested in this program may
also be interested in Health Care
Interpreting; see page 121.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
170 Degrees and Certificates
Welding Technology
Job Titles Welding Technology
• Arc Welder
• Spot Welder Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Production Welder (890A) major code
• Construction Welder
The welding program provides the student with the skills needed to layout, fabricate
and weld a variety of metals using the major welding processes in all positions. A
graduate of the program may qualify as a production or construction welder, pipe
About the Occupation welder, maintenance or repair welder, weld technician, welding operator, welding shop
The job of a welder is to permanently join supervisor, or welding salesperson.
metal parts. Some welders work in the
General Education Requirements
construction industry applying their trade
to buildings, bridges, pipelines and more. COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
The majority work in manufacturing, ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
many of them on the assembly of things ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
such as boilers, heavy equipment like MTH 103 Elementary Technical Math....................................3
bulldozers, large machinery, trucks ECN 110 or 100 Economics .................................................3
and ships. There are four basic welding General Education Elective •.................................3
processes, and the equipment and skills TOTAL.............................................................18
for each differ. Welders apply the science Welding Technology Major Program Requirements
of joining metal with the art and hand-
m IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2
eye coordination required to make a
m WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for Welders...............................2
good weld.
m WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting ...............................3
m WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I ................................3
m WLD 122 Welding Inspection and Testing.............................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and Flux
Program Cored Arc Welding.................................................3
• Waubonsee’s welding program m WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.....................................3
includes courses in each of the four m WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design .................................3
basic welding processes: oxyacetylene, m WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II ...............................3
electric arc, gas metal arc (MIG or m WLD 221 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe I .....................3
CO2) and gas tungsten arc (TIG). m WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe II ....................3
• The curriculum includes four courses m WLD 231 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe I ........................3
devoted specifically to pipe welding. m WLD 232 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe II .......................3
TOTAL.............................................................37
Electives
ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC......................................3
WLD 150 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment .............................3
WLD 155 Industrial Safety.....................................................1
WLD 296 Special Topics—Welding .....................................1-3
WLD 297 Internship for Welding Technology.........................1
WLD 298 Internship for Welding Technology.........................2
WLD 299 Internship for Welding Technology.........................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2010/2011
Career Education
Welding Technology Degrees and Certificates
171
www.waubonsee.edu
172
WAU B O N S E E
the real world of work
Career
Connections
2010/2011
Career Connections 173
Cooperative Agreements Cooperative agreements with other Illinois community colleges
include, and are limited to, the programs listed:
Waubonsee Community College has Career Education
Cooperative Agreements with several Illinois community colleges
College of DuPage
so that students may enroll in occupational degree and/or
certificate programs not available at Waubonsee. Students take Diagnostic Medical Imaging Nuclear Medicine (certificate)
all specialized courses at the cooperating college. Related Diagnostic Medical Imaging Radiography
technical and general education courses required in the (AAS and certificates)
cooperative programs may be taken at Waubonsee Community Graphic Arts Technology
College or at the community college offering the program. Print Production (AAS and certificate)
Digital Prepress Production (AAS and certificate)
The cooperating college issues all degrees or certificates for Horticulture (AAS and certificates)
successful completion of the individual program. The student Motion Picture/Television
pays the in-district tuition of the offering institution. See Television Production (AAS)
“Cooperative Agreements and Tuition Chargebacks” in the Film/Video Production (AAS)
Tuition and Fees section of this catalog. For further information Motion Picture/Television (certificate)
about the program, check with the admissions office at the Physical Therapist Assistant (AAS)
respective school and contact the office of the Waubonsee
Assistant Vice President of Student Development (see directory)
for application materials.
Students from other community college districts who want to
enroll in a Waubonsee program not offered in their district
should first contact their own admissions office for the
proper forms.
www.waubonsee.edu
174 Career Connections
For information about internship/externship opportunities in a See “Course Descriptions” for more details.
particular instructional division, contact the office of the For more information about the Army ROTC Transfer Option or
appropriate Dean or the Career Services Center (see directory). the Army ROTC program in general, contact the Department of
Military Science, Army ROTC at Northern Illinois University,
(815) 753-6234.
2010/2011
Career Connections 175
VALEES VALEES Member High Schools
Credit for High School Course Work Batavia High School - District #101
Through an articulation agreement between the Valley Education Earlville High School - District #9
for Employment System (VALEES) and Waubonsee Community
College, credit and/or advanced placement may be awarded in East Aurora High School - District #131
college degree or certificate programs to students who have Fox Valley Career Center
successfully completed articulated secondary courses. Geneva High School - District #304
Credit for secondary classes is considered on the basis of high Hinckley/Big Rock High School - District #429
school transcripts and/or competency demonstration. Indian Creek High School - District #425
Students should first discuss credit transfer with their high Indian Valley Vocational Center
school teachers and counselor, then complete the VALEES Kaneland High School - District #302
College Credit Articulation Form. The form is available online at
Kendall County Special Education Cooperative
www.valees.org, from high school guidance counselors, from
Waubonsee’s counselors or at the VALEES office (Building A, Leland High School - District #1
Room 116 on the Sugar Grove Campus). Next, students should Newark High School - District #18
request that an official high school transcript be forwarded Oswego High School - District #308
directly to the VALEES office at Waubonsee with the completed
Oswego East High School - District #308
VALEES College Credit Articulation Form. The transcript should
detail credit and grade for approved courses and date of Paw Paw High School - District #271
graduation or leaving school. Plano High School - District #88
Specific requirements under this agreement include: Sandwich High School - District #430
• Applicants must be registered students. Serena High School - District #2
• Application for articulated credit must be made within two Somonauk High School - District #432
years from the date of high school graduation or last term of
high school attendance. West Aurora High School - District #129
• Students must enroll in an approved college curriculum Yorkville High School - District #115
within two years from the date of high school graduation or
last term of high school attendance.
• A grade of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) must be earned for each
semester of high school course work to be considered for
college credit.
• Credit awarded under this agreement, after approval and
notification by the VALEES Director and the Waubonsee
Community College Assistant Vice President of Instruction, is
recorded on a student’s college academic record (transcript)
and becomes part of the total number of credits required for
program completion.
• Additional requirements may be established that relate to a
specific program for validation of knowledge and skills such as
portfolios, skill demonstrations and tests. An instructor in the
program will arrange for student interviews, information and
skill validation if needed.
• Students who fail to make satisfactory progress in college
course placement under this agreement may be required to
take prerequisite college course work at the discretion of the
college.
• A recording fee of $5 per credit hour applies to credit
articulated. (Subject to change without prior notice.)
• For a complete listing of articulated classes and an application,
visit the VALEES Web site at www.valees.org.
www.waubonsee.edu
176
WAU B O N S E E
what you can discover
Course
Descriptions
2010/2011
Course Descriptions 177
Course Numbering Definitions
System Terminology used in course descriptions is
defined below. Technology
All credit courses are described on the
following pages. Curriculum placement and
skills are
other course attributes are signified by the
prereq expected in
three-digit course numbers explained below. prerequisite(s)—courses or requirements that a variety of
must be completed before taking the described Waubonsee
001-049 course.
Community
Adult and Workforce Development courses.
coreq College courses; check
Vocational update/skills courses. Do not apply prerequisites and other
to any college certificate or degree. corequisite(s)—courses or requirements that
must be taken concurrently with the described recommendations.
050-099 course.
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses for
developmental education do not apply to any
IAI
college certificate or degree. designation of Illinois Articulation Initiative
course number for courses that are IAI general
100-199 education or major courses. Refer to the chart
in this section.
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses intended
primarily for freshmen.
lec/lab
200-299 denotes the number of hours students spend
per week in either lecture and/or laboratory
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses intended
time (based on a 16-week course). Courses may
primarily for sophomores.
be offered in less than 16 weeks, and
lecture/laboratory time adjusted accordingly.
sem hrs
semester hours—the credit hours that apply to
the course.
var
indicates that the credit hours applied to the
course can vary depending upon projects
undertaken.
www.waubonsee.edu
178 Course Descriptions
2010/2011
Course Descriptions 179
Communication: IAI Code: ENG 226 Shakespeare H3 905 Mathematics: IAI Code:
COM 100 Speech Communication C2 900 ENG 229 Introduction to Literature H3 900 MTH 101 College Math M1 901
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I C1 900 ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry H3 903 MTH 102 Applied Practical Math M1 904*
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II C1 901R ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction H3 901 MTH 107 Basic Statistics M1 902
ENG 240 Intro. to Drama as MTH 131 Calculus With Analytic
Literature H3 902 Geometry I M1 900-1
Fine Arts: IAI Code: ENG 245 World Literature H3 906 MTH 132 Calculus With Analytic
ART 100 Art Appreciation F2 900 ENG 255 Women’s Literature H3 911D Geometry II M1 900-2
ART 101 History of Western Art- FLM 270 Film and Literature HF 908 MTH 202 Mathematics for Elementary
Ancient to Medieval F2 901 FRE 202 Intermediate French II H1 900 Teachers II M1 903
ART 102 History of Western Art- GER 202 Intermediate German II H1 900 MTH 210 Finite Math M1 906
Ren. to Modern Art F2 902 HIS 111 Western Civilization MTH 211 Calculus for Business &
ART 103 History of Non-Western to 1648 H2 901 Social Sciences M1900-B
Art F2 903N HIS 112 Western Civilization MTH 233 Calculus With Analytic
ART 104 History of Photography F2 904 Since 1648 H2 902 Geometry III M1 900-3
ART 105 Women in Art F2 907D HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial
FLM 250 Film as Art: to Present H2 904 Physical Science: IAI Code:
A Survey of Film F2 908 HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities HF 900 AST 100 Introduction to
FLM 260 History of Film F2 909 HUM 102 The Global Village HF 904N Astronomy P1 906
FLM 270 Film and Literature HF 908 HUM 201 Modern Culture and AST 105 Astronomy P1 906L
HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities HF 900 the Arts HF 903 AST 110 Planetary Science P1 906L
HUM 102 The Global Village HF 904N PHL 100 Introduction to CHM 100 Introduction to
HUM 201 Modern Culture and Philosophy H4 900 Chemistry P1 902
the Arts HF 903 PHL 101 Introduction to Logic H4 906 CHM 101 Introduction to Chemistry-
MUS 100 Music: Art of Listening F1 900 PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics H4 904 Lab P1 902L
MUS 101 Musics of the World F1 903N PHL 110 Introduction to Critical CHM 102 Introduction to
MUS 102 Music in America F1 904 Thinking H4 906 Organic Chemistry P1 904
THE 100 Theatre Appreciation F1 907 PHL 120 Introduction to World CHM 103 Introduction to
THE 130 Diversity in American Religions H5 904N Organic Chemistry-Lab P1 904L
Theatre F1 909D PHL 201 History of Philosophy I H4 901* CHM 106 Chemistry in Society P1 903L
PHL 202 History of Philosophy II H4 902* CHM 121 General Chemistry P1 902L
SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II H1 900 ESC 100 Earth Science P1 905
Humanities: IAI Code: SPN 205 Spanish for Native ESC 101 Survey of Earth Science
ENG 211 American Literature Speakers H1 900 Lab P1 905L
to 1865 H3 914 ESC 120 Introduction to
ENG 212 American Literature Meteorology P1 905L*
From 1865 H3 915 Life Science: IAI Code:
ESC 130 Introduction to
ENG 215 Masterpieces of American BIO 100 Introduction to Biology L1 900 Oceanography P1 905
Literature H3 915 BIO 101 Introduction to Biology- ESC 220 Climate and Global
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures Lab L1 900L Change P1 905
of the U.S. H3 910 D BIO 102 Human Biology L1 904 GEO 121 Physical Geography P1 909L
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 H3 912 BIO 103 Human Biology GLG 100 Introduction to Physical
ENG 222 British Literature Laboratory L1 904L Geology P1 907
From 1800 H3 913 BIO 110 Environmental Biology L1 905 GLG 101 Introduction to Physical
ENG 225 Masterpieces of British BIO 111 Environmental Biology- Geology Lab P1 907L
Literature H3 913 Lab L1 905L GLG 103 Environmental Geology P1 908
BIO 120 Biology I L1 900L PHY 103 Concepts of Physics P1 901
BIO 126 Ecology and Field BiologyL1 905L PHY 104 Concepts of Physics-lab P1 901L
BIO 128 Evolution L1 907L PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I P1 900L
BIO 200 Nutrition L1 904 PHY 221 General Physics I P2 900L
BIO 244 Animal Kingdom L1 902L
BIO 250 Microbiology L1 903L
BIO 254 Genetics L1 906
BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I L1 904L
www.waubonsee.edu
180 Course Descriptions
2010/2011
Course Descriptions 181
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
182 Accounting
Accounting (ACC) ACC 120 Financial Accounting ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I
This introduction to financial accounting The first of two courses in the advanced study
focuses on procedures and concepts involved of the assumptions, principles, procedures and
AN ACCOUNTING OPPORTUNITY: in providing relevant financial data to external
Considering a career change? A job practices involved in modern corporate
and internal decision makers. It emphasizes financial accounting.
promotion? Most people holding a the generation, interpretation and use of
baccalaureate degree in any field can easily Recommended Prereq: ACC121.
financial statements. Coverage includes the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
take accounting and business courses to accounting cycle with detailed analysis of the
prepare for the CPA (Certified Public transactions related to cash, investments,
Accountant) Examination and/or the CMA receivables, inventories, long-term assets, ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II
(Certified Management Accountant) liabilities, stockholders' equity and time value The second of two courses in the advanced
Examination. Recommended Waubonsee of money. study of the assumptions, principles,
Community College courses include the Note: Students with a grade-point average procedures and practices involved in modern
following: below a B should consider taking ACC115 or corporate financial accounting.
For the CPA and CMA Exams: MTH104 before taking ACC120. ACC120 is a Recommended Prereq: ACC220.
ACC 120 Financial Accounting fast-paced course requiring good reading and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ACC 121 Managerial Accounting computational skills. Therefore, we
ACC 201 Tax Accounting recommend students take the math and
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I English assessment tests before registering for
ACC 230 Microcomputer
ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II ACC120. Accounting Applications
ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting IAI: BUS 903. This introduction to computerized accounting
Applications (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs systems employs a hands-on approach to
ACC 240 Cost Accounting
processing business transactions on an
BUS 211 Business Law
integrated microcomputer accounting package.
ACC 121 Managerial Accounting Accounting software applications include:
Additional courses for the CMA Exam: This introduction to managerial accounting general ledger systems for service and
ECN 121 Principles of Economics- focuses on accumulation, analysis and use of merchandising firms, voucher systems, fixed
Macroeconomics cost information needed for internal decision assets, payroll, partnerships, corporations,
ECN 122 Principles of Economics- making in businesses. It covers cost financial statement analysis, departmentalized
Microeconomics identification; job-order, process and activity- accounting, accounting system set-up and
FIN 200 Principles of Finance based costing; cost-volume-profit analysis; spreadsheets.
MGT 200 Principles of Management budgeting; standard costs; variance analysis; Recommended Prereq: ACC115 or concurrent
the statement of cash flows; capital budgeting; enrollment or ACC120.
and short-term decision making. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
For additional information, contact the
Recommended Prereq: ACC120.
division of Business and Information Systems.
IAI: BUS 904.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ACC 240 Cost Accounting
ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting An advanced study of the accumulation,
This introductory accounting course analysis and use of cost information needed for
ACC 130 Payroll Accounting internal decision making in business. Coverage
emphasizes the development of a firm
This comprehensive study of payroll includes accounting for quality allocation of
foundation in fundamental accounting
procedures includes current federal and Illinois indirect costs, activity-based costing job-order
procedures using the accounting cycle of a
laws affecting payroll. Payroll applications costing, process costing, accounting for
small business organized as a sole
include manual processing, microcomputer spoilage, standard costing, cost-volume-profit
proprietorship. Topics include: transaction
payroll software processing, and an application analysis inventory control, capital budgeting,
analysis, financial statements, the accounting
using spreadsheet software. decentralization and organizational
cycle of service and merchandising firms,
Recommended Prereq: ACC115 or ACC120 or performance.
accounting for bank accounts, cash funds,
a general knowledge of bookkeeping. Recommended Prereq: ACC121.
accounts receivable, notes receivable, notes
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
payable, inventory, long-term assets, and
introduction to accounting for corporations.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting ACC 245 VITA Program: Tax
This course is a study of the concepts of federal Procedure and Practice
income taxation as they apply to individuals.
Topics include gross income, exclusions, The basic principles of federal income taxes as
deductions, credits, the taxation of sole they relate to low-to-moderate income
proprietors, tax planning strategies, and individuals are applied in this hands-on course
computation of gains and losses on the consisting of the preparation of various low-to-
disposition of property. moderate individual income tax returns using
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Forms 1040EZ, 1040A, 1040 and IL1040.
Participation and certification in the volunteer
income tax program is required.
ACC 205 Business Tax Accounting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is a study of concepts of federal
income taxation related to income, deductions,
distributions, property transactions,
acquisitions and reorganizations for a broad
range of taxpayers including corporations,
partnerships, S corporations, limited liability
companies, estates and trusts.
Recommended Prereq: ACC120 and ACC201.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Administrative Office Systems
183
ACC 250 Auditing I ACC 298 Accounting Internship AOS 110 Computer
This course provides students with the design, Combining academic credit with professional Software for the Office
installation and unification of accounting experience, this internship allows students to An introduction to the computer, this course
systems and the concepts and procedures learn about, observe and work in the emphasizes application software for the office.
involved in the examination of financial accounting field. One hundred sixty hours are The changing electronic office, computer
statements for the purpose of establishing and required for 2 credits. Repeatable to a hardware and software, computer operating
expressing an opinion as to their reliability. maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester system and a Web browser are introduced.
This course will discuss statistical sampling hours from the accounting internship courses This is a hands-on introduction to application
techniques and the auditor's legal liability. (ACC297, ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the software for word processing, spreadsheet,
Recommended Prereq: ACC221. accounting degree or certificates. database programs and presentation graphics
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses; designed for students focused on business
consent of instructor. careers. Repeatable to a maximum of 9
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
ACC 251 Auditing II
This course focuses on the practical a degree or certificate.
application of the conceptual structure of the ACC 299 Accounting Internship Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding preferred.
audit process, risk assessment in the audit Combining academic credit with professional IAI: BUS 902.
process, evidence gathering and evaluation, experience, this internship allows students to (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
and special topics to auditing a comprehensive learn about, observe and work in the
audit case. accounting field. Two hundred forty hours are AOS 115 Document Formatting
Recommended Prereq: ACC250. required for 3 credits. Repeatable to a Students format letters, memos, reports, tables
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester and commonly used business documents using
hours from the accounting internship courses word processing functions. Advanced features
(ACC297, ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the of a word processing software program are
ACC 255 Fund and accounting degree or certificates. introduced. Students also improve their
Governmental Accounting Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses; keyboarding speed and accuracy.
This is a study of accounting and reporting consent of instructor. Recommended Prereq: AOS100 or minimum of
concepts, standards and procedures applicable (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs 30 wpm keyboarding skills.
to city, county and state governments, the Prereq: AOS110.
federal government and not-for-profit (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
institutions.
Recommended Prereq: ACC221.
Administrative Office
AOS 116 Advanced Document Formatting
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Systems (AOS) Students use computer software to produce
business documents for various business
ACC 260 Advanced Accounting AOS 100 Keyboarding simulations in an office setting. Emphasis is on
This course is an examination of advanced the student's ability to apply correct formatting
financial accounting concepts including This course provides students with basic
computer keyboarding skills for personal and and editing skills to business applications
accounting for business combinations, with designed to develop decision-making skills.
emphasis on the consolidation of professional use. It includes speed and
accuracy building in addition to instruction on Students also build keyboarding speed and
parent/subsidiary balance sheet and income accuracy.
statement reporting. It also covers accounting alphabetic and top line numeric/symbol keys.
This course is a recommended prerequisite for Prereq: AOS115.
for the formation, operation and liquidation of (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
partnership, as well as special reporting AOS101, AOS105, AOS115, AOS205 and
requirements for multi-national entities. MCS130.
Recommended Prereq: ACC221.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs AOS 130 Customer Service
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This customer service course introduces
AOS 101 Keyboarding Speed Building students to a variety of skills including
This course emphasizes the development of identifying customer behavior, determining
ACC 297 Accounting Internship customer needs through active listening,
Combining academic credit with professional speed and accuracy using a computer
keyboard. Repeatable to a maximum of 2 becoming an effective verbal and nonverbal
experience, this internship allows students to communicator, honing your telephone
learn about, observe and work in the semester hours; 0.5 semester hour may apply
to a degree or certificate. customer service skills, handling difficult
accounting field. Eighty hours are required for customers, encouraging customer loyalty, and
1 credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 Recommended Prereq: AOS100 or equivalent.
Recommended Coreq: AOS115 or AOS116. practicing service recovery.
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
accounting internship courses (ACC297, (0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs
ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the
accounting degree or certificates. AOS 105 Automated Office Skills AOS 140 Proofreading and Number Skills
Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses; Students develop skill and speed in using the Students receive instruction in a systematic
consent of instructor. touch system to operate the 10-digit keys on a method of proofreading and developing
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs keypad. Students learn data entry techniques, accuracy in working with numbers. Common
perform typical data entry activities and proofreading errors are identified. Audio-
calculate basic business applications. visual drills and workbook exercises are used
Recommended Prereq: AOS100. to improve numeric accuracy and speed.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: AOS115.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
184 Administrative Office Systems
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Art
185
APICS (APC) APC 125 Basics of Supply APC 145 Strategic
Chain Management Management of Resources
This course provides basic definitions and In this course students explore the relationship
APC 100 Principles of Inventory Control concepts for planning and controlling the flow of existing and emerging processes and
Students are introduced to essential vocabulary of materials into, through and out of an technologies to manufacturing strategy and
and skills in identifying and applying basic organization. It explains fundamental supply chain-related functions. The course
principles of inventory management. Basic relationships among the activities that occur in addresses three main topics: aligning resources
methods of planning and controlling inventory the supply chain from suppliers to customers. with the strategic plan, configuring and
in manufacturing, institutional, distribution In addition, the course addresses types of integrating operating processes to support the
and retail environments are covered. The manufacturing systems, forecasting, master strategic plan, and implementing change.
questions of what to stock are addressed planning, material requirements planning,
capacity management, production activity Note: This course is taught by an APICS-
through an examination of current and certified instructor.
evolving technologies of inventory control, purchasing, inventory management,
distribution, quality management, and Just-in- Recommended Prereq: APC125; APC130;
management. APC135; APC140.
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- Time manufacturing.
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- (1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
certified instructor.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs certified instructor.
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
APC 110 Principles of Planning
Art (ART)
APC 130 Master Planning of Resources
Students learn the fundamentals of basic
planning principles and techniques that are In this course students explore processes used ART 100 Art Appreciation
used at each level in the planning process. The to: develop sales and operations plans; identify
ART100 is the study of the developments in
course focuses on practical examples and and assess internal and external demand and
fine and applied arts throughout human
exercises, giving participants an opportunity to forecasting requirements; and effect an
history. Students are introduced to the
improve their planning, teamwork and achievable master schedule consistent with
vocabulary and media of art. This course is
presentation skills. business policies, objectives, and resource
intended to develop an understanding and
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- constraints. The course focuses on developing
awareness of the contributions artists make to
certified instructor. and validating a plan of supply, relating
society. This course is not recommended for
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs management of demand to environment, and
art majors.
developing and validating the master schedule.
IAI: F2 900.
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
APC 115 Principles of certified instructor.
Manufacturing Control (1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
This course deals with priority and capacity
ART 101 History of Western Art-
management through the use of Material APC 135 Detailed Ancient to Medieval
Resource Planning (MRP) capacity Scheduling and Planning This course is a study of the historical
management, Capacity Requirements Planning developments of the visual arts in Western
(CRP), Production Activity Control (PAC) and This course focuses on material and capacity
society from prehistoric through medieval time
Just-in-Time (JIT). This course studies the scheduling and planning. It includes a detailed
periods. Discussion of major artistic trends
execution of the production plan and master explanation of Material Requirements
and movements is framed by an examination
production schedule, reactions to capacity Planning (MRP), a technique suitable for use in
of the historical context and social milieu.
constraints and maintenance of individual job shops. The course also introduces another
IAI: F2 901.
order control. material planning technique, material- (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- dominated scheduling, which is applicable to
certified instructor. process industries and other mature
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs production environments. The course explains ART 102 History of Western Art-
capacity requirements planning in detail and Renaissance to Modern Art
introduces other capacity-planning techniques,
APC 120 Principles of including processor-dominated scheduling. This course is a study of the historical
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- developments of the visual arts in Western
Operations Management society from the Renaissance time period to
certified instructor.
In this course students gain a fundamental the present. Discussion of major artistic trends
knowledge and understanding of operations
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
and movements is framed by an examination
resource management and the factors involved of the historical context and social milieu.
in designing and operating a production APC 140 Execution and IAI: F2 902.
process. Topics covered include facilities Control of Operations (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
planning, TQM, cost analysis, project planning
and operations resource management. This course focuses on three main areas:
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- prioritizing and sequencing work; executing ART 103 History of Non-Western Art
certified instructor. work plans, implementing controls and This course is a study of the historical
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs reporting activity results; and evaluating and developments of the visual arts in non-Western
providing feedback on performance. The society. Discussion of major artistic trends and
course explains techniques for scheduling and movements is framed by an examination of the
controlling production and process operations. historical context and social milieu.
It also addresses the execution of quality IAI: F2 903N.
initiatives and continuous improvement plans (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
as well as the control of handling of
inventories. Finally, the course presents
techniques for evaluating performance and
collecting data for effective feedback.
Note: This course is taught by an APICS-
certified instructor.
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
186 Art
ART 104 History of Photography ART 123 Contemporary Drawing ART 222 Life Drawing
This course covers the history of photography The course involves studio experiments in This course focuses on the study of the human
from its beginnings in the 1830s to the present. drawing with an emphasis on abstract figure through selected assignments in
It familiarizes the student with key concepts, image manipulation and content contour, value, and gesture drawing of the
photographic artists, styles and movements. development. Contemporary drawing trends undraped figure. Naturalistic and expressive
Current photographic processes and criticism are examined, discussed and attempted. interpretations in a variety of drawing media
are discussed. Students are encouraged to explore current are included.
IAI: F2 904. drawing processes, methods and materials. Prereq: ART120.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ART110 strongly (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
recommended.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 105 Women in Art ART 230 Ceramics III
This course focuses on women as creators and This course further develops the skills acquired
subjects of visual art throughout history and ART 130 Ceramics I in ART131 with emphasis placed on a more
diverse cultures. Consideration is given to how This course is an introduction to the processes personal expression within the confines of the
gender is relevant to the definition, creation and techniques involved in making clay objects processes and material. More complex
and appreciation of art. through hand-building and utilizing the techniques are explored, and issues related to
IAI: F2 907D. potters' wheel. Various forms are explored. functional and non-functional aesthetics are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Issues related to both sculptural and functional addressed. Students learn to load and fire kilns
aesthetics are addressed. of multiple processes.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ART131.
ART 110 Design I (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
This is a basic course in the application and
appreciation of the principles and elements of ART 131 Ceramics II
two-dimensional design. It examines selected This course guides students toward a further ART 240 Photography II
problems using line, color, mass, value and development in acquiring techniques involved This course provides in-depth instruction in
texture. in making clay vessels on the potters' wheel black and white 35mm photography. It
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs and a further introduction into hand-building. introduces graphic arts materials, color theory,
Students are challenged with conceptual multiple imagery, construction of narratives,
assignments relating to both the historical and and experimental black and white darkroom
ART 111 Design II contemporary world. Various forms are processes. Students learn to master camera
This course explores the basic elements of explored. Students learn to load and fire kilns operations and film processing, as well as
three-dimensional design. Directed exercises of multiple processes. special effects and manipulations.
with paper, foamcore, wood, wire, plaster, Recommended Prereq: ART130. Prereq: ART140.
polymer clay and assorted materials are (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
included. Required for art majors.
Prereq: ART110.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 140 Photography I ART 241 Photographic Lighting
This course provides technical grounding in This course introduces students to
black and white 35mm photography including fundamental lighting techniques and concepts
ART 120 Basic Drawing I encountered in the studio and on location.
film processing, enlarging, finishing and
This course encompasses drawing of natural presentation. Students explore the historical Students are instructed in the use of 4"x5" view
and artificial forms from observation. Line, and contemporary uses and criticisms of camera, light meters, sheet film, roll film, color
shape, values, mass, volume and composition photography. A wide range of photographic transparency and Polaroids. Both the artistic
are explored. Emphasis is on the use of dry genres are discussed involving camera vision and commercial use of lighting are explored.
media: pencil, graphite sticks, powdered and ideas. Prereq: ART240.
graphite, charcoal, tortillions and kneaded Note: Students are required to have their own (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
eraser. Some class sessions may be on life SLR 35mm camera with interchangeable
drawing from a live model. lenses.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 242 Intermediate
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
Digital Photography
ART 121 Basic Drawing II This course is a continuation of ART142 and
ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography focuses on the use of the more advanced
This course is a continuation of ART120. This course explores basic techniques and
Development of skill in representation and photo-manipulation tools of Adobe
applications of acquiring, manipulating and Photoshop, including special effects and new
interpretation of subjects, including figure outputting digitized photographic images
drawing, landscape, still life and imagination, is applications. Students explore Web site
utilizing Adobe Photoshop. development, video, advertising and
included. Emphasis is on the continued use of Prereq: ART140.
charcoal, pastels, colored pencils, ink and illustration, fine art prints, mixed media
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs artwork, and multimedia presentations.
collage materials. Selected class sessions
involve life drawing from a live model. Prereq: ART142.
Required for art majors. ART 155 Sculpture I (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: ART120. This studio course introduces basic sculptural
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs processes, materials, and tools, and idea ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography
communication through these methods. Studio This course is a continuation of ART242.
safety will be strongly emphasized. Processes Students explore advanced concepts and
will include additive/modeling/constructive techniques in computer image processing. The
subtractive/carving and replacement/casting. course culminates in the creation of a digital
Time arts/4D may be considered. portfolio.
Recommended Prereq: ART111. Prereq: ART242.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Auto Body Repair
187
ART 255 Sculpture II ART 297 Art Internship AST 110 Planetary Science
Studio course continuing the exploration of Combining academic credit with professional This course is a descriptive course in
sculptural processes materials, and tools, and experience, this internship allows students to astronomy of the solar system. Topics include
idea communication through sculptural learn about, observe and work in the art field, motions, time, tides, calendars, seasons, earth,
methods. Studio safety will be strongly including positions related to visual art and art moon, planets, minor members of the solar
emphasized. Developing proficiency in administration. Eighty hours are required for 1 system, tools and history of space and
selection, use, and manipulation of materials as credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester planetary science, results of space exploration
well as mastery of the processes involved. hours; 6 semester hours from the art and terrestrial and extraterrestrial life.
Recommended Prereq: ART155. internship courses (ART297, ART298, Note: Students will not receive credit toward a
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART299) may apply to a degree or certificate. degree for both AST100 and AST110.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. Recommended Prereq: A course in basic
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs algebra.
ART 260 Painting I IAI: P1 906L.
This course is an introduction to painting in (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
acrylic and/or oil media. Students depict a ART 298 Art Internship
variety of subject matter using a creative Combining academic credit with professional
approach. experience, this internship allows students to AST 115 Astronomy for Educators
Note: Students are strongly encouraged to learn about, observe and work in the art field, This is a survey course in astronomy designed
complete both ART110 and ART120. including positions related to visual art and art for present or future teachers at all levels. It is a
Prereq: ART110 or ART120. administration. One hundred sixty hours are descriptive, non-mathematical, non-laboratory
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs required for two credits. Repeatable to a course to provide teachers an understanding of
maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester the fundamentals of astronomy.
hours from the art internship courses Demonstrations and activities are presented
ART 261 Painting II (ART297, ART298, ART299) may apply to a during the class that the student can then use
This course is a continuation of ART260. degree or certificate. in their own classroom, including the motions
Students explore a variety of painting Prereq: Consent of instructor. of the sky, formation and description of the
techniques pertinent to the 21st century. (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs solar system, formation, types and evolution of
Prereq: ART260. stars and galaxies.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 299 Art Internship
Combining academic credit with professional
ART 262 Painting III experience, this internship allows students to AST 296 Topics/Issues for the Sciences
This course is a continuation of ART261. learn about, observe and work in the art field, This course offers in-depth exploration of a
Students explore contemporary issues and how including positions related to visual art and art special topic, issue or trend in one or more of
they relate to a realization of personal style in administration. Two hundred forty hours are the biological or physical sciences fields.
creating art work. required for three credits. Repeatable to a Repeatable to a maximum of 24 semester
Prereq: ART261. maximum of six semester hours; 6 semester hours; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs hours from the art internship courses or certificate.
(ART297, ART298, ART299) may apply to a (1 to 6 lec/0 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs
ART 265 Watercolor degree or certificate.
Prereq: Consent of instructor.
This course is an introduction to the basic
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
techniques of transparent and opaque Auto Body Repair (ABR)
watercolor painting. Directed exercises in color
and technique execution are included.
Students produce finished paintings of still life, Astronomy (AST) ABR 100 Auto Body Welding
figure and/or landscape renditions. This course is designed to develop a high level
Recommended Prereq: ART120. of student skill in the use of various welding
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs AST 100 Introduction to Astronomy and fastening techniques as they relate to auto
This course is a descriptive, nonmathematical, body repair. Concurrently, the student
nonlaboratory survey course in astronomy - practices with various tools used in the
ART 290 Studio Art some basic arithmetic may be required. Topics disassembly of auto body panels.
This is an advanced studio course for art include earth and sky, the structure and Familiarization with shop facility and routine is
majors. It allows continuation and evolution of the solar system, stars, galaxies also established.
concentration in a subject field with emphasis and the universe. Prereq: Reading assessment.
on individual research and personal Note: AST100 will not count toward a degree Coreq: ABR105; ABR110; ABR115; ABR120;
exploration. Students can further their if the student completes AST105 or AST110. ABR125.
knowledge in drawing, life drawing, painting, IAI: P1 906. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
design, photography, sculpture or ceramics. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
hours; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair
or certificate. AST 105 Astronomy This course trains students in the use of metal
Prereq: Consent of instructor. This course is a descriptive, laboratory, survey straightening tools and techniques vital to the
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs course in astronomy. Topics include structure repair of damaged auto body panels. Skill levels
and evolution of the solar system and universe, are developed which allow for metal finishing a
history of astronomy, interstellar medium, panel without the use of body fillers.
ART 296 Special Topics for the Arts Milky Way, galaxies and cosmology. Prereq: Reading assessment.
This course offers in-depth exploration of a Note: Students will not receive credit toward a Coreq: ABR100; ABR110; ABR115; ABR120;
special topic, issue or trend in the arts. degree for both AST100 and AST105. ABR125.
Repeatable to a maximum of 24 semester Recommended Prereq: A course in basic (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
hours for different special topics; 6 semester algebra.
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. IAI: P1 906L.
(0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
188 Auto Body Repair
ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel ABR 140 Glass Service ABR 298 Auto Body Internship
and Plastic Repair This course trains students in the care and Combining academic credit with professional
This course is designed to enable students to service of automotive glass and glass experience, this internship allows students to
make repairs of both plastic and fiberglass replacement. learn about, observe and work in the auto body
panels. Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR repair field. One hundred sixty hours are
Prereq: Reading assessment. courses. required for 2 credits. Repeatable to a
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR115; ABR120; Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR145; ABR150. maximum of 6 semester hours; 1 semester
ABR125. (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs hour from the auto body internship courses
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs (ABR297, ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the
auto body degree or certificate.
ABR 145 Intermediate Auto Body Repair Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair This course involves the student in the repair courses; consent of instructor.
In this phase of auto body training, students of a vehicle with extensive damage. Students (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
are given the opportunity to apply skills join into teams as they now apply all of their
learned previously. Some panel replacements basic training. Sectioning, clipping, quarter
panel replacement and frame straightening are ABR 299 Auto Body Internship
may be necessary to complete the repair.
Activities include feathering, taping, masking included. Production and speed are stressed in Combining academic credit with professional
and spot repair. this phase of the work. experience, this internship allows students to
Prereq: Reading assessment. Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR learn about, observe and work in the auto body
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR120; courses. repair field. Two hundred forty hours are
ABR125. Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR150. required for 3 credits. Repeatable to a
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs (3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs maximum of 6 semester hours; 1 semester
hour from the auto body internship courses
(ABR297, ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the
ABR 120 Auto Painting and Refinishing ABR 150 Chassis and Electrical auto body degree or certificate.
This comprehensive course covers the entire Systems for Auto Collision Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
area of auto painting, from the equipment used This course is designed to provide auto body courses; consent of instructor.
through prepainting procedures and students with repair skills in automotive (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
application techniques including masking and chassis and electrical systems as they relate to
taping, and finishing with rubbing and work in auto body and collision.
polishing. Each student must complete a Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
checklist of tasks that encompasses the many courses.
Automotive
facets of auto painting.
Prereq: Reading assessment.
Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR145.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Technology (AUT)
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR115;
ABR125.
ABR 215 Advanced Auto Body Repair AUT 100 Fundamentals of
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs Automotive Technology
This final phase of the Auto Body Repair
program is designed to allow the auto body This lecture-lab course is designed to acquaint
ABR 125 Auto Body Careers student mastery-level experiences. Students students with shop safety, shop operations,
This course provides students with exposure to use their previously learned skills to complete tools, chemicals, and how to obtain service
the auto body field. Students experience and real-life auto body and collision repairs. information. Also covered are employment
observe actual shop operations and career Prereq: Reading assessment; all advanced ABR options and responsibilities in the automotive
opportunities. courses. field.
Prereq: Reading assessment. (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR115;
ABR120. AUT 110 Engine Service I
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs ABR 297 Auto Body Internship
Combining academic credit with professional This course is designed to provide background
experience, this internship allows students to in design, troubleshooting and service
ABR 130 Automotive Collision Appraisal learn about, observe and work in the auto body procedures of automotive engines. Use of
This course is designed to prepare students for repair field. Eighty hours are required for 1 service manuals, shop safety and shop
entry into the field of collision repair and credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester procedures are covered. Students participate in
collision damage estimating. It deals with hours; 1 semester hour from the auto body the disassembly, identification and inspection
evaluating the extent of the damage and internship courses (ABR297, ABR298, of the engine components, and reassembly of
defining what repair costs will be for the ABR299) may apply to the auto body degree or the engine. This class is a hands-on experience
vehicle. certificate. of engine rebuilding and problem diagnosis.
Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
courses. courses; consent of instructor.
Coreq: ABR135; ABR140; ABR145; ABR150. (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
This lecture-lab course is designed to provide
the student an opportunity to learn the design,
ABR 135 Frame Repair operation and service procedures of
This course gives students the opportunity to automotive power train components. Clutches,
use various body frame machines and manual transmissions, transaxles, differentials
measuring systems to effect repairs to frames and 4 x 4 service are covered.
and unibodies. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
courses.
Coreq: ABR130; ABR140; ABR145; ABR150.
(3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Automotive Technology
189
AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems AUT 124 Automotive Fuel AUT 233 Applied Automotive
This lecture/lab course is designed to provide and Emission Systems Fuels and Electricity
the student with a thorough understanding of
the design, operation and service procedures This course examines the design and operation This course is designed to give advanced
related to the complete automotive brake of various fuel delivery and emission system automotive students and professional
system. This course covers both import and components. Topics covered include technicians an opportunity to fine tune their
domestic. conventional carburetion, feedback performance-related diagnostic and
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs carburetion, basic fuel injection, air induction, troubleshooting skills. The testing, diagnosis
PCV systems, catalytic converters, evaporative and repair of various fuel and electrical system
emission systems and exhaust gas problems are stressed. A wide range of hands-
AUT 113 Automotive Electrical/ recirculation. Detailed fuel and emission on experiences with practical applications are
Electronic Systems system testing, including infra-red exhaust gas provided.
analysis, is emphasized. Both carburetor and Recommended Prereq: AUT113; AUT123;
This lecture/lab course is designed to provide
fuel injection diagnosis, testing and adjustment AUT124.
the knowledge and skills needed to service (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
procedures are covered.
modern automotive electrical/electronic
Recommended Prereq: AUT113.
systems. Basic electrical/electronic topics (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
including circuit types and designs, wiring AUT 240 Service Shop Operations
diagram analysis, wire service and electrical This course is a simulation of the automotive
troubleshooting procedures are stressed. AUT 211 Automotive Recycling Basics shop environment that includes customer
Operation and diagnosis of battery, starting, The automotive recycling industry, relations, vehicle diagnosis and repairs.
charging, lighting and accessory circuits are dismantling best practices and techniques, and Students are provided the opportunity to
also detailed. safety requirements, quality control, and parts reinforce previously learned skills and also to
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs grading are studied in this course. The course complete NATEF tasks from other courses that
prepares students for a variety of roles within were not completed. This course helps to make
AUT 120 Engine Service II the automotive recycling industry such as a smoother transition to the work
dismantler and inventory specialist. environment.
This advanced course in automotive engine (1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT110;
service presents maintenance and service on
AUT111; AUT112; AUT113; AUT120;
some of the more common procedures and
AUT122; AUT123; AUT124; AUT231;
repairs on gasoline engines and related areas. AUT 212 Environmental Standards AUT232; AUT233.
Recommended Prereq: AUT110. for Auto Recycling (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
Automotive recycling industry environmental
best practices are reviewed in this course. AUT 243 Advanced
AUT 122 Automotive Suspension Topics such as safe removal of mercury
and Wheel Alignment switches, storm water sampling, and the Engine Control Systems
Illinois Green Certified Automotive Recycler This course is designed to acquaint students
This lecture/lab course is designed to provide
standards are included. with electronic engine control systems
the student an opportunity to learn the design, (1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs including advanced fuel, emission and ignition
operation and service procedures of the
subsystems. Primary emphasis is placed on
automotive suspension system. Emphasis is
understanding and developing troubleshooting
placed on front-wheel drive, strut-equipped AUT 231 Automatic techniques for 1996 and newer On-Board
vehicles. General areas are tires, wheel Transmissions/ Transaxles Diagnostic II systems. Additionally, the design
balancing, front MacPherson and rear
This lecture-lab course in automatic and operation of both generic and
suspensions.
transmission/transaxle theory and service manufacturer-specific computer systems are
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs discussed. Troubleshooting procedures
covers the current more popular
transmissions/transaxle drive units including detailing both scan and non-scan sequences
AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems electronic transmissions. Students participate are also covered.
This lecture/lab course is designed to acquaint in inspection disassembly, repair, reassembly Recommended Prereq: AUT113; AUT123;
students in the design, operation and testing of and testing of automatic AUT124; AUT233.
various non-computer and computer- transmissions/tranaxles. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
controlled ignition systems. Oscilloscope Recommended Prereq: AUT111.
operation and testing are stressed. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs AUT 245 Automotive
Conventional, electronic and distributorless
systems are also discussed. Heating and Air Conditioning
AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and This lecture-lab course is designed to develop
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
Suspension Systems the necessary skills and provide the knowledge
This advanced level, lecture/lab course is required to understand, diagnose and service
designed to provide a student with an modern automotive heating and air
opportunity to learn design, operations and conditioning systems.
service procedures of the automotive brakes (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
and suspension systems, and to acquire
knowledge in diagnosing problems related to
the operation of these systems. Emphasis is
placed on learning the procedures necessary in
performing thorough, complete servicing of
the brakes and suspension systems.
Recommended Prereq: AUT112; AUT122.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
190 Automotive Technology
AUT 246 Automotive AVP 130 Professional Multiengine Rating Biology (BIO)
Accessories and Diagnostics The Professional Multiengine Rating course is
designed to fulfill the requirements of the See also Oceanography (ESC 130).
This lecture-lab course is designed to further
develop student competency in the area of Federal Aviation Regulations for additional
automotive diagnostics. Advanced aircraft rating courses. This training program BIO 100 Introduction to Biology
electrical/electronic troubleshooting and contains both a flight training syllabus and a
This general survey course deals with selected
repair procedures related to electrical ground training syllabus. The flight training
concepts and theories in biology such as
accessories are emphasized. Areas of coverage syllabus has a minimum of 15 hours of dual
organization, function, heredity, evolution and
include, but are not limited to, air bags, power flight instruction. The ground training syllabus
ecology. Biological issues with personal and
windows, power locks, keyless entry, consists of 15 hours of ground training.
social implications are introduced to allow
navigation systems and electronic dash and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
students to make informed decisions regarding
gauges. issues with a biological basis.
Recommended Prereq: AUT113; AUT124. AVP 200 Certified Flight Instructor (CFIA) Note: Not intended for students majoring in
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs The Certified Flight Instructor course is biology or the health professions. Students
designed to fulfill the requirements of the enrolling in BIO100 are not required to enroll
AUT 275 Inspection and Maintenance Federal Aviation Regulations for the Basic in BIO101 (lab). However, those students
Instructor course. This training program needing a four semester-hour lab science for
240 Diagnosis and Repair transfer purposes may wish to concurrently
contains both a flight training syllabus and a
This course is designed to meet the State of ground training syllabus. The flight training enroll in BIO100 and BIO101.
Illinois IM-240 training requirements for syllabus for the Basic Instructor has 10 hours Recommended Coreq: BIO101.
automotive technicians. The course is a of flight training on analysis of maneuvers, 10 IAI: L1 900.
lecture/lab course for technicians and covers hours of practice instruction and 3 hours of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
diagnostic and repair techniques for IM-240 progress checks. The ground training syllabus
repairs. consists of 45 hours of ground training.
Recommended Prereq: AUT124 and AUT243; BIO 101 Introduction to
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
or consent of instructor. Biology Laboratory
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs A laboratory course intended to be taken
AVP 210 Certified Flight Instrument concurrently with BIO100, this course explores
Instructor (CFIIA) selected concepts and theories in biology such
Aviation Pilot (AVP) The Certified Flight Instrument Instructor as organization, function, heredity, evolution
and ecology through laboratory exercises.
course is designed to fulfill the requirements of
the Federal Aviation Regulations for the Note: Not intended for students majoring in
AVP 100 Private Pilot Certification Instrument Instructor course. This training biology or the health professions.
The Private Pilot Certification course is the program contains both a flight training Recommended Coreq: BIO100.
first step to becoming a Professional Pilot and syllabus and a ground training syllabus. Since IAI: L1 900L.
is designed to fulfill the requirements of the the syllabus is designed to meet all of the (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
Federal Aviation Regulations for a private pilot requirements of the Federal Aviation
certification course. This training program Regulations, the student is assured the best BIO 102 Human Biology
contains both a flight training syllabus and a training possible.
This general survey course focuses on the
ground training syllabus. The flight training Prereq: Valid FAA second-class medical; at
biology of the human organism. Concepts
syllabus has 35 hours of flight training, least 18 years of age at completion of course;
include the structure, organization, and
consisting of 20 hours of dual instruction and ability to read, speak and understand the
function of human systems with a focus on the
15 hours of solo flight. The ground training English language.
interconnectedness of these systems, health
syllabus consists of 35 hours to include block (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
and disease, growth and development,
tests and final examination. genetics, and evolution. Emphasis is placed on
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs AVP 230 Certified Flight the relationship of the issues to the individual
Instructor Multiengine and society.
AVP 110 Professional Instrument Rating The Certified Flight Instructor Multiengine
Note: Not intended for students majoring in
The Professional Instrument Rating course is biology or the health professions.
training course is designed to fulfill the IAI: L1 904.
designed to fulfill the requirements of the requirements of the Federal Aviation
Federal Aviation Regulations for the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Regulations for the Multiengine Instructor
Instrument Rating (airplane). This training course. This training program contains both a
program, which contains both a flight training flight training syllabus and a ground training BIO 103 Human Biology Laboratory
syllabus and a ground training syllabus, syllabus. The flight training syllabus for the This laboratory course is meant to be taken
provides at least 35 hours of flight training and CFIMEL has 10 hours of flight training on concurrently with Human Biology (BIO102).
35 hours of ground training. analysis of maneuvers, 10 hours of practice Through laboratory experiences, this course
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs instruction and 3 hours of progress checks. explores selected concepts and theories in
The ground training syllabus consists of 32 biology such as organization, structure,
AVP 120 Professional Commercial Pilot hours of ground training. function, heredity and evolution using the
Prereq: Valid FAA second-class medical; at human organism as a model.
The Professional Commercial Pilot training
least 18 years of age at completion of course; Note: Not intended for students majoring in
course is designed to fulfill the requirements of
ability to read, speak and understand the biology or the health professions.
the Federal Aviation Regulations for a
English language. Recommended Prereq: BIO102 or concurrent
commercial pilot certification course. This
training program contains both a flight (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs enrollment.
training syllabus and a ground training IAI: L1 904L.
syllabus. The flight training syllabus has 155 (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
hours of flight training. The ground training
syllabus consists of 30 hours of ground
training.
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Biology
191
BIO 104 The Nature of Science BIO 122 Principles of Biology II BIO 244 Survey of the Animal Kingdom
The process of science is exciting, but Topics covered in this continuation of the This evolutionary survey course of the
traditional explanations often miss its dynamic study of general biology include general protozoan and animal kingdoms is a
nature. Science affects us all everyday, but ecology, detailed discussion of the process of comparative approach to how organisms have
people often feel removed from science. evolution, selected study of plants and animals solved the problems of support (physical
Science is an intensely human endeavor, but which represent key organisms as well as the form), locomotion, respiration, digestion and
many portrayals gloss over the passion, study of plant and animal tissues, and a brief reproduction. Representatives of the major
curiosity and even rivalries and pitfalls that overview of all the vertebrate organ systems. phyla are dissected in laboratory. The link
characterize this specific human venture. This Significant laboratory time is spent on using between humans and the rest of the animal
course gives students an inside look at the the scientific process and writing a scientific kingdom is stressed in every chapter, making
general principles, methods and motivations paper. clear how even the most obscure invertebrate
that underlie all of science. Recommended Prereq: BIO120. has an impact on the human species. These
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs IAI: BIO 910. interactions are grouped in four categories:
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Harmful Animals, Helpful Animals, Animals as
Food and Animals as Medicine.
BIO 110 Environmental Biology IAI: L1 902L.
This course examines ecological principles in BIO 126 Ecology and Field Biology (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
relation to environmental problems. Basic A field-orientation course designed to
ecology and a study of biodiversity are introduce the basic concepts of ecology. Topics
included with an emphasis on current covered include the interrelationships of BIO 250 Microbiology
environmental issues and possible solutions plants, animals and organization of This one-semester course studies the general
and courses of action. Both local and global ecosystems. Habitats, energy flow, characteristics of bacteria, fungi, algae and
environmental issues are examined from the conservation and management of natural viruses. Included are isolation, cultivation and
biological, political, sociological, economic and resources are also studied. Current biochemical identification of bacteria. Certain
ethical views. environmental problems including the study of aspects of pathology and immunity are also
Note: Students enrolling in BIO110 are not local plant and animal communities and their studied. Aseptic techniques are especially
required to enroll in BIO111 (lab). However, identification, collection cataloging and emphasized.
those students needing a four semester-hour preservation are integrated into the course. IAI: L1 903L.
lab science for transfer purposes may wish to Field experiments include collecting specimens (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
concurrently enroll in BIO110 and BIO111. and recording data. Report writing is also
Recommended Coreq: BIO111. included in the laboratory portion of the
IAI: L1 905. course. This course assists students in
BIO 254 Introduction to Genetics
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs acquiring basic working knowledge in This introduction to the principles of genetics
fieldwork. emphasizes the significance of genetics to man
IAI: L1 905L. in terms of inheritance, plant and animal
BIO 111 Environmental (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs breeding, disease, evolution and behavior.
Biology Laboratory IAI: L1 906.
This laboratory course, meant to be taken (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
BIO 128 Evolution
concurrently with BIO110, examines ecological
principles in relation to environmental Evolution examines the origin of life and its
diversification from a scientific perspective,
BIO 260 Human Structure and Function
problems, allowing students to gain an This study of the human body and how it
awareness of their surroundings. Biotic and including the impact of evolution on human
thought. works begins with basic scientific and
abiotic components of ecosystems are biological principles necessary to understand
examined, as are various types of air, water and IAI: L1 907L.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs human anatomy and physiology and progresses
soil pollutants. Procedures and techniques through a brief study of all body systems.
used in the study of environmental issues are Laboratory sessions provide the opportunity to
introduced, as are biological basics such as BIO 200 Nutrition identify anatomical structures on models and
experimental design and problem solving. This course involves the study of nutrients skeletal materials.
Recommended Coreq: BIO110. including amino acids, carbohydrates, fats, (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
IAI: L1 905L. vitamins, minerals and water and their
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs relationship to health and disease. Cultural and
psychosocial influences on food selection and
BIO 262 Neuro-musculoskeletal Systems
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I habits are studied as well as respiration, This course is a study of the interrelatedness of
metabolism and the digestive process. the nervous, muscular and skeletal systems as
This course includes an introduction to well as the influence of the hormonal system,
science, general chemistry, organic chemistry, IAI: L1 904.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs with a focus on muscle control and movement.
cell structures and their functions, cellular This course provides the foundation for the
activities (photosynthesis, respiration and study of biomechanics and incorporates the
reproduction), classical and molecular use of anatomical models and human cadaver
genetics, and evolution. Selected topics laboratory experiences.
discussed in lecture are expanded upon and Recommended Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and
explored in the laboratory. Emphasis in the concurrent enrollment in BIO272.
laboratory is on cellular functions and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
processes.
IAI: L1 900L, BIO 910.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
192 Biology
BIO 264 Kinesiology and Pathology BUS 207 Business Statistics BUS 240 International Business
This course is the study of the skeletal and This introductory course consists of statistical This course builds upon the economic
muscular systems and their relation to methods applied in the business environment. concepts learned in the principles of
movement, including an introduction to Topics include: the collection and presentation economics courses and studies the operations
homeostatis and disease. The course focus of data, measures of central tendency, of international businesses in global markets. It
begins with the study of the anatomical aspects dispersion, probability, sampling theory, focuses on the economic and competitive
of movement, with exploration of the pectoral correlation and regression. Students are forces as well as the cultural, political and legal
girdle, shoulder joint and upper extremities, introduced to at least one computer software forces of national business environments. It
followed by a study of the pelvic girdle and package for statistical analysis. also addresses the forces of governments,
lower extremities prior to an analysis of the Prereq: C or better in MTH070 or placement financial institutions and monetary systems,
trunk. A brief study of the biomechanical determined by assessment. labor, and consumers in the international
factors of posture and the pathological IAI: BUS 901. business environment.
processes of the organ systems possibly (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: One of the following:
encountered during treatments concludes this BUS100, ECN100, ECN110, ECN121, ECN122.
course. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: BIO262.
BUS 208 Advanced Business Statistics
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Advanced topics in business statistics are
covered, including analysis of variance, BUS 296 Special Topics/Business
multiple regression and correlation, chi- This course offers in-depth exploration of a
BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I square, time series, seasonal analysis and special topic, issue or trend in the business
This course begins with an orientation to the decision making under uncertainty. field. Topics might include current events'
human body followed by a brief review of basic Prereq: BUS207. impact (economic or technical) on business.
biochemistry and the structure and function of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
cells. The student is then engaged in major hours for different special topics; 6 semester
units of study involving tissues; the skeletal, hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
muscular and nervous systems; and the special
BUS 210 Legal Environment of Business (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
senses. Incorporates human cadaver laboratory This business administration transfer course
experiences. First of a two-semester sequence. covers the legal environment in which business
Recommended Prereq: High school biology and and society function. Emphasis is on the BUS 297 Business Internship
chemistry or the equivalents within the past judicial system, government regulations, Combining academic credit with professional
five years. BIO120 strongly recommended. employment and labor law, and the evolving experience, this internship allows students to
IAI: L1 904L. international legal system. These topics are learn about, observe and work in the business
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs presented within an ethical, social and political field, including positions related to
framework. management, marketing, banking and finance.
Recommended Prereq: BUS100. Eighty hours are required for 1 credit.
BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
This continuation of BIO270 includes study of 6 semester hours from the business internship
the following body systems: endocrine, courses (BUS297, BUS298, BUS299) may apply
cardiovascular, lymphatic, immune,
BUS 211 Business Law to the business degrees or certificates.
respiratory, digestive, urinary and This course provides a basic understanding of Prereq: Consent of instructor.
reproductive. The study of nutrition, the principles of law relating to the sources of (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
metabolism and fluid-electrolyte, acid-base law, court systems, litigation, contracts and
balance is incorporated with appropriate organ sales, employment law and antitrust.
systems. Laboratory work utilizes models, Recommended Prereq: BUS100. BUS 298 Business Internship
microscopes and human cadavers. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Combining academic credit with professional
Prereq: C or better in BIO270. experience, this internship allows students to
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs learn about, observe and work in the business
BUS 215 Business Ethics field, including positions related to
This course introduces students to the management, marketing, banking and finance.
fundamentals of ethics in the workplace. It One hundred sixty hours are required for 2
explores ethical dilemmas pertaining to a credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
Business Administration variety of aspects of organizational life. The
purpose is to provide students with a
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
business internship courses (BUS297, BUS298,
(BUS) framework for ethical reasoning, ethical BUS299) may apply to the business degrees or
arguing, ethical decision making, and certificates.
See also APICS (APC), Entrepreneurship (ETR), Finance understanding ethical policies and behaviors. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
and Banking (FIN), Management (MGT) and Marketing Recommended Prereq: BUS100. (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
(MKT). (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
See also Business Mathematics (MTH 104) and BUS 299 Business Internship
Industrial Organizational Psychology (PSY 245). BUS 220 Leadership in Business Combining academic credit with professional
Leadership has transcended the executive level experience, this internship allows students to
BUS 100 Introduction to Business of organizations and has been identified as a learn about, observe and work in the business
necessary skill for individuals working within field, including positions related to
This course provides the foundation for teams, task forces and work units at all levels.
developing concepts, attitudes and management, marketing, banking and finance.
This course integrates fundamental leadership Two hundred forty hours are required for 3
philosophies about business operations. The principles and the operation of a business
following topics are introduced: management, credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
organization. The emphasis is on skill semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
marketing, accounting, finance, economics, development based on research and
ethics and social responsibility human business internship courses (BUS297, BUS298,
experience. BUS299) may apply to the business degrees or
resources, advertising and promotion, Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
distribution and international business. certificates.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Communications
193
Chemistry (CHM) CHM 121 General Chemistry Communications (COM)
This basic course in the principles of chemistry
emphasizes chemical calculations and
CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry structure. Recommended for science and COM 100 Fundamentals of
This introduction to the basic concepts of professional majors. Speech Communication
general chemistry includes basic atomic Recommended Prereq: High school chemistry This basic course in speech communication
structure, chemical symbols, formulas and or equivalent. serves three primary goals: introduction to the
equations, chemical equation calculations, Prereq: MTH070 or placement determined by theories of human communication, classroom
phases of matter, algebraic manipulations, assessment score. experiences in a variety of communication
molecular structure, solutions and solution IAI: P1 902L, CHM 911. situations, and evaluation of individual
chemistry. This course is not intended for (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs communicative behavior.
majors in the physical sciences, students with IAI: C2 900.
previous chemistry or students with credit in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
CHM121.
CHM 122 Chemistry and
Note: Students enrolling in CHM100 are not Qualitative Analysis
required to enroll in CHM101 (lab). However, This continuation of CHM121 emphasizes COM 110 Voice and Diction
those students needing a four semester-hour solution equilibrium chemistry, including Clarity of speech, articulation, accurate
lab science for transfer purposes may wish to gases, precipitation, acid/base, coordination pronunciation, effective choices of words,
concurrently enroll in CHM100 and CHM101. chemistry and oxidation-reduction, effective use of vocal pitch, rate, and volume
IAI: P1 902. culminated with the Nernst equation. It also make up the core of this course. Incorporated
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs includes thermodynamics and kinetics. in the study is a basic understanding of the
Prereq: CHM121. vocal mechanism, phonation and breath
CHM 101 Introduction to IAI: CHM 912. control. The International Phonetic Alphabet
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs is also a component of the course and
Chemistry Laboratory compliments the vocal training.
This is a beginning laboratory course for those (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
students with no previous laboratory
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I
experience. It is designed to acquaint the This course is a study of the fundamental
student with various basic skills and aspects of organic chemistry such as structure, COM 115 Online Communication
techniques, terms and minimal theory. classification of organic reactions and This course introduces a student to
Recommended Coreq: CHM100. reactions of functional groups. considerations of computer-mediated
IAI: P1 902L. Recommended Prereq: CHM122 or consent of communication (CMC). Basic principles of
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs instructor. effective communication are integrated with
IAI: CHM 913. the identification of the common language,
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs modes, strengths and limitations inherent to
CHM 102 Introduction to CMC. Consideration of aspects of diversity,
Organic Chemistry CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II culture, ethics, ambiguity and effectiveness are
This beginning course in organic chemistry applied to the contexts of interpersonal, group,
This course is a continuation of the study of workplace and e-commerce (global)
includes the structure and reactions of the fundamental aspects of organic chemistry
functional groups, with further applications in communication situations.
with emphasis on the reactions mechanisms (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
biochemistry. It is designed to follow CHM100 and spectra of functional groups.
and to provide a one-year sequence of Recommended Prereq: CHM231.
chemistry. IAI: CHM 914. COM 120 Interpersonal Communication
Recommended Prereq: CHM100 or consent of (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs This course is a study of interpersonal
instructor. communication with emphasis on the
IAI: P1 904. communication process, self perception, self
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs expression, verbal and nonverbal
Chinese (CHN) communication, and listening behavior.
CHM 103 Introduction to Organic Students also study interpersonal relationships
Chemistry Laboratory CHN 101 Elementary Chinese I and conflict resolution.
This introduction to standard, modern
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This introductory laboratory for organic
chemistry and biochemistry is designed to Mandarin Chinese includes pronunciation,
accompany CHM102. idiomatic expressions, speech patterns, and COM 121 Communication
Recommended Prereq: CHM100 and CHM101; characters for the beginning students. in the Workplace
or instructor approval. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
The purpose of this course is to develop
Recommended Coreq: CHM102. interpersonal communication skills for the
IAI: P1 904L. CHN 102 Elementary Chinese II workplace. Areas of emphasis include: verbal
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs and nonverbal communication principles,
This course is a continuation of CHN101 using
standard, modern Mandarin Chinese with persuasion, interviewing, communication with
CHM 106 Chemistry in Society emphasis on increased accuracy in listening, customers, group participation and conflict
This introductory chemistry course for non- speaking skills, reading, and writing skills. management.
science majors applies chemistry to society Recommended Prereq: CHN101 or one year of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
through the study of contemporary issues such high school Chinese or its equivalent.
as the environment, energy and health. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: P1 903L.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
194 Communications
COM 122 Group Communication COM 201 Business and CAD 110 Interior Design
This course studies the theories and research Professional Presentations This course explores the elements and
explaining small group behavior and provides COM201 targets the theory and practice of principles of of design theory as they relate to
practical experience working in problem- public speaking in business and professional an interior space. Aesthetic and practical
solving and decision-making groups. Areas of settings. The course examines techniques and applications of room arrangement and
emphasis include interpersonal tools for building content, organization and furniture selection principles to the interior are
communication, group leadership, individual delivery of business-related presentations. covered. Students develop interior projects
roles, norms, phases of group development, Presentation topics vary depending on the using space planning, furniture selection,
decision-making processes and conflict needs and goals of the learners. furniture elevations and presentation
resolution methods. Recommended Prereq: Basic knowledge of techniques.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs PowerPoint. Recommended Prereq: CAD102.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
COM 125 Communication Strategies
for Health Care Careers COM 210 Intercultural Communication CAD 120 2-D CAD Detailing and Layout
This course explores the theory and practice of This course introduces students to the study of This course is a continuation of CAD102.
selected health-related models of communication and culture. Students examine Students learn how to detail dimension and
communication for individuals in the health their own cultural identity and how it conventionally tolerance drawings. Utilizing
care field. Verbal and non-verbal influences communication with others. both structural and mechanical drawing
communication in professional-client, Theories and concepts related to problems students learn how to properly
professional-professional, and family communication and culture are discussed in annotate working drawings. Topics of study
relationships is stressed. Conflict resolution, building communication skills to improve include: multi-sheet layouts, block attributes,
informed consent, ethical responsibility, and intercultural communication, manage conflicts externally referenced files, assemblies and sub-
effective intercultural communication are also successfully and build intercultural assemblies, weldments, fasteners and simple
emphasized. This course is designed for relationships. AutoCAD customizing. Repeatable to a
individuals interested in a career as a medical Recommended Prereq: COM100; ENG101. maximum of 12 semester hours (for different
assistant, phlebotomist, registered nurse, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs software versions); three semester hours may
licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, or apply to a degree or certificate.
other health care fields. Recommended Prereq: CAD100 and CAD102,
Note: COM125 cannot be substituted for other or consent of instructor.
communication courses required in a degree or Computer-Aided Design (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
certificate.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
and Drafting (CAD) CAD 140 Residential
Architectural Drafting
COM 135 Introduction to CAD 100 Basic Technical Drawing
This course is a study of basic drafting
Study and practice in instrument drawing,
Advertising Communication lettering, technical sketching, geometric
techniques that includes lines, lettering
Students in this course explore the theory and instruments and orthographic projection.
constructions, multiview projection, pictorial Students develop floor plans, elevation,
practice of advertising with special focus on its drawing, section view, auxiliary view,
role in integrated marketing communication. sections and building specifications for a single
conventions and drawing reproduction. building. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
Topics include consumer behavior, market Recommended Coreq: CAD102.
research, communication planning, creative semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs a degree or certificate.
strategies and types of media. Students prepare
an original advertising campaign from Recommended Prereq: CAD100; CAD102.
market/product research to a client CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
presentations. This course provides students who have
IAI: MC 912. elementary manual drafting skills with basic CAD 150 Introduction to Pro/ENGINEER
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs competencies in computer-aided drafting on This course covers the basic functions needed
microcomputers using AutoCAD, the most to use Pro/ENGINEER to create parts,
COM 200 Advanced Speech widely used micro-CAD software in the United assemblies and drawings. Emphasis is placed
States. It is recommended students have PC on the Pro/ENGINEER solid modeling design
Communication experience with MS Windows and basic philosophy used in creating parts and
Building on the skills developed in keyboarding skills. Repeatable to a maximum assemblies. Additional lab time outside of class
Fundamentals of Speech Communication of 12 semester hours (for different software may be required to complete the exercises.
(COM 100), this course provides advanced skill versions); three semester hours may apply to a Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
development in the art of speechmaking. An degree or certificate. hours (for different software versions); 3
additional focus is on rhetorical backgrounds Recommended Prereq: CAD100 or EGR101 or semester hours may apply to a degree or
in public speaking to contextualize what we see concurrent enrollment, or consent of certificate.
every day in public address. instructor. Recommended Prereq: CAD102 or EGR101 or
Prereq: COM100. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs concurrent enrollment; or consent of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Computer-Aided Design
195
CAD 170 Commercial CAD 210 Geometric Dimensioning CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling
Architectural Drafting and Tolerancing This course focuses on 3-D solid parametric
Students develop a set of drawings for a small This course introduces the student to the modeling in an engineering design
commercial building to meet a developer's principles of geometric dimensioning and evnironment. Hands-on learning in basic
specifications. The design process includes a tolerancing as specified by the American sketch profiles with constraint based 2-D shape
review of the site for automobile access, Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) titled control will be studied. Part design, Boolean
building codes requirements including ADA ASME Y14.5M (1994 standard). Topics include operations, placed features, parametric
specifications, and a set of drawings complete part dimensional control techniques, features, dimensions and constraints, design
with site plan, floor plans, ceiling plans, interchangeability of parts, and the differences modification of solid part, analyzing and
elevations and detail wall sections. Heating and between traditional dimensioning and documentation of the part or parts will also be
ventilating, plumbing electrical and sprinkler geometric dimensioning. Symbols and terms covered. Bi-directional control of 3-D model to
planning are covered. Repeatable to a for dimensioning datum and material 2-D part drawing will be studied. The use of
maximum of 12 semester hours; 3 semester condition symbols are studied. Various rapid prototyping techniques for model
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. tolerances of form, profile, orientation run-out creation and design, analysis and redesign will
Prereq: CAD140. and location are demonstrated. Feature control be incorporated. Repeatable to a maximum of
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs frames are discussed. The student is expected 12 semester hours (for different software
to interpret all geometric tolerances and versions); only three semester hours may apply
dimensions from a print of intermediate to a degree or certificate.
CAD 176 Structural Drafting complexity. Recommended Prereq: CAD102 or consent of
This course is designed to provide an in-depth Recommended Prereq: CAD120 or consent of instructor, CAD200.
study of structural drafting procedures from instructor. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
erection plans to details of items such as (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
columns, beams, trusses, bracing and plate CAD 242 Applied 3-D Parametric Part
girders.
Prereq: CAD102. CAD 220 Design Visualization and Assembly Modeling
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs This course concentrates on 3-D design This course is designed to introduce the use of
visualization. Topics for discussion include local and global parameters in the area of 3-D
setting up 3-D scenes, viewing 3-D space, parametric solid modeling. Students will learn
CAD 180 Civil Engineering Drafting parametric primitives, importing 3-D CAD to control parts with design variables, 3-D
This course presents the fundamentals of civil geometry, lights, cameras, defining materials constraints, variable dimensions, table driven
drafting as it relates to land development, properties, basic material design, materials parts, mathematical operators and adaptive
property design, topographical and profile editing, mapped materials and technology. Assembly constraints will be
layouts, and road concepts. rendering/rendering effects of parts and/or placed on components that are linked to one
Recommended Prereq: CAD102 or EGR101. assemblies. Students build and animate simple another. The overall engineering design
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs hierarchies and produce basic time, length and process through the revision process will be
key frame animations. Students also build addressed. The effective use of global
CAD 200 Introduction to rapid prototyping of models. parameters in managed assemblies, control of
Recommended Prereq: CAD200. the assembly, interference checking, design
3-D CAD Modeling (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs elements and documentation of the assembly
This course covers the basics of 3-D modeling, will be included. Rapid prototyping design
including surface modeling, solid modeling creation and engineering analysis of models
and the introduction to parametric modeling. CAD 230 3-D Architectural will be included. Repeatable to a maximum of
Students learn the concepts and techniques Modeling Applications 12 semester hours (for different software
required to construct 3-D objects, including 3- This course enables students to create 3-D versions); three semester hours may apply to a
D coordinates, 3-D viewing, 3-D Boolean architectural models using both Architectural degree or certificate.
construction, 3-D boundary represented Desktop and Revit 3-D parametric modeling Recommended Prereq: CAD240.
construction, 3-D primitives, 3-D shapes, 3-D software. Drafting projects focus on modeling (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
editing techniques and an introduction to 3-D buildings and building components. Students
parametric modeling. Rapid Prototyping will model walls, doors, windows, furniture,
be incorporated to build 3-D models.
CAD 250 Pro/ENGINEER II
fixtures, column and ceiling grids, stairs and This course builds upon the basics learned in
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester roofs. From these models, elevations and
hours (for different software versions); three Introduction to Pro/ENGINEER and teaches
sections are generated. Components are the skills required in part modeling, assembly
semester hours may apply to a degree or dimensioned and tagged, and data schedules
certificate. modeling and management, drawing basics
are created. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 surfacing and troubleshooting. This is a hands-
Recommended Prereq: CAD100 and CAD102; semester hours (for different software
or EGR101; or consent of instructor. on project-based course. It is expected that all
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a mechanical designers require these skills in
Recommended Coreq: CAD120 or consent of degree or certificate.
instructor. order to adequately perform their jobs with
Recommended Prereq: CAD140, CAD170, and Pro/ENGINEER. Additional lab time outside
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs CAD200; or consent of instructor. of class may be required to complete the
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs exercises. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
semester hours (for different software
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a
degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CAD150.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
196 Computer-Aided Design
CAD 270 Product Design Computer Information CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming
and Development A disciplined approach to event-driven
This course studies how a product is designed Systems (CIS) programming in a Graphical User Interface
from conception to final prototype modeling. (GUI) environment, this course emphasizes
See also Information and Communication Technology problem solving and algorithm development
Students utilize all of the documentation (ICT), Microcomputer Systems (MCS) and World Wide
procedures learned in the preceding drafting using the Visual BASIC.Net programming
Web/Internet (WEB). language. Students write, document and test
courses and learn the basic industrial
operations and management concepts involved programs using structured procedures and
in the design and manufacturing of CIS 110 Business Information Systems data abstraction, selection, sequence and
commercial products and structures. Students repetition structures, arrays, data validation
This course is an introduction to computer and exception handling, the use of multiple
work individually and in teams to solve design information systems, information processing,
problems relevant to their training and forms, and file and database input/output
computer-generated reports for decision operations. Emphasis is on interface and
interests. making and careers in business and
Recommended Prereq: CAD220, CAD230, and program design enhanced through extensive
information systems. Typical microcomputer laboratory time.
CAD240; or consent of instructor. productivity tools include word processing,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: CIS115; MCS120.
spreadsheets, database management, graphics, (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
data communications and Internet browsers.
CAD 297 CAD Internship Operating systems are used to interface with
these productivity tools. CIS 130 C++ Programming
Combining academic credit with professional
IAI: BUS 902. This introductory course in C++ programming
experience, this internship allows students to
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs includes object-oriented, event-driven,
learn about, observe and work in the
computer-aided design and drafting field. interactive programming techniques. Topics
Eighty hours are required for 1 credit. CIS 115 Introduction to Programming include data types, pointers, arrays, stacks,
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; recursion, string processing, searching and
This course is a disciplined introduction to the sorting algorithms, classes and objects,
6 semester hours from the CAD internship program development process with emphasis
courses (CAD297, CAD298, CAD299) may references and memory addresses, scope,
on problem-solving and algorithm streams and files, and graphics. A wide variety
apply to the computer-aided design and development using various programming
drafting degree and certificates. of business-oriented problems are solved by
languages. Students write, document and test writing C++ programs.
Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent of approximately 10 to 12 programs in both
instructor. Recommended Prereq: CIS115; MCS120.
interactive and batch modes of processing. IAI: CS 911.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs Programs involve use of procedures and data (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
abstraction; selection, sequence and repetition
CAD 298 CAD Internship structures; arrays; data validation and file-
based input/output operations creating both CIS 150 Introduction to Java
Combining academic credit with professional
screen output and printed reports. Emphasis is This course introduces the concepts of object-
experience, this internship allows students to
placed on structured program design and style. oriented programming with an emphasis on
learn about, observe and work in the
Recommended Prereq: MTH070. programming using Java.
computer-aided design and drafting field. One
Recommended Coreq: CIS116. Recommended Prereq: CIS115; WEB110.
hundred sixty hours are required for 2 credits.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: CS 911.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours;
6 semester hours from the CAD internship (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
courses (CAD297, CAD298, CAD299) may CIS 116 Structured Program Design
apply to the computer-aided design and This course provides an introduction to the CIS 170 Networking Essentials
drafting degree and certificates. concepts of structured programming and the Designed for the beginning network
Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent of use of structured program design techniques administration student, this course covers
instructor. to develop solutions to common business basic network fundamentals including
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs programming problems. Different design standard design principles, common network
methods are demonstrated and used to solve devices, common network operating systems
CAD 299 CAD Internship problems. The emphasis is on practical and topologies, and network management
business applications. issues.
Combining academic credit with professional
Recommended Coreq: CIS115. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
experience, this internship allows students to
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
learn about, observe and work in the
computer-aided design and drafting field. Two CIS 171 Novell Network Administration
hundred forty hours are required for 3 credits. CIS 117 Discrete Structures This introduction to networking concepts is
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; This course is an introduction to finite complemented with lab exercises. Emphasis is
6 semester hours from the CAD internship processes and techniques in algorithm design on Novell NetWare running in an Ethernet
courses (CAD297, CAD298, CAD299) may aiding in the task of logical analysis and environment with an introduction to other
apply to the computer-aided design and problem solving. Concepts include sets, logic, network implementations. LAN software
drafting degree and certificates. arrays, subscripts, counting methods, graph installation, maintenance and management
Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent of theory and trees, recursion, Boolean algebra methods provide the basis for lab applications.
instructor. and number systems. Students write computer Repeatable to a maximum of six semester
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs programs to demonstrate discrete structure hours for version updates; three semester
concepts. hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CIS115. Recommended Prereq: CIS170 and MCS120; or
Prereq: MTH070 or placement by assessment. concurrent enrollment.
IAI: CS 915. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Computer Information Systems
197
CIS 173 Introduction to TCP/IP CIS 181 Introduction to Information CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials
Internetworking Systems Security This course provides an introduction to the
Designed for the beginning network This introductory course is intended for the methodology and procedures used to identify
administration student, this course covers information systems and networking student. PC problems and the proper techniques and
basic TCP/IP fundamentals including, IP It covers an introduction to the principles of tools to use to resolve these problems. The
utilities, name resolution, remote access, sub- information security, including: the need for course aligns with the objectives of the
netting, IP routing, WINS, DNS server, DHCP security systems; legal, ethical and professional CompTIA A+ Essentials exam. Repeatable to a
and troubleshooting issues. Repeatable to a issues; risk management; security planning; maximum of four semester hours; one
maximum of eight semester hours for different physical security; and technology, semester hour may apply to a degree or
software versions; two semester hours may implementation and maintenance issues. certificate.
apply to a degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: CIS170. Recommended Prereq: CIS190 or concurrent
Recommended Prereq: CIS170. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs enrollment.
(1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
CIS 185 Game Design
CIS 174 Wireless Local Area Networking CIS 201 Applied Computer
Students learn the tasks involved in the game
This course provides a hands-on introduction development cycle and create game design Operating Systems
to Wireless Local Area Networking (WLANs), documents. Game concepts and worlds, This course provides an overview of the nature
including the design, planning, storytelling, character and user interface and function of computer operating systems,
implementation, operation and design, core mechanics and balance are including process management, memory and
troubleshooting of WLANs. The course also examined. While learning how to design their storage management including virtual storage
provides a comprehensive overview of the own game, the students discuss, analyze and single- and multi-user systems, distributed
technologies, security and design of WLANs. implement design techniques. In addition, systems, multitasking, protection and security.
Repeatable to a maximum of eight semester students discuss the major game genres and Recommended Prereq: CIS110.
hours; two semester hours may apply to a identify the design patterns and unique (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
degree or certificate. creative challenges that characterize them.
Recommended Prereq: CIS170. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
(1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs hours; three semester hours may apply to a
CIS 202 Data Management
degree or certificate. Concepts and Practices
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Introduction to the basic database models and
CIS 175 Windows
capabilities of standard DBMS packages.
Professional Administration Various database models are examined and
CIS 186 Game Development
This course offers an introduction and students are guided through database design,
examination of the architecture and features of This introductory course in Game modeling and implementation. Material
Microsoft Windows Professional. Repeatable Development includes object-oriented, event- includes single and multi-user databases and
to a maximum of 6 semester hours; 3 semester driven, interactive programming techniques. the examination of access standards for
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. Students write various 2-D games. Topics database application processing. Projects
Recommended Prereq: MCS120. include sprite creation and manipulation, and provide practical experiences designing,
Recommended Coreq: CIS170 or CIS176. working with physics, as it relates to games. building, and updating a database.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Various genres of games are discussed and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
developed, including serious games. Emphasis
is placed on good game design and game play.
CIS 176 Windows Server Administration Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester CIS 203 Systems Analysis and Design
This is a hands-on introduction and hours; three semester hours may apply to a This course covers the functions and
examination of the architecture and features of degree or certificate. techniques of systems analysis, design and
Windows Server. Repeatable to a maximum of (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs development, including the analysis of
six semester hours for version updates; three information flow, developing system
semester hours may apply to a degree or CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials specifications, and analyzing equipment needs.
certificate. The traditional structured methodology and
Recommended Prereq: MCS120 and one of the This course is designed as an overview of the associated tools as well as the object-oriented
following: completion of or concurrent essentials in the servicing and maintenance of approach are used throughout the analysis
enrollment in CIS170 or consent of instructor. personal computer and portable devices. It process, from initial investigation through
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs provides an introduction to operating systems, installation and review.
printers and scanners, networks and security Recommended Prereq: CIS110 or consent of
in regard to identification, installation and division dean.
CIS 180 Linux/UNIX Operating System upgrading. This course aligns with the Recommended Coreq: CIS205.
This course builds a thorough understanding objectives of the CompTIA A+ Essentials (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
of the Linux/UNIX operating system. Topics examination.
include: the role Linux/UNIX plays in today's (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
operating systems and Internet market, use of CIS 205 Information Technology
utility commands, navigation of file system Project Management
structure, VI editor, programming the Korn This course explains the foundations of project
Shell, Linux/UNIX internals including process management - project integration, scope, time,
management, Linux/UNIX networking cost, quality, human resources,
elements including file system structure, and communications, risk and procurement - using
Linux/UNIX tools to compile software such as the experiences of real-life businesses.
C and C++. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs hours; 3 semester hours may apply to a degree
or certificate.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
198 Computer Information Systems
CIS 220 Advanced Visual CIS 297 Computer Information CMT 105 Print Reading for Construction
BASIC Programming Systems Internship Civil, architectural and structural drawings
An in-depth study of advanced Visual Combining academic credit with professional commonly used in residential, light
BASIC.Net and ASP.Net concepts, this course experience, this internship allows students to commercial buildings, industrial construction
includes database file processing, creating learn about, observe and work in the and land development are studied in this
classes, understanding inheritance and information systems field. Eighty hours are course. Plan views, elevations, sections, details
polymorphism, and creating user controls. required for 1 credit. Repeatable to a and schedules are examined in depth.
Students write complete, large, interactive maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester Recommended Coreq: CMT111.
systems involving ADO.Net objects to access hours from the computer information systems (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
databases, and ASP.Net based Web internship courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299)
applications. may apply to the computer information CMT 111 Construction Materials
Recommended Prereq: CIS120 and MCS150 systems degrees or certificates. This is a survey course of general building
(Microsoft Access) or consent of instructor. Prereq: Consent of instructor. materials used in residential, commercial and
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs other similar new construction and renovation
projects. Physical characteristics and
CIS 230 Advanced Topics in CIS 298 Computer Information properties, manufacture and distribution are
C++ Programming Systems Internship covered.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
An advanced course in C++ programming that Combining academic credit with professional
includes in-depth programming techniques. experience, this internship allows students to
Topics include C++ I/O classes and objects, learn about, observe and work in the CMT 115 Construction Methods
data structures, inheritance, function and information systems field. One hundred sixty This survey course introduces construction
operator overloading, templates, memory hours are required for 2 credits. Repeatable to techniques and installation procedures in
allocation virtual functions, polymorphism and a maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester building construction. Subjects include
references. hours from the computer information systems earthwork, concrete, masonry, steel and wood
Recommended Prereq: CIS130 or consent of internship courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299) construction in a variety of different project
instructor. may apply to the computer information types and systems.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs systems degrees or certificates. Recommended Prereq: CMT111.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
CIS 250 Advanced Java
This course expands on the topics learned in CMT 121 Sustainable Construction
the introductory course and focuses on Java as CIS 299 Computer Information and Design Principles
an applications development tool for stand- Systems Internship Sustainable Construction and Design
alone applications with swing components and Combining academic credit with professional Principles is an introduction to sustainable
utility classes. Web applications using JSP and experience, this internship allows students to design, building and remodeling. The elements
servlet technology and database access with learn about, observe and work in the and techniques of sustainable construction and
JDBC are also discussed. information systems field. Two hundred forty design are explored. Students also review
Recommended Prereq: CIS150. hours are required for 3 credits. Repeatable to major state and national standards for
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs a maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester sustainable building.
hours from the computer information systems (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS 280 Linux/UNIX System internship courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299)
may apply to the computer information
Adminstration systems degrees or certificates. CMT 201 Codes, Contracts and
This course is designed to teach students to set Prereq: Consent of instructor. Specifications
up and administer the Linux/UNIX operating (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs This course provides an introduction to local,
system. Students will perform hardware and state, national and international building codes
software installation and customization. Other and standards, including a survey of code
topics covered include networking and
installation and customization of web server Construction organizations and relevant legislation.
Contracts commonly used in the industry are
related software. Repeatable to a maximum of
12 semester hours; three semester hours may Management (CMT) studied, along with an overview of project
specifications necessary to meet contract
apply toward a degree or certificate. requirements.
Recommended Prereq: CIS180. CMT 101 The Construction Industry Recommended Prereq: BUS210; CMT111.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This survey course provides an introduction to
the construction industry, including career
CIS 296 Special paths in estimating, site supervision, project CMT 210 Construction Estimating
Topics/Information Systems management, and the trades. Also addressed
are related areas of design, engineering, Construction estimating is covered, beginning
This course offers in-depth exploration of a with an understanding of the costs of labor,
special topic, issue or trend in the information inspection and planning. Commercial,
heavy/highway/infrastructure, industrial, equipment and materials as well as profit and
systems field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 overhead. Quantity measurements of basic
semester hours for different special topics; 6 institutional, and residential industry segments
are explored. construction materials are used to develop
semester hours may apply to a degree or bidding packages.
certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: CMT111; CMT115.
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Criminal Justice
199
CMT 215 Contract and CMT 298 Construction CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing
Project Administration Industry Internship This course provides criminal justice students
This course studies principals and procedures Combining academic credit with professional with instruction and practice in the
of construction project administration from experience, this internship allows students to preparation of accurate police reports suitable
the differing viewpoints of an owner’s project learn about, observe and work in the for use in the courtroom. The development of
representative and that of a contractor’s on construction management field. One hundred a clear, concise, narrative writing style is
various project types. Specifically addressed sixty hours are required for 2 credits. emphasized, and weekly report writing
are issues relating to authority, liability and Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; exercises are critiqued.
responsibility of each party. 3 semester hours from the construction Prereq: ENG101 or concurrent enrollment.
Recommended Prereq: CMT115; CMT201. internship courses (CMT297, CMT298, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs CMT299) may apply to the degree.
Prereq: All 100-level CMT courses; consent of CRJ 105 Patrol Operations
instructor.
CMT 225 Construction Project (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course introduces students to the police
Management patrol function, focusing on the history of
policing, the importance of communication,
This course provides students with the CMT 299 Construction problem solving and tactics. Topics include
knowledge required to plan, schedule and law enforcement philosophies and theories,
manage construction projects. Tools such as Industry Internship
community policing, the importance of written
Gantt Charts, PERT and CP/M are discussed. Combining academic credit with professional and verbal communication in the patrol
Students apply electronic aids to assist in experience, this internship allows students to process, ethical considerations, officer safety
planning and scheduling a project. Basic total learn about, observe and work in the and criminal investigation.
quality management, team building and construction management field. Two hundred (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
change management techniques are also forty hours are required for 3 credits.
presented. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours;
Recommended Prereq: CMT210 or concurrent 3 semester hours from the construction CRJ 107 Juvenile Justice
enrollment. internship courses (CMT297, CMT298, This course reviews the juvenile justice system.
Recommended Coreq: CMT215. CMT299) may apply to the degree. Criminal and non-criminal behaviors, juvenile
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: All 100-level CMT courses; consent of arrests, investigation, interview techniques, the
instructor. purposes of juvenile court hearings, and the
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs use of probation, parole and incarceration as
CMT 230 Construction Safety and Health
means of treatment/punishment are studied.
This overview of safety rules and procedures IAI: CRJ 914.
for working on construction sites includes (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
general and company safety policies, Criminal Justice (CRJ)
construction site job hazards and procedures,
and personal protective equipment needs and CRJ 115 Accident Investigation
uses. It also includes lifting, ladder and scaffold CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice This course provides a study of the evolution of
procedures, hazards, communications This course offers a survey and analysis of the vehicular and pedestrian traffic. The needs,
requirements, and fire and electrical safety criminal justice system, including a historical trends and hazards of the driver, vehicle and
guidelines. and philosophical overview of its development. roadway are examined. Students are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs The criminal justice system's primary introduced to the components of accident
components (police, courts and corrections) investigation with an emphasis on obtaining,
and the relationship among these components recording and interpreting information to
CMT 240 Construction Surveying in the administration of criminal justice in successfully reconstruct an accident scene. The
This course presents the principles and America are emphasized. course also includes the following topics: the
methods for transferring engineering and IAI: CRJ 901. application of traffic engineering, use of
architectural designs to the ground to enable (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs enforcement to solve traffic problems, the
timely and efficient construction of buildings collection and interpretation of statistical data,
and site improvements. Associated topics and court testimony.
include the use and care of surveying CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections
This course provides an overview and analysis (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
instruments, differential leveling, traversing,
calculations, coordinate geometry, and basic of the American correctional system. The
site design principles. history, evolution and philosophy of CRJ 120 The American Court System
Recommended Prereq: CMT105. punishment and treatment; the operation and This course studies the American criminal
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs administration of corrections in institutional court system and its relationship with law
and non-institutional settings; and issues in enforcement and corrections. Focusing on the
correctional law are covered. adult criminal court system, topics include the
CMT 297 Construction IAI: CRJ 911. dynamics of the court system, the pivotal role
Industry Internship (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the court plays in the criminal justice system,
Combining academic credit with professional and the court's relationship with the juvenile
experience, this internship allows students to CRJ 102 Criminal Justice justice system.
learn about, observe and work in the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
construction management field. Eighty hours Career Exploration
are required for 1 credit. Repeatable to a This course is designed to allow students to
maximum of 4 semester hours; 3 semester explore the various career choices within the
hours from the construction internship courses criminal justice system. Emphasizing work-
(CMT297, CMT298, CMT299) may apply to related characteristics, job duties employment
the degree. potential, and career trends, the course
Prereq: All 100-level CMT courses; consent of provides an overview of the day-to-day
instructor. operations and activities of policing.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
200 Criminal Justice
CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence Disability Studies (DIS)
This course provides a study of commercial This course introduces the student to legal
security responsibilities and methods of requirements as they relate to the rules of
operation with an emphasis on firearm liability, evidence, including testimony of witnesses, DIS 101 Disability in Society
safety and policy as they are practiced in range admissibility of evidence and effective court It has been estimated that nearly 10 percent of
applications. Students completing the course testimony. the world's population has a disability. This
can apply for certification as an armed security (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs course is intended to give students working
guard in Illinois. definitions of types of disabilities, as well as
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs provide an overview of various disability
CRJ 230 Criminology models and stereotypes. Students explore the
This course introduces students to the multi- experience of disability through case studies,
CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation disciplinary study and analysis of the nature, guest speakers, and role play.
This course introduces students to the causes and control of crime. The measurement (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics of crime and the interactive roles of the system,
include an examination of the preliminary and victim and offender are studied.
follow-up investigation, crime scene search, IAI: CRJ 912. DIS 110 Perspectives on Disability
and collection and preservation of evidence. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs More than 34 million people in the United
Interviewing witnesses and victims, States are identified as having a disability. This
interrogation of suspects, and rules governing course expands students' understanding of the
the admissibility of evidence in court
CRJ 235 Multicultural Law Enforcement impact of a disability throughout the lifespan.
testimony are also covered. This course studies cultural diversity in Topics include the history, economics and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs America and its relationship with law geographical perspectives of disability, a study
enforcement. The content of the course of disability in infancy, inclusion in education,
includes the impact of diversity on law adolescence and adulthood.
CRJ 201 Crime Scene enforcement; cultural specifics for law Recommended Prereq: DIS101.
Investigation Laboratory enforcement; multicultural elements in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course studies the collection and terrorism and homeland security; law
preservation of physical evidence. Emphasis is enforcement response strategies; and cultural
on reconstructing, sketching and effectiveness for law enforcement officers. DIS 201 Catalyst for Change
photographing/videotaping crime scenes. Recommended Prereq: CRJ100. People with disabilities comprise the largest
Techniques such as plaster casting, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs minority population in the United States. This
fingerprinting and computer-assisted course focuses on improving the quality of life
composite drawing are explored. for all people. Students are challenged to
CRJ 250 Issues in Justice discover personal changes that lead to action
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs This course explores moral, ethical and and planned change. Specific topics include
professional issues that are encountered in the ethics, assistive technology and universal
CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement Investigation criminal justice professions. Topics covered design.
This course offers a study of drugs, including include the following challenges faced by Recommended Prereq: DIS101 and DIS110.
drug abuse and criminal usage and their criminal justice practitioners: excessive use of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
impact on society and enforcement agencies. force, corruption and graft, bribery and
Emphasis is on the detection, recognition and gratuities, and diversity of cultures and values.
investigation of drugs. The history of drugs, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
psychological and physiological reactions, the
Early Childhood
law, identification of drugs, and the tactics and
investigation of drug violations are also
CRJ 260 Supervision of Police Personnel Education (ECE)
This course studies the role of the supervisor
covered. in police organizations and relationships with
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs subordinates. The content includes leadership ECE 101 Introduction to
and command roles, employee Early Childhood Education
CRJ 207 Juvenile Delinquency satisfaction/dissatisfaction, problem Introducing students to the field of early
This course studies the history and employees, remediation, employee evaluations, childhood education, this course presents an
philosophies of society's reaction to juvenile discipline issues, deployment and conference overview of the philosophy, structure and
behavior and problems. Interaction among the facilitation. organization of early childhood care and
police, judiciary and corrections are examined Recommended Prereq: CRJ105; CRJ250. education in the context of appropriate
within the context of cultural influences. Prereq: CRJ100. practices. Students examine how their own
Theoretical perspectives of causation and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs personal qualities relate to the expectations of
control are explored. the field, and they study and observe
IAI: CRJ 914. CRJ 296 Special Topics/Criminal Justice developmentally appropriate practices in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs different types of early childhood programs.
This course offers in-depth exploration of a
Students also review the state and federal
special topic, issue or trend in the criminal
regulations that govern early childhood
CRJ 220 Criminal Law justice field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
programs.
This course examines and analyzes the semester hours for different special topics; 6 (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
structure and function of substantive criminal semester hours may apply to a degree or
law and the principles of criminal law. The certificate.
acts, mental state and attendant circumstances (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
that are the necessary elements of crime are
included.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Early Childhood Education
201
ECE 102 Career Explorations in ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition ECE 207 School-Age Programming
Early Childhood This course explores the personal health of This course examines the knowledge and skills
This course examines the responsibilities of an students and the health, safety and nutrition needed to work effectively with the school-age
early childhood professional, including needs of children in group settings. Students child. Focusing on the planning, organization,
practical guidelines for providing care for examine the Illinois Department of Children assessment and implementation of
preschool-aged children and their families. and Family Services licensing standards, developmentally appropriate activities, the
State and local requirements, guidance procedures for providing safe environments for course also explores the impact of cultural
techniques, communication with parents, children, assessment of children's health, and diversity on all aspects of care and education of
health, safety and nutrition, learning the nutritional requirements of children. the school-age child.
experiences and multicultural education are all (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
discussed.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ECE 210 Language Arts for
This course is a comprehensive study of the the Young Child
ECE 105 Observation and Guidance child as she/he relates to her/his family and This course offers a study of the language
of Young Children community. Emphasis is on communication, development of preschool children with
diversity, professionalism and social policy. An specific emphasis on how language is acquired
This course offers a study of early childhood in-depth study of community resources is
education guidance practices. Emphasis is and used from ages 0-6. The course highlights
included. developmental milestones in the child's
placed on the identification and application of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
positive guidance methods and techniques in language development. Attention is given to
developing young children's potential. the selection and use of quality literature with
Recording and objectively interpreting ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: young children.
children's behavior through observation is also Recommended Prereq: ECE235.
Birth Through Age Eight
covered. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course provides students with the tools
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and skills to work with children with
developmental differences. The focus of the ECE 215 Creative Activities
ECE 107 Development and Guidance course is on inclusion, including the for the Young Child
of the School-Age Child identification of developmental differences;
assessment and referral practices; the This course focuses on the theory and research
This course focuses on the principles and adaptation of curriculum and learning related to the creative development of young
theories of the development of children environments, and the development of children. Art and music resources that
between the ages of six and twelve. The use of community support and parent/teacher encourage children's creativity are also
effective guidance and interaction techniques partnerships. addressed.
with school-age children will be emphasized, Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115. Recommended Prereq: ECE235.
and their implications for school-age child care (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and education programs will be discussed.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ECE 220 Mathematics and
ECE 145 Multiculturalism in
Early Childhood Science for the Young Child
ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care This course emphasizes the theory and
This course focuses on prenatal development, This course focuses on the implementation of
cultural and anti-bias education with young developmentally appropriate practices,
the birth process, infancy and toddlers, with an activities and materials for early childhood
emphasis on forming relationships with infants children. Emphasizing the development of
practical applications that balance classroom education, mathematics and science curricula.
and toddlers, developing caregiving strategies, Recommended Prereq: ECE235.
and reviewing current issues and trends. The daily routines, curriculum and teaching
strategies with the child's home culture, the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
social, emotional, intellectual and physical
development of infants and toddlers is course presents effective ways that teachers
examined, and the role of adults in enhancing can assist children in learning to respect, ECE 225 Play and Creative Expression
infant and toddler development is explored. appreciate and develop positive interactions for the Young Child
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs with people different than themselves.
Theories of multicultural education and the This course provides a study of different
student's own cultural identity and attitudes theories and types of play. The role of the
ECE 115 Child Growth and Development toward others are explored. teacher in modeling and facilitating play is
This course provides a foundation in the Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115. explored. Choosing appropriate materials and
theory and principles of child development (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs equipment for play is emphasized.
from the prenatal through early adolescent Recommended Prereq: ECE115.
stages. Students examine the theories of Piaget,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ECE 150 Foundations of Early
Erikson, Vygotsky, Skinner and others in an in-
depth study of children's physical, social, Childhood Education ECE 230 Early Childhood Center
emotional, cognitive, language and aesthetic This course provides a study of early childhood Administration
development. Emphasizing implications for education and child care that places current
early childhood education practice, child trends and issues in historical and This course offers a study of guidelines for the
development is also explored in the context of philosophical perspectives. It includes a review establishment of a child development center.
gender, family, culture and society. of research in the field and a comparative study Emphasis is placed upon the student's
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of theories of early childhood education as understanding of the written philosophy of a
reflected in existing program models. center and the program used by that center.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Staffing, equipment and budgeting processes
are studied. The expectations of the state
licensing agency and other regulating agencies
are examined.
Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
202 Early Childhood Education
ECE 235 Curriculum for Early Earth Science (ESC) ESC 296 Special Topics/Earth Science
Childhood Programs This course offers in-depth exploration of a
This course provides an overview of the special topic, issue or trend in earth science,
planning implementation and evaluation of
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science including specific studies in geology,
developmentally appropriate curriculum. Early This course is designed to provide an geography, oceanography, meteorology or any
childhood curriculum models are introduced introduction to science, the earth sciences, and of their sub-disciplines. Repeatable to a
and such topics as lesson plans, classroom to acquaint the student with earth systems. maximum of 24 semester hours; 6 semester
management strategies, scheduling materials, Emphasis is on geology, meteorology, hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
and equipment are covered. climatology, geomorphology and (0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: ECE115. environmental change, with lesser emphasis on
the principles of astronomy and oceanography.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Note: Students enrolling in ESC100 are not
required to enroll in ESC101 (lab). However, Economics (ECN)
ECE 250 Early Childhood those students needing a four semester-hour
Education Practicum lab science for transfer purposes may wish to ECN 100 Introduction to Economics
concurrently enroll in ESC100 and ESC101.
This course combines a supervised, 240-hour This survey of the structure and function of
IAI: P1 905.
fieldwork experience with on-campus group the American economy emphasizes current
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs economic problems. Topics studied include:
seminars. It is designed to provide students
with the opportunity to apply the theories, how markets work, competition, income
principles and developmentally appropriate ESC 101 Survey of Earth distribution, fiscal and monetary policy, and
practices of early childhood education. Science Laboratory the global economy and market place.
Emphasis is placed on students’ understanding Note: Not intended for students majoring in
This course is designed to acquaint the student economics or business or for students with a
and self-evaluation of their roles as teachers of
with the scientific method and earth systems. minor in economics.
young children and as members of a teaching
Emphasis is on topics related to geology, IAI: S3 900.
team.
oceanography and meteorology, which are (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor.
explored through selected laboratory exercises.
(1 lec/15 lab) 4 sem hrs Prereq: ESC100 or concurrent enrollment.
IAI: P1 905L. ECN 105 Consumer Economics
ECE 296 Special Topics for Early (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs This course is a study of basic economic issues
Childhood Education that impact individuals and society. Specific
This course offers in-depth exploration of a ESC 120 Introduction to Meteorology topics include: personal consumption, financial
special topic, issue or trend in the early investments, investment and retirement
This course is an introduction to Earth’s planning, consumer credit, consumer
childhood education field. Repeatable to a atmosphere and the forces behind the weather.
maximum of 12 semester hours for different legislation, taxes and tax policies, and the
Topics include temperature, water vapor, cloud consumer and social responsibility.
special topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a and precipitation formation, atmospheric
degree or certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
stability, mid-latitude cyclones, weather
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs forecasting, thunderstorms, tornadoes and
hurricanes. A laboratory section includes ECN 110 Survey of Contemporary
ECE 299 Early Childhood Education weather observation and analysis techniques, Economic Issues
using weather charts, diagrams and studying
Administration Internship The framework and models necessary to
past storm events.
Combining academic credit with professional understand current social/economic issues and
IAI: P1 905L (under IAI review).
experience, this internship allows students to the evaluation of current and proposed policy
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs solutions in the context of introductory
learn about, observe and work in the early
childhood education field. It provides students economic analysis are presented. Topics may
with the opportunity to apply leadership skills ESC 130 Introduction to Oceanography include: poverty, labor market discrimination,
in a supervised, fieldwork experience, with This course is designed to provide an international trade and immigration,
emphasis placed upon students' understanding introduction to oceanography by highlighting environmental policy, social security and
and self-evaluation of their roles as several components of the marine health care, crime and drugs, and education.
administrators of Early Childhood Education environment. Emphasis is on plate tectonics, Note: Not intended for students majoring in
programs. The internship requires the oceanic circulation, the properties of seawater, economics or business or for students with a
completion of 300 contact hours of experience waves and tidal action, coastal features and minor in economics.
in an administrative role. landforms, and oceanic habitats and their IAI: S3 900.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. biota. Lesser emphasis is placed on marine (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(0 lec/20 lab) 3 sem hrs sedimentation, the physiography of the ocean
floor and general marine productivity. ECN 121 Principles of Economics-
IAI: P1 905.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Macroeconomics
This course provides an introduction to basic
economic principles and the principles of
ESC 220 Climate and Global Change macroeconomics. Topics include demand and
This course is designed to provide an supply national income accounting, fiscal and
introduction to climate and to acquaint the monetary policy economic systems and
student with the processes that govern global economic growth, income distribution, and
weather and climate conditions. The student international trade, as well as applications to
will gain a general understanding of climate relevant current economic issues.
change, global warming, acid rain, ozone IAI: S3 901.
depletion and desertification. Current theories (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
regarding humankind's impact on climate will
also be emphasized.
IAI: P1 905.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Electronics Technology
203
ECN 122 Principles of Economics- EDU 205 Introduction to EDU 295 Topics/Issues for
Microeconomics Technology in Education Paraprofessional Educators
This course provides an introduction to basic This course introduces students entering the This course offers topics and issues of
economic principles and the principles of teaching profession to the knowledge and skills current/special interest in paraprofessional
microeconomics. Topics include price theory required to demonstrate proficiency in the education. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
and resource allocation, perfect and imperfect current technology standards that have been semester hours for different special topics; 6
competition, antitrust policy and the established for educators. The course focuses semester hours may apply to a degree or
economics of the labor market, as well as on both knowledge and performance, and it certificate.
applications to relevant current economic includes hands-on technology activities. (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
issues. Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding; basic skill
IAI: S3 902. in word processing, spreadsheet and database
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs programs.
EDU 296 Topics/Issues for Education
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course offers in-depth exploration of a
special topic, issue or trend in the education
field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
Education (EDU) EDU 210 Educational Psychology hours for different special topics; 6 semester
See also Mathematics (MTH) and Music (MUS) for This course studies the psychological hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
principles that provide the foundation for (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
additional courses for education majors. educational practice. The theories of cognitive
and psychological development, human
EDU 100 Strategies for the learning and motivation are discussed, with an
Electronics
Paraprofessional Educator emphasis on application for instruction and
This course provides an overview of the roles
assessment. Learner-centered instruction and
diversity issues are also addressed.
Technology (ELT)
and responsibilities of a paraprofessional Recommended Prereq: PSY100.
educator. Team building, instructional (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ELT 101 Introductory Electronics
strategies, classroom
management/organization techniques, This course introduces laboratory instruments,
diversity in the classroom, and the ethical and EDU 215 Introduction to the circuit components, basic measuring
legal aspects of the role are considered. The techniques and basic circuits used as building
Foundations of Reading blocks in any electronic system.
student is also introduced to the ages and This course provides an introduction to theory
stages of child development and the field of (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
and practice in teaching reading and related
special education. language arts areas. Students learn the basic
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs components of reading instruction and the ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC)
importance of literacy learning, including an This course serves as a foundation for all
EDU 200 Introduction to Education introduction to Illinois Learning Standards in analog circuit analysis. The fundamental
This course provides an introduction to the the areas of reading and language arts. quantities of electric circuits are defined and
profession of teaching in the context of the Recommended Prereq: ECE115 and EDU200. basic units of measurement are emphasized in
American educational system. The historical, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the laboratory. Ohm's Law, Kirchoff's Law and
philosophical, social and legal foundations of the basic series and parallel circuit
education are introduced, and ethical issues in configurations are analyzed. The fundamental
EDU 220 Introduction to theorems of circuit analysis are covered along
a diverse society, the organizational structure
of school systems and school governance are
Special Education with the development of node and loop
examined. This survey course introduces the historical, equations.
Recommended Coreq: EDU202. philosophical and legal foundations of special Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs education. Topics include an overview of the enrollment; or consent of instructor.
characteristics of individuals with disabilities; a (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
review of the provisions of the Individuals
EDU 202 Clinical Experience With Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and its ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC)
in Education associated programs; and an examination of
the diverse nature of exceptional populations, This course introduces the analysis of AC
This 45-hour documented clinical experience circuits using principles, theorems and
allows students considering a career in with an emphasis on the relationship between
personal and student cultural perspectives. equations developed in Circuit Analysis I (DC).
teaching to observe and interact with children The fundamental circuit components of
and teachers in classroom settings. Focused on Students pursuing the Associate of Arts in
Teaching degree are required to enroll resistance, inductance and capacitance are
the subject and age category in which the studied with respect to changes in frequency.
students are planning to teach, the clinical concurrently in EDU202 Clinical Experience in
Education. The course builds on a strong foundation of
experience is planned, guided, and evaluated complex numbers and trigonometry applied to
by a cooperating teacher and the college Recommended Prereq: ECE115.
Recommended Coreq: EDU202. the analysis of AC circuits by developing the
instructor. A weekly on-campus seminar concepts of resonance, power and filter
explores such topics as effective teaching (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
response. Frequency response characteristics
methods, classroom management techniques, of circuits are stressed throughout.
and learning styles, and assists students in EDU 225 Diversity of Schools and Society Recommended Prereq: ELT111 or consent of
assessing their commitment to teaching as a This course uses social and global perspectives instructor.
career. to explore the diversity of schools and society. (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
Note: Also, a background check may be Students learn how such social aspects as
required to fulfill the clinical experience. The social and global contexts shape education.
number of EDU202 Clinical Experience in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Education transferable hours will be
determined by the transfer institution.
Recommended Coreq: EDU200.
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
204 Electronics Technology
ELT 121 Linear Devices I ELT 221 Linear Devices II ELT 296 Special Topics/Electronics
This course introduces semiconductor This course introduces the AC equivalent of This course offers in-depth exploration of a
electronic devices. The DC theory of operation semiconductor diode and amplifier circuits. special topic, issue or trend in the electronics
is emphasized throughout. The characteristic Power amplifiers are analyzed and the FET is field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
curves and DC biasing are developed. Simple introduced. Several common amplifier hours; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree
troubleshooting techniques are defined. configurations are analyzed. or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or consent of Recommended Prereq: ELT121. (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
instructor. (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
ELT 229 Digital Electronics II Emergency Medical
ELT 131 Digital Electronics I This course covers more advanced topics of
This first course in digital electronics digital electronic technology and introduces Technician (EMT)
introduces the foundation elements of the complex digital circuitry like counters, shift
subject and prepares the student for advanced- registers and memory devices. It also studies EMT 120 Emergency Medical
level courses in digital electronics, the way digital circuitry is put together to form
telecommunications and microprocessors. microprocessors and computers. Technician - Basic
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or consent of Recommended Prereq: ELT131 or consent of This course emphasizes emergency medical
instructor. instructor. care skills and teaches these skills in a job-
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs related context based on the Department of
Transportation (DOT) National Standard
Curriculum. Course content includes the care
ELT 161 Introductory ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory of individuals with various traumatic/emergent
Telecommunications This course introduces the microprocessor medical conditions, as well as training in the
This overview of the basic concepts and using the 8 bit machine. Basic computer use of medical equipment and materials. This
applications of telecommunications covers arithmetic is covered along with memory and course prepares the student for either the State
both wireless and wired communications. bus structure. Addressing structures are licensure examination for the State Emergency
Subjects include AM and FM transmission and covered along with simple program writing. Medical Technician Basic or the National
reception, multiplexing techniques, Hardware configurations and its relation to Registry of Emergency Medical Technician
transmission lines, electromagnetic wave input/output, interrupts and DMA are Examination through the Illinois Department
propagation, digital communications, fiber introduced. of Public Health. Repeatable to a maximum of
optics and satellite communications. Recommended Prereq: ELT131 or consent of 24 semester hours; only six semester hours
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor. may apply to a degree or certificate.
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs Note: Students must submit proof of current
CPR or Basic Life Support for Health Care
ELT 180 Introduction to Providers to the instructor on the first day of
ELT 232 Advanced
Audio Recording Engineering class and are required to purchase a
Microprocessor Theory stethoscope. The State of Illinois requires
This course introduces basic audio recording
principles, with an emphasis on digital and This course deals with the interfacing of the completion of GED or a high school diploma
other modern audio engineering techniques. INTEL and Motorola microprocessors to the prior to testing for certification, and that
Topics include special effects, signal processing outside world. It explains the interaction with students be at least 18 years of age to test.
and Musical Instrument Digital Interface computer peripherals, like keyboards, memory Proof of a tuberculosis test and current
(MIDI), as well as an in-depth study of the chips and CRT, and with temperature, pressure immunizations must be submitted to the
different types of microphones. and position sensors. It also deals with the instructor prior to the first day of the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs output of command signals from the emergency room experience.
microprocessor to motors, relays and solenoid Prereq: Reading assessment; CPR training
valves in control system applications. (American Heart Association Basic Life
ELT 203 Advanced Mathematical Recommended Prereq: ELT231 or consent of Support for Health Care Providers or
Methods for Electronics instructor. American Red Cross Professional Rescuer);
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs 17.5 years of age or older; ability to lift a pre-
Technology
determined weight.
This course introduces complex numbers and (5 lec/2 lab) 6 sem hrs
complex arithmetic with practical applications. ELT 261 Intermediate
It also introduces the inverse trigonometric Telecommunications
functions and continues the study of algebra This course is a discussion of the most modern EMT 125 Paramedic I
including exponential, logarithmic, and techniques in telecommunications. After a This course is intended to train paramedics in
polynomial functions. Determinants, matrices, quick review of AM and FM transmission and medical/legal issues, ethics, Emergency
and their applications are studied as well as reception, the course describes the effects of Medical Systems, personal wellness, injury
analytic geometry. Calculus concepts such as noise in telecommunications, then moves on to prevention, communications, anatomy and
the limit, derivative, and integral are the different multiplexing techniques, physiology, pathophysiology, medication
introduced on a rudimentary level. Significant especially for digital data transmission. The administration and life span development. This
emphasis is placed on using a graphing different protocols in digital communications course includes classroom theory and
calculator to master the course content and are particularly stressed, because of their laboratory experience.
solve applied problems. critical importance. Modems, teminals, LANS Prereq: Program admission; current license as
Prereq: MTH113 or placement determined by and cellular telephony are covered as an EMT-B.
assessment. applications of digital communications. (4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ELT161.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Engineering
205
EMT 126 Paramedic II EMT 131 Field Clinical Experience EMT 299 Paramedic Internship
This course is intended to train paramedics in for the Paramedic I Combining academic credit with professional
airway management, patient assessment, Field clinical experience includes: a period of experience, the paramedic internship is the
arrhythmia recognition and cardiology. This supervised pre-hospital experience on an evaluative phase of the paramedic program.
course includes classroom theory and Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are Students serve as entry-level paramedics under
laboratory experience. under the direct supervision of a department the supervision of an approved Southern Fox
Prereq: Program admission; current license as approved mentor. This represents the phase of Valley-Emergency Medical Systems preceptor.
an EMT-B. instruction where the student learns how to The paramedic internship runs concurrently
(4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs apply cognitive knowledge and the skills with the in-hospital clinical and the field
developed in the skills laboratory and hospital clinical.
clinical to the field environment. The field Prereq: Program admission; current license as
EMT 127 Paramedic III an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127;
This course is intended to train paramedics in clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital
clinical and the paramedic internship. EMT128; EMT129.
International Life Support, trauma, Coreq: EMT130; EMT131.
pulmonology, neurology, endocrinology, Prereq: Program admission; current license as
an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126. (0 lec/9.5 lab) 3 sem hrs
allergies/anaphylaxis, gastroenterology,
urology/nephrology, toxicology and substance Coreq: EMT127; EMT128; EMT130.
abuse. This course includes classroom theory (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
and laboratory experience. Emergency
Prereq: Program admission; current license as EMT 230 In-Hospital Clinical
an EMT-B. Experience for the Paramedic II
Preparedness
(3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs
In-hospital clinical experience includes: Management (EPM)
instruction and supervised practice of
EMT 128 Paramedic IV emergency medical skills primarily in the
This course is intended to train paramedics in Emergency Departments of Delnor- EPM 120 Emergency Management
hematology, environmental emergencies, Community Hospital, Provena-Mercy Center This course covers the four phases of
infectious disease, psychiatric and behavioral and Rush-Copley Medical Center. Other emergency management: mitigation,
disorders, gynecology, obstetrics, neonatology, experience is gained in critical care units, preparedness, response and recovery. Topics
pediatrics, Pediatric Advanced Life Support, operating rooms, labor and delivery or cardiac include organizing for emergency
geriatric emergencies, abuse and assault, catheterization labs. The in-hospital clinical management, coordinating community
challenged patients, acute interventions for runs concurrently with the field clinical and resources, public sector liability and the roles
chronic-care patients and assessment-based the paramedic internship. of government agencies at all levels. Upon
management. This course includes classroom Prereq: Program admission; current license as completion, students should be able to
theory and laboratory experience. an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127; demonstrate an understanding of
Prereq: Program admission; current license as EMT128; EMT130; EMT131. comprehensive emergency management and
an EMT-B. Coreq: EMT231; EMT299. the integrated emergency management system.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs (0 lec/6 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
EMT 129 Paramedic V EMT 231 Field Clinical Experience EPM 200 Disaster Response
This course is intended to train paramedics in for the Paramedic II Operations and Management
Advanced Cardiac Life Support, protocols, Field clinical experience includes: a period of This course covers the basic concepts and
extrication awareness, ambulance operations, supervised pre-hospital experience on an operational procedures and authorities
medical incident command, crime scene Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are involved in responding to major disasters.
awareness and rural EMS. This course includes under the direct supervision of a department Topics include federal, state and local roles and
classroom theory and laboratory experience. approved mentor. This represents the phase of responsibilities in major disaster recovery
Prereq: Program admission; current license as instruction where the student learns how to work, with an emphasis on governmental
an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127; apply cognitive knowledge and the skills coordination. Upon completion, students
EMT128. developed in the skills laboratory and hospital should be able to implement a disaster plan
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs clinical to the field environment. The field and assess the needs of those involved in a
clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital major disaster.
EMT 130 In-Hospital Clinical clinical and the paramedic internship. Recommended Prereq: EPM120.
Prereq: Program admission; current license as (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Experience for the Paramedic I an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127;
In-hospital clinical experience includes: EMT128; EMT130; EMT131.
instruction and supervised practice of
emergency medical skills primarily in the
Coreq: EMT230; EMT299.
(0 lec/7.5 lab) 2 sem hrs
Engineering (EGR)
Emergency Departments of Delnor-
Community Hospital, Provena-Mercy Center EGR 101 Engineering Graphics
and Rush-Copley Medical Center. Other
This introduction to engineering and design
experience is gained in critical care units,
includes drafting, dimensioning, tolerancing,
operating rooms, labor and delivery or cardiac
fasteners and descriptive geometry.
catheterization labs. The in-hospital clinical
Engineering graphics topics include multi-view
runs concurrently with the field clinical and
orthographic representations, principal
the paramedic internship.
auxiliary views, section views and production
Prereq: Program admission; current license as
drawings. At least 50 percent of the course will
an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126.
require the student to use CAD. Additional lab
Coreq: EMT127; EMT128; EMT131.
time outside of class may be required in order
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs
to complete assignments/projects.
IAI: EGR 941, IND 911.
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
206 Engineering
EGR 220 Analytical Mechanics-Statics ENG 051 Basic Composition I-ESL ENG 151 Foundations of Written
This is the first part of an introduction to This is the first in a two-course composition Business Communication
mechanics from an engineering perspective. It sequence that precedes transfer-level This basic communications course for the
is a study of systems of forces and moments as composition courses. This course encourages occupational or technical student is intended
they apply to the equilibrium of particles and students to find/define their voice while to improve the student’s communications
rigid bodies and to the analysis of structures developing an understanding and facility with skills, with major emphasis on writing more
such as trusses, beams, frames and machines. basic writing skills and negotiating an effectively for business and industry. This class
Prereq: MTH131 and PHY221. individualized writing process. Particular is intended for students with little experience
IAI: EGR 942. emphasis is placed on vocabulary development in professional writing.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and basic grammar skills for advanced English Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement by
as a Second Language students. Repeatable to assessment.
a maximum of 12 semester hours; does not (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
EGR 230 Analytical apply to a degree or certificate.
Mechanics- Dynamics (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This is the second part of an introduction to ENG 152 Business Communication-
mechanics from an engineering perspective. It ENG 070 Basic Composition II Letter Writing
is a study of the motion of particles and rigid This course includes a review of the writing
bodies, in general and as applied to simple This is the second in a two-course
developmental composition sequence that process for composing business letters and
mechanisms. memoranda. Topics include order and
Recommended Prereq: EGR220. precedes transfer-level composition courses.
This course encourages students to remittance letters, request and response
IAI: EGR 943. letters, claim and adjustment letters, credit and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs develop/refine their voice and writing skills
while responding to more complex writing collection letters, letters of application and
situations. Students learn how to compose professional resumes.
EGR 240 Introduction to Circuit Analysis essays and engage in the research process as Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement
This course includes an introduction to the they participate in a larger academic determined by assessment score.
principles of linear electric circuits and the community of thinkers, readers and writers. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
methods of linear network analysis. Properties Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
of electric circuit elements, network laws, hours; does not apply to a degree or certificate. ENG 153 Business Communication-
theorems and network topology are studied. Prereq: C or better in ENG050 or placement by
Transient and steady currents are analyzed. assessment.
Technical Writing
Prereq: PHY222 and MTH233. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course emphasizes technical writing
IAI: EGR 931. basics, including defining an audience,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs understanding style and format, using graphic
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I elements and visual aids, and evaluating
This course focuses on the writing and revising purpose and format. Students develop
EGR 296 Topics/Issues for Engineering of expository essays and writing projects and is business-related documents such as proposals,
This course offers in-depth exploration of a the first in a two-course sequence. It reports, user manuals and technical brochures.
special topic, issue or trend in the engineering concentrates on the writing process, Sentence-level mechanics, conciseness,
field. Repeatable to a maximum of 24 semester identifying and responding to different paragraph structure, organization and
hours; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree audiences and rhetorical situations, and language precision are addressed.
or certificate. understanding the conventions of format and Collaboration and revision are emphasized.
(1 to 6 lec/0 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs structure in various discourse communities, Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement
including academic writing. Practice in critical determined by assessment score.
thinking and essay development is emphasized. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Note: IAI General Education requires a C or
English (ENG) better in this course.
Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement by
ENG 204 Creative Writing: Fiction
See also Intensive English Basic (IEB), Intensive
assessment. This course provides guided practice in writing
English Institute (IEI) and Reading (RDG). fiction, with emphasis on the structure,
IAI: C1 900.
NOTE: Placement in English courses is determined by (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs elements and skills common to creative
scores on required assessment tests or ACT scores. expression in fiction. It is designed to help
students discover and develop their own best
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II medium for expression.
ENG 050 Basic Composition I This course focuses on the writing, researching Prereq: ENG 101.
This is the first in a two-course developmental and revising of expository essays and writing (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
composition sequence that precedes transfer- projects. The second of a two-course sequence,
level composition courses. This course it concentrates on the writing process,
encourages students to find/define their voice identifying and responding to different
ENG 205 Creative Writing: Poetry
while developing an understanding and facility audiences and rhetorical contexts, and This course provides guided practice in writing
with basic writing skills and negotiating an understanding the conventions of format and poetry, with emphasis on the structure,
individualized writing process. Students structure in various discourse communities, elements and skills common to creative
express themselves in a variety of including academic writing. Practice in critical expression in poetry. It is designed to help
rhetorical/writing situations while actively thinking and essay development is emphasized. students discover and develop their own best
participating in the larger scope of academic Students write analytical and argumentative medium for expression.
work. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 essays, including an academic research paper. Prereq: ENG 101.
semester hours; does not apply to a degree or Note: IAI General Education requires a C or (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
certificate. better in this course.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: C or better in ENG101.
IAI: C1 901R.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
English
207
ENG 211 American Literature to 1865 ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 ENG 229 Introduction to Literature
This course explores multifarious writings in This course is a chronological study of British This course is an introduction to fiction (short
the Americas from the beginning of masterpieces from Beowulf through the pre- story and novellas or novels), poetry and
colonialism to the end of the U.S. Civil War. Romantics. The history of ideas may be studied drama from classic to contemporary selections.
With emphases on form, content and context, to show the relationship between an idea and This course includes study of literary
students read and discuss literary works from its literary embodiments. Critical analysis skills techniques and thematic interpretations of the
several genres falling into literary periods such are required. works read.
as The Conquest and Colonial periods; the Prereq: ENG101. Prereq: ENG101.
eighteenth century, Revolutionary and IAI: H3 912. IAI: H3 900.
Republican eras; and the early nineteenth (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
century, American Renaissance, Abolitionist
and Civil War periods.
Prereq: ENG101.
ENG 222 British Literature From 1800 ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry
IAI: H3 914. This course is a chronological study of British This course is a critical study of world poetry
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs literature. Major works from the Romantic, with respect to structure and content through
Victorian and Modern periods are studied. close reading of poems in a variety of styles
This course is a continuation of ENG221 but from the Renaissance to recent times.
ENG 212 American Literature From 1865 may be taken independently. Critical analysis Prereq: ENG101.
This course explores writings in the United skills are required. IAI: H3 903.
States from the end of the Civil War to the Prereq: ENG101. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
present with emphases on major literary IAI: H3 913.
movements, such as Realism, Naturalism, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Modernism, Postmodernism and
ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction
Multiculturalism, understood in relation to This course is a critical study of three genres of
their intellectual, social and political contexts. ENG 225 Masterpieces of fiction (short story, novella and novel) from
Prereq: ENG101. British Literature classic and contemporary selections. It
IAI: H3 915. includes critical analysis, study of techniques,
This study of British masterpieces includes historical background and thematic
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs selections from Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, interpretations of the works read.
Romantic poetry and modern British fiction. Prereq: ENG101.
ENG 215 Masterpieces of Understanding and enjoyment of British IAI: H3 901.
literature, rather than technical aspects of the
American Literature assigned readings, are emphasized. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This is a study of the development and Prereq: ENG101.
treatment of major themes and ideas in the IAI: H3 913. ENG 240 Introduction to
works of significant American authors. Such (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
representative writers as Bradford Edwards, Drama as Literature
Franklin, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, This course explores the literary aspects,
Thoreau, Twain, James, Dickinson, Faulkner, ENG 226 Introduction to Shakespeare concepts and principles of drama. It includes
Hemingway, Steinbeck and others are read. This course is an introduction to the works of the critical study of various types of plays from
Understanding and enjoyment of the assigned Shakespeare for understanding and enjoyment a variety of periods. Consideration is given to
readings are emphasized along with historical through a survey of representative plays. the technical aspects of dramatic production,
and sociological contexts. Prereq: ENG101. as well as backgrounds of the physical theatre,
Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 905. historical development of the drama form and
IAI: H3 915. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs selected authors.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: ENG101.
IAI: H3 902.
ENG 227 Literature and Contemporary (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures American Thought
of the United States This course is a study of the great books that ENG 245 World Literature
This course is an introduction to multicultural shaped and mirrored 20th century thought and
literary works of the United States, with sensibility and the literary works and This course is a survey of representative
emphases on novels, autobiographies, poetry, intellectual milieu from which they sprang. readings from ancient times to the present.
short stories, drama, memoir, essays, journals Various types of literary works that reflect the The course emphasizes the significance of the
and other literary genres. This course requires experience and construction of contemporary selections as human documents as well as their
students to read and understand a variety of American thought set in historical context are importance as literature. Although this course
texts in order to explore issues of race, examined. focuses primarily upon Western literature,
ethnicity, class, caste, gender, sexuality, nation, Prereq: ENG101. representative texts from other cultures may be
region, dis/ability, age and ecosystem, along (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs integrated into the syllabus.
with history, formal dynamics and the personal Prereq: ENG101.
as political. IAI: H3 906.
Prereq: ENG101.
ENG 228 Children's Literature (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: H3 910D. Children's Literature introduces the student to
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs major genres of children's books and non-print
formats. The class focuses on the primary
works, authors, illustrators and trends in
children's literature for preschoolers through
sixth graders. The course looks at the impact
of popular media and societal trends on
children's literature. Storytelling, story times
and selection of age-appropriate materials are
also emphasized.
Prereq: ENG101.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
208 English
ENG 255 Women's Literature ETR 150 Business Plan Development Finance and
This course introduces students to novels, This course guides students through the
short stories, poetry, essays, memoir, drama, planning needed to acquire, form or grow a Banking (FIN)
journals and other literary genre written by business or non-profit enterprise. Practical
women in English across several centuries and business concepts are applied to
from a variety of racial, ethnic, sexual, class, entrepreneurial endeavors. Topics include FIN 200 Principles of Finance
disability, age, regional and national legal business structures, business plan In this introduction to the role of financial
backgrounds. Students explore how systems of components, development of a business plan management in today's business world, the
race, ethnicity, class, caste, gender, sexuality, and related issues concerning ongoing following course topics are emphasized:
disability, age, region, nation and ecosystem management of the organization. financial markets, debt and equity financing,
affect the conditions under which women Recommended Prereq: ETR140. short and long term financing, capital
write as well as what they write. Students also (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs budgeting, risk and rates of return, and
explore differences and continuities in women financial statement analysis.
writers' perspectives and their uses of form, Recommended Prereq: ACC120.
content and subject.
ETR 160 Entrepreneurial Finance (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: ENG101. This course provides business owners and
IAI: H3 911D. managers with tools to identify and better
comprehend sources of venture funding and to FIN 205 Personal Finance and Investing
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
understand financial reporting, including This course offers students sound direction in
related valuation and management issues. making personal financial decisions. It is a
ENG 260 Postcolonial Literatures Topics covered include finance terminology, comprehensive look at the important financial
This course is an introduction to Postcolonial financial statements, debt and equity funding, decisions that individuals make throughout
litertures with emphases on reading and long and short term capital requirements. their lives and provides a foundation for
contemporary literary works across genres Recommended Prereq: ETR150. making informed personal financial decisions.
from Africa, Asia, Australia, the Caribbean, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Coverage includes investment fundamentals
South and North Americas, and colonized and investing strategies, guidance on consumer
Europe. Anglophone texts are read with the purchases, insurance basics, time value of
intent of understanding the historical, cultural
ETR 250 Advanced Business Planning money concepts, and retirement and estate
and political contexts of colonialism and This course is the capstone for small business planning.
postcolonialism. and entrepreneurial students, with a focus on Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
Prereq: ENG101. high quality business plans intended for (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs management use or for attracting new venture
capital.
Recommended Prereq: ETR160; MKT200. FIN 210 Money and Banking
ENG 265 Latina and Latino Literature Prereq: ETR150. This course stresses basic monetary theory
Latina and Latino Literature introduces (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs required in the banking and finance industry.
students to major Latina and Latino writings in Topics include: economic stabilization, types of
English in the United States. The course spending, the role of gold, limitations of central
focuses on the primary works, authors and bank control, government fiscal policy, balance
trends in Latina/o literature. Students read Film Studies (FLM) of payments, foreign exchange, repercussions
texts in a variety of genres—fiction, drama, on the banking industry in affecting yield
essays, poetry, memoir, etc. Authors include, FLM 250 Film as Art: A Survey of Film curves, and structuring of portfolios.
but are not limited to, those with roots in Recommended Prereq: ECN121.
An introduction to film as an art form, this (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Cuba, the Dominican Republic, Mexico, Puerto
course examines aesthetic and production
Rico and throughout South, Central and North
elements of the motion picture medium,
Americas. FIN 215 Financial Institutions
including its narrative genres, directorial styles,
Recommended Prereq: ENG101.
cinematography, film acting, and film editing. The basic concepts for managing the following
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: F2 908. financial institution functions and services are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs covered: banking monetary theory, cash flow
ENG 296 Special Topics in Literature and operations of financial institutions.
This course offers in-depth exploration of a FLM 260 History of Film Emphasis is given to the impact of these
special topic, issue or trend in English financial services in a market-oriented
This course surveys the historical development economy.
literature. Repeatable to a maximum of 16
of film, emphasizing the study of international (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hr
semester hours for different special topics; 6
films, movements, genres, and innovations in
semester hours may apply to a degree or
film production that have had significant
certificate.
influence on film as an art form.
Prereq: ENG101. Fire Science (FSC)
IAI: F2 909.
(2 to 4 lec/0 lab) 2 to 4 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
FSC 100 Fire Science I
FLM 270 Film and Literature
Entrepreneurship (ETR) This course is a study of formal, thematic
This course covers principles of fire
department organization, fire behavior, safety,
and/or historical relationships between literary self-contained breathing apparatus, portable
ETR 140 Introduction to Entrepreneurship and cinematic forms, including an examination fire extinguishers, ladders, rescue, emergency
This course exposes students to the of adaptations and influences that demonstrate medical care, building construction, forcible
entrepreneurial experience and perspective, the strengths of each artistic medium. entry, ventilation and water supply. This course
the role of entrepreneurship and its impact on IAI: HF 908. provides partial training towards State Fire
organizations of all types and society-at-large. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Fighter Level II Certification by the Office of
Included are case studies of both failed and the State Fire Marshal.
successful ventures and a look at current (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
economic needs and trends.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Foreign Languages
209
FSC 110 Fire Science II FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II
This course is a study of techniques used in fire This course is designed to meet the needs of This course covers workplace communication,
fighting. Topics discussed include nozzles and those individuals who wish to expand their work groups, group job performance, group
fire streams, fire hoses and appliances, fire knowledge in the area of instructing other leadership, and the role of health and safety in
control, ropes and knots, loss control, fire individuals. It is structured to provide basic a fire science organization. This course
detection, alarm and suppression systems, fire information about human relations in the provides training toward Fire Officer I
prevention, public education, protecting teaching-learning environment, methods of Certification by the Illinois Office of the State
evidence for fire cause and determination, teaching and the proper method of writing Fire Marshal.
communications, firefighter survival, terrorism lesson plans. This course provides training Recommended Prereq: FSC231.
and hazardous materials awareness. This toward Fire Instructor I Certification by the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
course provides partial training towards State Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal and is
Fire Fighter Level II Certification. Course designed using NFPA Standard 1041, Chapter
completers qualify for the State Fire Marshal 2, 1996 edition. A Firefighter II Certification is
FSC 233 Fire Science Administration III
Certification test for hazardous material required to qualify for an Instructor I This course covers the role and function of a
awareness. Students need not have completed Certification. Fire Officer II. Topics include organization,
Fire Science I to enroll in Fire Science II. Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II management, social services, capital resource
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs Certification. management, public finance and budgeting,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs public relations and information management
as they pertain to a fire science organization.
FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations This course provides training toward Fire
This course is designed to provide students FSC 200 Fire Science III Officer II Certification by the Illinois Office of
with the skills and knowledge necessary to be This study of advanced techniques used in the State Fire Marshal.
examined and certified by the Illinois Office of firefighting includes discussion on fire Recommended Prereq: Fire Officer I
the State Fire Marshal as a Hazardous behavior, water supply, forcible entry, self- Certification.
Materials First Responder. contained breathing apparatus, ladders, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs overhaul, safety and fire ground command.
This course provides training toward
Firefighter Level III Certification by the Office
FSC 234 Fire Science Administration IV
FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer of the State Fire Marshal. This course covers personnel management,
This course is designed to provide students Recommended Prereq: FSC100 and FSC110; or health and safety, and labor relations as they
with the necessary background, knowledge and Firefighter II Certification. pertain to a fire science organization. This
skills to perform the duties of a fire apparatus (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs course provides training toward Fire Officer II
engineer, which include pump operations, Certification by the Illinois Office of the State
pump functions, pumper components, pumper Fire Marshal.
requirements for maintaining and testing FSC 210 Fire Science IV Recommended Prereq: FSC233.
apparatus, fire stream development, and water This course is a study of advanced principles (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
supply in relation to various fire ground including communications systems,
situations. This course provides training ventilation, ropes and knots, nozzles and fire
toward Fire Apparatus Engineer Certification streams, sprinkler systems, building
FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II
by the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal. construction and salvage. This course provides This course provides additional tactics and
Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II training toward Firefighter III Certification by strategies essential for effective ground
Certification. the Office of the State Fire Marshal. Students operations. It emphasizes strategy, incident
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs need not have completed Fire Science III to management, multicompany operations,
enroll in Fire Science IV. planning and stress. This course provides
Recommended Prereq: FSC100 and FSC110; or training toward Fire Officer II Certification by
FSC 150 Vehicle and Firefighter II Certification. the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal.
Machinery Operations (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: FSC160 or Fire Officer I
This course provides basic skills toward the certification.
performance of rescue specialist operations. It (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention
provides an introduction to the knowledge and
skills required in the various specialties of This fire prevention and inspection course is
designed to provide basic training in the
FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II
extrication. This course provides training This course is designed to meet the needs of
toward Rescue Specialist-Roadway Extrication principle aspects of public education, code
enforcement and engineering. Subject material those individuals who wish to expand their
Certification by the Illinois Office of the State knowledge in the area of instructing others. It
Fire Marshal. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 covered includes life safety, hazards, cause,
codes, public education and fire prevention is structured to provide basic information
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to about human relations in the teaching-learning
the degree. bureau management.
Recommended Prereq: Firefighter III environment, methods of teaching and the
Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II proper method of writing lesson plans. This
Certification. Certification.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs course provides training toward Fire Instructor
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs II Certification by the Illinois Office of the
State Fire Marshall and is designed using NFPA
FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I Standard 1041, Chapter 3, 1996 edition.
This course is an introduction to the basic This course covers the role and function of a Recommended Prereq: FSC170 or Fire Science
principles and methods associated with fire Fire Officer I, management principles, Instructor I Certification.
ground tactics and strategy as required of the organizational concepts, staffing, basic (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
company officer. It emphasizes size-up, fire motivational skills and performance appraisal.
ground operations, pre-fire planning and basic This course provides training toward Fire
Officer I. Certification is required to qualify for
engine and truck company operations.
Recommended Prereq: FSC100. Fire Officer I. Foreign Languages
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: Firefighter III See individual languages: Chinese, French, German,
Certification. Japanese, Spanish.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
210 French
French (FRE) GEO 130 GIS and Mapping Principles GEO 210 GIS and Logistics Management
This course is designed to provide the student This course is designed to prepare students to
with an introduction to geographic apply geographic information systems for the
FRE 101 Elementary French I information systems. The course covers topics purpose of logistics management. Warehouse
This is an introductory course in the basic such as map projections, cartographic design, distribution, fleet routing, emergency
structures and vocabulary of French. Because editing, and hands on use of ESRI ArcGIS management, territory planning, and budget
language is a reflection of culture, the course software. Additional topics such as project analysis are some of the solutions that are
incorporates colloquial French expressions and creation and data manipulation are also examined using a geographic information
Gallic behaviors. The French-speaking world is reviewed. framework.
studied as well as French grammar. The four Recommended Prereq: GEO220 or concurrent Recommended Prereq: GEO131 and GEO 132;
basic skills of listening, speaking, reading and enrollment or consent of instructor. or consent of instructor.
writing are stressed. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
GEO 131 Geographic GEO 220 Geography of the
FRE 102 Elementary French II Information Systems I Developing World
This continuation of FRE101 is an introductory This course is designed to continue the study This course is organized on a regional basis
course in the basic structures and vocabulary of GIS topics and techniques that were and is designed to provide an introduction to
of French. The main objective of the course is introduced in GEO130. The geodatabase geography by highlighting various geographic
to expand and broaden skills in model is examined as well as various editing concepts. The course is intended to acquaint
communicating effectively in French. The four techniques and annotations. In addition, the student with the physical, economic,
basic skills of listening, speaking, reading and emphasis is placed on project design and political and social factors that influence
writing are further developed. ArcGIS extensions. change in developing (non-Western) countries.
Recommended Prereq: FRE101 or one year of Recommended Prereq: GEO130 or concurrent IAI: S4 902N.
high school French or its equivalent. enrollment or consent of instructor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
GEO 230 Economic Geography
FRE 201 Intermediate French I GEO 132 Geographic This course is designed to provide an
This course presents a thorough review of the Information Systems II introduction to economic geography by
essentials of French grammar and includes highlighting various geographic concepts. The
readings in French on French and This course is designed to continue the study
of GIS topics and techniques that were course is intended to acquaint the student with
Francophonic civilization and literature. a general understanding of the economic
Recommended Prereq: FRE102 or two years of introduced in GEO131. Land use and
emergency operations topics are used as interdependence among people, regions and
high school French or its equivalent. countries.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs examples of how many industry topics can be
applied in GIS using the same criteria. Various Recommended Prereq: GEO220 or consent of
ArcGIS extensions are also reviewed. instructor.
FRE 202 Intermediate French II Recommended Prereq: GEO130 or concurrent IAI: S4 903N.
This course is a continuation of FRE201. enrollment or consent of instructor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Reviewing essentials of French grammar and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
reading in French on French and Francophonic GEO 235 Human Geography
civilization and literature are emphasized. GEO 140 Geographic This course is organized on a topical basis and
Recommended Prereq: FRE201 or three years of is designed to provide an introduction to
high school French or its equivalent. Information Systems III
human geography by highlighting various
IAI: H1 900. This course is designed to further advance a geographic concepts. The course is intended to
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs student’s knowledge of GIS topics and acquaint the student with a general
techniques that were introduced in GEO132. understanding of culture including language
Emphasis is placed on toolsets and other and religion, spatial interaction between
editing procedures used in ArcGIS. Students
Geography (GEO) examine advanced modeling techniques and
people, regionalism, the physical environment
and population trends.
complete a research project utilizing GIS in an Recommended Prereq: GEO220 or consent of
GEO 121 Physical Geography industry sector of their choice. instructor.
Recommended Prereq: GEO 132 or consent of IAI: S4 900N.
This course is designed to provide an
instructor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
introduction to physical geography and to
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
acquaint the student with the general physical
environment emphasizing earth-sun GEO 297 GIS Internship
relationships and motions, meteorology and GEO 200 Applications for Geographic
climatology, geography, soils, biomes and Combining academic credit with professional
Information Systems experience, this internship allows students to
environmental degradation. A laboratory
component examines the above topics and In this course, students apply their knowledge learn about, observe and work in the
process in more detail using the scientific and skills to carry out a complete GIS project. geographic information systems field. Eighty
method of observation, hypothesis formation, Students are encouraged to identify and justify hours are required for 1 credit. Repeatable to a
and experimentation. a project that aligns with their academic major, maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester
IAI: P1 909L. their current employment, or some other area hours from the GIS internship courses
of their interest. Each student submits a (GIS297, GIS298, GIS299) may apply to the
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs project report and makes a presentation of geographic information systems degree and
their project to the class. certificate.
Recommended Prereq: GEO131 or consent of Prereq: Consent of instructor.
instructor. (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Graphic Design
211
GEO 298 GIS Internship GLG 103 Environmental Geology Graphic Design (GRD)
Combining academic credit with professional This course examines human interaction with
experience, this internship allows students to geologic processes and hazards, including
learn about, observe and work in the earthquakes, volcanoes, mass wasting and GRD 105 History of Graphic Design
geographic information systems field. One flooding. Environmental concerns to be This course introduces the student to the
hundred sixty hours are required for 2 credits. discussed include the occurrence and history of graphic design. It focuses on how
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; availability of geologic resources (energy, water visual communication relates to culture and
6 semester hours from the GIS internship and minerals), land use planning, groundwater society. Furthermore, it examines the
courses (GIS297, GIS298, GIS299) may apply pollution and remediation, environmental influences of technology on culture and how it
to the geographic information systems degree health and law. The course is intended for non- affects the aesthetics of graphic design.
and certificate. science or potential environmental sciences (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Consent of instructor. majors.
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs IAI: P1 908.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs GRD 135 Desktop Publishing
This course covers desktop publishing
GEO 299 GIS Internship technology, progressing from the beginning to
Combining academic credit with professional the advanced level. Students design projects
experience, this internship allows students to German (GER) exploring the software and hardware aspects of
learn about, observe and work in the electronic page layout and design. Students
geographic information systems field. Two also learn to integrate various type, image and
hundred forty hours are required for 3 credits. GER 101 Elementary German I graphic elements. Other topics include file
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; For students without previous knowledge of transfer and document printing. Software
6 semester hours from the GIS internship German, this is an interesting and informative includes QuarkXPress and other electronic
courses (GIS297, GIS298, GIS299) may apply course taught by using culturally authentic page layout applications.
to the geographic information systems degree themes from everyday life, with emphasis on (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
and certificate. communication. In addition to the four basic
Prereq: Consent of instructor. language skills (listening, reading, speaking
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs and writing), cultural aspects of the German- GRD 160 Computer Illustration
speaking countries are also presented. This course covers vector graphics computer
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs software, progressing from the beginning to
the advanced level. Students explore the
Geology (GLG) GER 102 Elementary German II
methods and techniques of computer-
generated images as solutions to illustration
A continuation of GER101, this course expands projects. Object-oriented and vector-based
GLG 100 Introduction to on elementary grammar essentials. Reading graphics as well as print programs are utilized.
Physical Geology and interpreting of more advanced German Software includes Adobe Illustrator.
This course examines the basic principles of prose and conversation, diction and (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
geology from a physical and historical composition are included.
perspective. It includes such topics as the Recommended Prereq: GER101 or one year of
formation of rocks and minerals; internal and high school German. GRD 165 Typography
external processes modifying the earth¿s (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course presents an exploration of
surface and other natural phenomena; and the typography from prehistory to present. Topics
evolutionary history of the earth, including its include typographic history, type families, type
GER 201 Intermediate German I as design, rules of typographic usage, printing
life forms and continents.
This course provides a thorough review of technology, computers and typography, and an
Note: Students enrolling in GLG100 are not
grammar and the completion of the most introduction to designing your own typeface.
required to enroll in GLG101 (lab). However,
difficult grammatical concepts. Emphasis on Software includes: Adobe Illustrator,
those students needing a four semester-hour
reading, writing and speaking the German QuarkXpress, InDesign, and font editing and
lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
language is stressed throughout the course. font managing applications.
concurrently enroll in GLG100 and GLG101.
Recommended Prereq: GER102 or two years of Prereq: GRD135; GRD160.
IAI: P1 907.
high school German. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
212 Graphic Design
GRD 173 Graphic Design I GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia Health Care
This course presents an introduction to This course is a study of the computer-
computers and their use in the field of generated animation sequence from Interpreting (HCI)
advertising design. Emphasis is placed on storyboard through two-dimensional
creativity, design issues and the computer as a rendering to final output. Students learn to
design tool. Use of QuarkXpress, Adobe combine images, illustrations, type and sound HCI 102 Survey of Mental Health and
Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop in the into animation by using Adobe Flash, Apple Substance Abuse Issues in
creation of a variety of design projects is Final Cut Pro, and other sound and graphic Health Care Interpreting
involved. Software includes: QuarkXpress, design programs.
Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop or other Recommended Prereq: GRD160; GRD170. This course provides an overview of the mental
software on the Macintosh platform. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs health and substance abuse fields. Students
Prereq: GRD135; GRD160. gain a basic understanding of the history and
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs structure of mental health services in the
GRD 285 3-D Animation and Multimedia United States, specifically in Illinois. The laws
This course explores the design and and ethics that guide the mental health and
GRD 190 Print Production production of 3-D animation and multimedia substance abuse field are presented.
This course covers the prepress process of applications and the relationship to two- Additionally, this course examines the multi-
graphic design from computer layout to dimensional graphic production, computer axial system of the DSM IV, along with major
printed piece, using all technical aspects of animation, and multimedia concepts and categories of mental illness. Other topics
digital print production. Through an overview production procedures. The course also covers include crisis intervention, mental health
of electronic print technology, students learn the different media of computer sound, text issues, substance abuse treatment and recovery
how to perform prepress functions by using and imaging, and how these are combined into issues, along with a review of specific drugs of
graphic design software and the new direct-to- multimedia productions. Students use a variety abuse. Finally, students are exposed to specific
plate printing process. Software includes: of 3-D animation programs. clinical services provided within the typical
QuarkXPress, Adobe InDesign, Adobe Recommended Prereq: GRD280. mental health treatment facility.
Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: GRD173.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs HCI 105 Anatomy and Medical
GRD 290 Graphic Design Studio Art
This is an advanced studio course for art Procedures for
GRD 265 Graphic Design for the majors and graphic design majors. It allows Health Care Interpreting
World Wide Web continuation and concentration in a subject
This course is designed to provide an
This is an introductory course in Web page field. Emphasis is on individual research and
introduction to roots, prefixes and suffixes of
design. Topics include: exploring navigation personal exploration. Students can further
medical terminology while improving
browsers and search software, storyboarding, their knowledge in graphic software, graphic
memorization skills. Medical procedures,
site content and organization, scanning and project design, digital photography, Web site
names of medications and abbreviations are
importing imagery, understanding file formats, design or animation.
introduced.
publishing procedures, Web animation, and Prereq: Consent of instructor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
solving typographic issues. Adobe (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
Dreamweaver and image manipulation
software are used. GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio HCI 106 Introduction to
Recommended Prereq: GRD173; WEB110. This course is a culmination of the skills Health Care Interpreting
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs learned in the graphic design curriculum. This course provides an introduction to the
Students reassess progress made and projects profession of health care interpreting and the
GRD 273 Graphic Design II produced in their graphic design classes. Each skills that are needed. Included are the role of
student produces a professional portfolio from the interpreter, modes of interpreting, code of
This course is a continuation of the analysis
new and existing projects. A digital designer's ethics, standards of practice, interpreting laws
and interpretation of graphic design through
resume, an electronic portfolio, interviewing and multicultural interactions.
illustration, symbolism and typography. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Emphasis is placed on developing a portfolio techniques and job opportunities/internships
from visualization to production techniques, are explored.
through directed studio exercises using the Recommended Prereq: All major GRD, ART HCI 110 Health Care Interpreting:
Macintosh computer. Primary software used: and MCS courses in the graphic design
curriculum. GRD265, GRD275 and GRD285 English/Spanish
Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator.
Prereq: GRD173. may be taken concurrently. This course is designed to closely assist the
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs student in developing basic levels of
proficiency in interpreting in health settings,
with emphasis on interpreting
GRD 275 Digital Photography GRD 299 Graphic Design Internship professional/client dialogues. Through audio
This course is a practical studio course Combining academic credit with professional dialogues, placement scenarios, and medical
covering digital photography in contrast to experience, this internship allows students to texts, students learn and practice consecutive
traditional photography. Digital cameras and learn about, observe and work in the graphic interpreting and sight translation.
scanners are the primary input for image design field, including positions related to Recommended Coreq: HCI106.
manipulation. This course also includes desktop publishing, pre-press or Web design. Prereq: Program admission; native or near-
discussion of how graphic designers and Two hundred forty hours are required for 3 native fluency in Spanish and English;
photographers enhance their images. Students credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 English/Spanish assessment.
use Macintosh platform, digital camera, Adobe semester hours; 6 semester hours from the (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Photoshop, and scanning software. graphic design internship course may apply to
Recommended Prereq: GRD170 and ART140; the graphic design degree.
or concurrent enrollment. Prereq: All 100-level GRD courses; consent of
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Health Information Technology
213
HCI 130 Mental Health Care HCI 290 Health Care Interpreting Seminar HIT 111 Medical Terminology II
Interpreting: English/Spanish and Field Experience Utilizing the skills mastered in Medical
This course introduces bilingual individuals to This course is designed to provide training and Terminology I, the student continues to
the mental health interpreting setting. familiarity in a health care interpreting setting expand understanding of the medical language
Specifically, the course assists students in and combines a supervised field experience by exploring additional body systems and fields
understanding the role of the mental health with an on-campus seminar. Students meet for of health care and relating that knowledge to
interpreter, along with familiarizing students three hours each week in a group seminar and practical exercises and experiences. Oral
with mental health vocabulary. Emphasis also spend 80 hours experiencing on-the-job participation is encouraged in the classroom,
is placed on the ethics, the cross-cultural training at a health care interpreting agency. and proper pronunciation is emphasized. The
issues, and the strong emotional The history, fields, work sources, free-lancing, student is introduced to the medical record
impacts/dynamics of mental health organizations and challenges related to the and continues to define and spell related
interpreting. field are discussed. medical terms. Common abbreviations and
Recommended Prereq: HCI110. Prereq: Program admission; successful plural endings are also reviewed.
Recommended Coreq: HCI102. completion of all other HCI courses. Recommended Prereq: HIT110 or consent of
Prereq: Program admission. (3 lec/5 lab) 4 sem hrs instructor.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
HCI 150 Anatomical Terminology: Health Education (HED) HIT 115 Medical Transcription I
English/Spanish This course covers transcription of medical
dictation from physician-dictated reports,
This course is designed to provide an HED 100 Personal Wellness including history and physical consultations,
introduction to human anatomy/physiology This course is designed to deal with common chart notes, letters, discharge summaries and
and terminology related to the medical field. health issues. Emphasis is placed on operative reports. Students use reference
Students develop proficiency in recognizing prevention, maintenance and improvement materials and resources as well as incorporate
anatomical structures and using anatomy through self-responsibility in areas of: skills in English language, technology, medical
vocabulary in Spanish. achieving wellness, eating and exercising knowledge, proofreading, editing and research,
Recommended Coreq: HCI105. toward a healthy lifestyle, building healthy while meeting progressively demanding
Prereq: Program admission. relationships, understanding and preventing accuracy standards.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs disease, drug use and abuse, and making Recommended Prereq: AOS115; HIT110.
healthy choices. Recommended Coreq: BIO262.
HCI 200 Simultaneous Health Care (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Interpreting: English/Spanish
This coaching course is designed to assist in HIT 116 Medical Transciption II
improving linguistic fluency and developing Health Information Transcription of advanced original health care
proficiency for simultaneous interpreting in dictation is covered using advanced
the health care profession. Emphasis is placed Technology (HIT) proofreading, editing, and research skills, while
on interpreting professional/client dialogues meeting progressively demanding accuracy
and conference settings. Through specific and productivity standards.
techniques, audio tapes, videos, and placement
HIT 100 Introduction to Health Recommended Prereq: HIT115.
scenarios, students learn and produce Information Technology (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
simultaneous interpreting. In this introduction to the field of health
Recommended Prereq: HCI110; HCI130; information technology, students become
HCI150. familiar with the content, use, and structure of
HIT 120 Medical Office Procedures
Prereq: Program admission. healthcare data and medical records. Students Students learn about effective organizational
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs also become familiar with the organization of and medical office management, professional
healthcare providers and insurers. Legal and organizations, legalities and ethics. The role
ethical issues associated with health and responsibilities of the administrative
HCI 220 Approaches to Health Care information are examined. medical assistant are emphasized.
in Hispanic Culture (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: HIT105 or HIT110.
This course introduces students to the history, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
vocabulary and practice of folk medicine in the
Hispanic culture as well as cultural issues and
HIT 105 Medical Terms for
HIT 130 Medical Insurance
vocabulary discrepancies among Spanish Health Occupations
speaking cultures. Students develop an This course acquaints students with a method
and Reimbursement
understanding of Curanderismo and its impact for studying the language of health care. Reimbursement and payment systems of health
in the medical setting as they create herb Students learn stems, prefixes and suffixes insurance payers are examined, highlighting
catalogues and apply interpreting and cultural- commonly used in medical terminology. private and governmental policies. Major
brokering skills to solving case scenarios. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs classes of health insurance contracts are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs examined with emphasis on benefits and
limitations.
HIT 110 Medical Terminology I Recommended Prereq: HIT105 or HIT110;
This course includes a logical, step-by-step HIT120 or MLA150.
method for studying the language and terms (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
used in the health care setting. Students learn
stems, prefixes and suffixes commonly
encountered in the health field in order to
recognize, build and spell medical terms.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
214 Health Information Technology
HIT 210 ICD Coding HIT 250 Health Information Fundamentals HVA 130 Residential Comfort Systems
This course is an introduction to the Practicum/Seminar This course integrates concepts, principles and
International Classification of Diseases (ICD) This course provides an initial supervised knowledge of equipment available for
coding principles for services rendered by professional practice experience at an residential comfort systems. It describes
physicians. Practice in the assignment of valid approved external health information several residential systems and places with
diagnostic codes is emphasized to orient the management site. Students acquire directed emphasis on diagnosing system malfunctions.
students to coding requirements, terminology clinical experience. Practicum competencies Recommended Prereq: HVA100 and HVA110;
and characteristics. Repeatable to a maximum reinforce previous coursework and include or consent of instructor.
of 12 semester hours; 3 semester hours may application of knowledge and skills with (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
apply to a degree or certificate. respect to health record content, structure,
Recommended Prereq: HIT105 or HIT110. functions and use.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs HVA 140 Basic Heating Systems
Prereq: HIT240. This course describes methods and sources for
(.5 lec/3 lab) 2 sem hrs producing heat for residential and light
HIT 215 CPT Coding commercial systems and develops skills in
This course provides an introduction to basic HIT 299 Health Information testing, adjusting and replacing heating system
rules, regulations and principles using CPT Practicum Capstone components.
and Center for Medicare/Medicaid Services' Recommended Prereq: HVA100 or consent of
Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) This capstone course includes a 15-hour per instructor.
coding classification systems. Practice in the week internship in a health-related (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
assignment of valid procedure codes in a organization and a related seminar. This course
physician office setting is emphasized. provides for a variety of applied experiences.
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester Critical thinking, project planning and HVA 150 Basic Sheet Metal
hours; 3 semester hours may apply to a degree management, communication and analytic Fabrication and Print Reading
or certificate. skills are integrated in the performance of the This course is designed to provide students
Recommended Prereq: HIT105 or HIT110. internship and development of the project. with experience in the safe use of sheet metal
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; tools and the methods used to make layouts.
3 semester hours from the HIT internship Students complete a drawing and fabricate the
course may apply to a degree or certificate. parts they have drawn and become familiar
HIT 220 Pathophysiology and Prereq: Consent of instructor. with HVAC blueprints.
Pharmacology for the Health (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Information Technology
Professional HVA 160 Refrigerant Transition
The student develops the working knowledge
Heating, Ventilation, and and Certification
of pharmacology necessary for a career in the
health information profession. Emphasis is on
Air Conditioning (HVA) This course is intended to prepare students for
the certification test required by Section 608 of
the disease processes affecting the human body the Federal Clean Air Act. Repeatable to a
via an integrated approach to specific disease HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester
entities. The student learns mechanisms of This course is designed for students who need hour may apply to a degree or certificate.
drug actions, common drug interactions and a basic understanding of electricity related to Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA
side effects, and becomes familiar with the the HVAC industry. Electrical terms, theory courses or consent of instructor.
more commonly prescribed drugs. and circuits are used so that the student (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
Prereq: BIO270; BIO272. develops basic electrical troubleshooting skills.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
HVA 170 Universal R-410A Safety
HIT 230 Data Applications and HVA 110 Refrigeration Principles and Training Certification
Health Care Quality This course provides students with the
This course introduces the learner to the necessary training and practical knowledge to
This course introduces the basic concepts of terminology, concepts and scientific principles safely perform service on systems containing
quality management in the healthcare used in the refrigeration industry and develops R-410A and R-407C and is intended to prepare
environment and explores the use of skills in pipefitting, use of hand tools and students for the certification exam. Repeatable
information technologies for data. operation of test instruments used in the to a maximum of four semester hours; ony one
Requirements by regulatory agencies regarding refrigeration trade. semester hour may apply to a degree or
quality, utilization and risk management are (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs certificate.
discussed. Topics include continuous quality Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA
improvement and case management processes, HVA 120 HVACR Electrical Systems courses or consent of instructor.
data analysis/reporting techniques and (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
outcome measures and monitoring. Major emphasis in this course is on electricity
Prereq: HIT100. electrical components, safety devices,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs schematic diagrams and symbols. Service HVA 200 Sheet Metal Estimating,
methods based on standard manufacturers'
manuals are studied. Laboratory exercises are Fabrication and Installation
HIT 240 Health Information Processes conducted on live equipment. Students learn basic procedures of designing,
This course introduces systems and processes Recommended Prereq: HVA100 and HVA110 estimating, fabricating and installing ductwork,
for collecting, maintaining and disseminating or consent of instructor. electrical wiring and piping for residential
primary and secondary health related (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs comfort systems. Emphasis is placed on
information. It instructs in delivery and pitfalls, problems and inaccuracies that can
organizational structure to include content of occur during each of these procedures.
health record, documentation requirements, Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA
registries, indices, licensing, regulatory courses; HVA210; HVA220; HVA230;
agencies, forms and screens. CMT250.
Prereq: HIT100. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
History
215
HVA 210 Advanced Heating and HVA 298 Heating, Ventilation and HIS 111 Western Civilization to 1648
Cooling Systems Air Conditioning Internship This examination of Western civilization
This is the third course in the program Combining academic credit with professional reviews the major historical developments
covering conventional methods of heating and experience, this internship allows students to from the experiences of the Near Eastern
cooling. Emphasis is on major components learn about, observe and work in the heating, populations, the Greeks and the Romans,
within each system, how the system functions, ventilation and air conditioning field. One through the Middle Ages, and concludes with
the interrelationship of major parts and hundred sixty hours are required for 2 credits. early modern history to 1648. The course
planned maintenance procedures. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; employs social and cultural history, as well as
Recommended Prereq: HVA120 or consent of 6 semester hours from the heating, ventilation the more traditional political and economic
instructor. and air conditioning internship courses approaches.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (HVA297, HVA298, HVA299) may apply to the IAI: H2 901.
heating, ventilation and air conditioning (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
degree or certificates.
HVA 220 Advanced Heating and Prereq: All 100-level HVA courses; consent of HIS 112 Western Civilization Since 1648
Cooling Systems Service instructor. This examination of Western civilization
and Maintenance (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs reviews the major historical developments in
This course is designed to provide students modern history from 1648 to the present. The
with advanced service and maintenance HVA 299 Heating, Ventilation and Air course employs social and cultural history, as
procedures. Problems are analyzed in terms of Conditioning Internship well as the more traditional political and
their effect on electrical controls and economic approaches.
mechanical systems. Combining academic credit with professional IAI: H2 902.
Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA experience, this internship allows students to (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
courses; consent of instructor. learn about, observe and work in the heating,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs ventilation and air conditioning field. Two
hundred forty hours are required for 3 credits. HIS 121 American History to 1865
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; This examination of American history reviews
HVA 230 Advanced HVAC Controls 6 semester hours from the heating, ventilation the major historical developments from the
This course introduces commercial building and air conditioning internship courses experiences of the indigenous peoples, the
heating and air conditioning systems. Proper (HVA297, HVA298, HVA299) may apply to the colonial regimes and nation building, through
calibration and troubleshooting procedures heating, ventilation and air conditioning the sectional crisis, and concludes with the
with pneumatic controls are emphasized. degree or certificates. Civil War. The course employs social and
Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA Prereq: All 100-level HVA courses; consent of cultural history, as well as the more traditional
courses; consent of instructor. instructor. political and economic approaches.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: S2 900.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
HVA 240 Introduction to Steam Systems
This course is designed to introduce the History (HIS) HIS 122 American History Since 1865
student to low pressure steam systems. The This examination of American history reviews
course covers the basics of boilers, HIS 101 World History to 1500 the major historical developments from the
combustion, water treatment, boiler experiences of Reconstruction and western
operations, piping and valves, and boiler safety. This course surveys the economic, social, conquest, the rise of industrial capitalism and
It is designed to lay the framework for the cultural and political history of global peoples American ascendance as a global power,
student to become a licensed stationary and cultures from ancient times to 1500, through the Cold War, and concludes with
engineer. paying particular attention to the ways in contemporary American society. The course
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs which discrete peoples conceived of and employs social and cultural history, as well as
organized themselves and their societies, as the more traditional political and economic
well as their regional relationships and approaches.
HVA 297 Heating, Ventilation and Air interactions with global communities. IAI: S2 901.
Conditioning Internship IAI: S2 912N. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Combining academic credit with professional (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
experience, this internship allows students to
HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial
learn about, observe and work in the heating, HIS 102 World History Since 1500
ventilation and air conditioning field. Eighty This course surveys the economic, social,
Period to the Present
hours are required for 1 credit. Repeatable to a cultural and political history of global peoples This examination of American history reviews
maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester and cultures from 1500 to the present, paying the formation of American culture from the
hours from the heating, ventilation and air particular attention to relationships and Colonial period to the present and the
conditioning internship courses (HVA297, interactions with global communities. interaction of American peoples with global
HVA298, HVA299) may apply to the heating, IAI: S2 913N. communities with special emphasis on the
ventilation and air conditioning degree or (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs topics of class, gender, race and ethnicity. The
certificates. course also focuses on religion, environmental,
Prereq: All 100-level HVA courses; consent of philosophical, scientific and other social
instructor. experiences that have shaped American
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs peoples.
IAI: H2 904.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
216 History
HIS 205 History of the Middle East HIS 290 Historiography and Methodology HSV 125 Counseling Theories
This course surveys the economic, social, This course introduces students to and Strategies
cultural and political history of the Middle historiography and the philosophy of history, This course is designed to provide students
Eastern peoples and nations from ancient as well as historical methodology including with the most current assessment of the
times to the present, paying particular interdisciplinary approaches. constructs, principles and techniques of major
attention to the ways in which Middle Eastern Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor. counseling theories. Special emphasis is placed
peoples conceived of and organized themselves (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs on application to an addicted population.
and their societies, as well as their regional (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
relationships and interactions with the global
community.
HIS 296 Special Topics/History
IAI: S2 918N. This course offers in-depth exploration of a HSV 140 Assessment and Treatment
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs special topic, issue or trend in the history field. of the Dual-Disordered Client
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
hours for different special topics; 6 semester This course explores the special needs of
HIS 215 History of China and Japan hours may apply to a degree or certificate. clients that are diagnosed with both a
This course surveys the economic, social, (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs substance abuse disorder and a psychiatric
cultural and political history of Chinese and disorder and provides students with an
Japanese peoples and nations from ancient understanding of the complexities of working
times to the present, paying particular with this population. For students and
attention to the ways in which the Chinese and Human Services (HSV) practitioners that wish to apply for the Mental
Japanese conceived of and organized Illness/Substance Abuse (MISA) registration
themselves and their societies, as well as their offered by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug
HSV 105 Survey of Human Services Abuse Professional Counseling Association
regional relationships and interactions with the
This course is designed to familiarize students (IAODAPCA), this course has been designed
global community.
with the field of human services. Topics to cover the training required for the MISA
IAI: S2 908N.
covered include basic communication, credential.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs interviewing and assessment techniques and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
diversity issues. Opportunities are provided to
HIS 225 History of Africa visit selected human services
agencies/organizations. HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the
This course surveys the economic, social,
cultural and political history of the African (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Addictive Process
peoples and nations from ancient times to the This course studies the behavioral and
present, paying particular attention to the ways HSV 110 Group Dynamics cognitive effects of psychoactive drugs - drugs
in which African peoples conceived of and that affect the brain and central nervous
Class discussion, lecture and individual
organized themselves and their societies, as system. The psychology and physiology of
observation are used to familiarize students
well as their regional relationships and addictive behavior; the use of drugs in treating
with the group process. Topics include the
interactions with the global community. psychiatric disorders; and the historical
various types of groups and the appropriate
IAI: S2 906N. background, pharmacology, psychological and
use of group communication techniques.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs physiological effects, medical uses and toxicity
Group projects and class exercises provide
of socially abused drugs are also explored.
opportunities for students to translate theory
Differences in the attitudes and behavior
HIS 235 Latin American History: Pre- into practice.
patterns of special populations are emphasized.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Columbian Period to the Present Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of
This introductory course surveys the historical instructor.
development of Latin America (Caribbean, HSV 115 Crisis Intervention (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Mexico, Central and South America) from Pre- This course is designed to familiarize students
Columbian times to the present. The focus is with a variety of crisis situations and HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I
on the different cultural and ethnic groups of appropriate intervention techniques.
This course is one of two devoted to the
these regions and how conquest, trade and Opportunity is provided for students to
specific methods and skills used in treating
revolution have shaped Latin American demonstrate intervention skills in simulated
chemically dependent persons and their
nations. Attention is also given to the history crisis situations.
families. Content includes the characteristics
of United States-Latin American relations and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
of an addictions counselor, federal and state
the history of Latinos in the U.S. confidentiality laws, legal and ethical issues of
IAI: S2 910N.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
HSV 120 Introduction to counseling, working with denial, structured
Substance Abuse assessment techniques, family-focused
treatment, working with DUI offenders, and
This course provides an overview of the
HIS 245 The Rise of Nazi Germany historical and cultural attitudes toward alcohol
counseling strategies.
This course surveys the German political scene Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of
and drug use, abuse and addiction. It probes instructor.
from unification in 1871 through the era of the disease concept of addiction and explores
Nazism. The role of Germany in World War I (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the physical, psychological and family impact
and the impact of the Treaty of Versailles on of the disease. Clinical methods of treatment,
the emergence of the national Socialist early intervention and prevention are
German Workers' party (NSDAP - Nazis) are introduced. Although designed for addictions
examined. In addition, the background and counseling students and human services
emergence of Nazi racial policies and the professionals, the course is also suitable for
consequences of their strict enforcement are individuals who desire to learn more about
analyzed. addiction.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Industrial Technology
217
HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II Humanities (HUM) IND 201 Independent Study
This course is one of two devoted to the The independent study course provides
specific methods and skills used in treating students with the opportunity to explore areas
dependent persons and their families. Content HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities of special interest that expand on their
includes selected state and federal regulations This is a broad course which introduces classroom studies or develop their knowledge
and standards; the significance of the family, students to a view of their inherited culture in a particular discipline. Repeatable to a
spirituality and education in counseling through the examination of literature, art, maximum of 8 semester hours; 4 semester
abusers; substance abuse and psychiatric music, architecture, philosophy, drama film hours of the independent study courses
conditions; and professional considerations for and religion. The emphasis is twofold: on (IND200, IND201) may apply to a degree or
the addictions counselor. cultural history and on the present. Materials certificate.
Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of are organized in terms of issues and ideas. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
instructor. IAI: HF 900. (0 lec/6 lab) 2 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
HSV 230 Human Services Seminar HUM 102 The Global Village Industrial
and Field Experience I This general humanities course introduces the
This course, designed to provide training and student to the literature, art, music, religion Technology (IDT)
familiarity in a human services setting, and film of several continents of the world. The
combines a supervised field experience with an emphasis is on a worldwide understanding of IDT 110 Introduction to
on-campus seminar. Students meet for three the humanities.
IAI: HF 904N. Industrial Maintenance
hours each week in a group seminar and spend
250 hours experiencing on-the-job training at a (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course introduces students to today's
human services agency. industrial environment, with emphasis on
Recommended Prereq: Completion of most manufacturing and production systems. Basic
HUM 201 Modern Culture and the Arts workplace concepts such as safety and law,
courses in the HSV degree and consent of This course provides experiences in
instructor. measuring techniques, and common
contemporary art forms in literature, music manufacturing methods are stressed. Students
(3 lec/20 lab) 5 sem hrs and graphics, and discussion of the forces gain hands-on experience with the tools and
influencing these arts in the 20th and 21st equipment commonly used to perform many
HSV 235 Human Services Seminar centuries. An investigation of the values of a service or maintenance operations. They are
and Field Experience II culture inundated by changing technology is also introduced to automated manufacturing
also included. and quality control.
This course provides a supervised field IAI: HF 903.
experience and seminar designed specifically (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
for addictions counseling students. Students
spend 250 hours in on-the-job training at an IDT 115 Motor Controls I
addictions counseling facility and meet in a HUM 296 Special Topics/Humanities This course covers the typical commercial and
weekly seminar for group supervision. This course offers in-depth exploration of a industrial uses of motors and motor control
Recommended Prereq: HSV220 or HSV225 special topic, issue or trend in the humanities circuits. Emphasis is placed on reading and
within the last five years and consent of field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester understanding logic and wiring schematics.
instructor. hours for different special topics; 6 semester Students spend lab time wiring control
(3 lec/20 lab) 5 sem hrs hours may apply to a degree or certificate. systems, from simple logic circuits to more
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs complicated relay and timer-based motor
HSV 240 Human Services Seminar controls.
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent
and Field Experience III
This course continues the addictions Independent Study (IND) enrollment or HVA100 or consent of
instructor.
counseling seminar and field experience. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Students spend an additional 250 hours IND 200 Independent Study
developing skills in on-the-job training, and
The independent study course provides IDT 120 Hydraulics
they attend a weekly seminar for group
students with the opportunity to explore areas This course introduces students to the field of
supervision.
of special interest that expand on their hydraulics. Students learn the basic laws that
Recommended Prereq: HSV235 and consent of
classroom studies or develop their knowledge govern the generation and transmission of
instructor.
in a particular discipline. Repeatable to a
(3 lec/20 lab) 5 sem hrs fluid power, the basic components of a
maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hydraulic system, and how those components
hours of the independent study courses work to form simple hydraulic circuits. Lab
HSV 296 Special Topics for Public/ (IND200, IND201) may apply to a degree or time is spent building and troubleshooting
Social Services certificate. common hydraulic circuits.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course offers in-depth exploration of a (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs
special topic, issue or trend in the public/social
services field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 IDT 125 Machine Repair
semester hours for different special topics; 6
semester hours may apply to a degree or This course gives students detailed hands-on
certificate. knowledge of belt/sheaves, bearings, gearing
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs and shaft alignment. Aspects of maintenance
and mechanical troubleshooting of mechanical
power transfer systems are also covered.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
218 Industrial Technology
IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes IDT 215 Motor Controls II IDT 260 Computer-Aided
This course is a dynamic survey of This course is a continuation of the study into Machining (CAM)
manufacturing methods and materials motor controls. Topics include various This is a study of the computer-aided
employed in the Fox Valley industrial sensors, semi-conductors, soft-start-stop manufacturing methodologies used by
community. Students learn the various controllers, variable speed drives and PLCs. industry to aid CNC programming of two axis
methods of product fabrication and the Lab time is spent wiring control circuits machining for both lathe and mill applications.
manufacturing processes for sound economic utilizing the above and programming variable Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
decision making in manufacturing and product frequency drives for specific purposes. hours (for different software versions); three
design. Topics include the interrelationship Recommended Prereq: IDT115 or consent of semester hours may apply to a degree or
among materials, their selection for use in instructor. certificate.
product design and processes, and how to (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: CAD102 and IDT160;
convert these materials into finished or concurrent enrollment.
components. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: IND 913.
IDT 218 Strength of Materials
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is a study of the stresses and
deformations in machine parts as a result of IDT 262 Intermediate CAD/CAM
dynamic loads and forces. This course This is a continuation of study in computer-
IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics requires extensive use of algebraic and aided manufacturing methodologies used by
This course introduces machine tool safety. trigonometric skills. industries to aid CNC programming of two
Topics also include production capabilities of Prereq: MTH112 or MTH131. and one-half and three axis machining for both
various machine tools, tooling, work-holding (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs lathe and mill applications. Repeatable to a
devices, machine procedures, controls and use maximum of 12 semester hours (for different
of standard measuring tools. Components of software versions); three semester hours may
the fundamentals of quality control procedures
IDT 220 Pneumatics
This course provides students with an apply to a degree or certificate.
and documentation are reviewed. Students Recommended Prereq: CAD200 and IDT260;
machine parts to tolerances of +/- .005" or overview of pneumatic systems. Topics
include cylinder sizing, load calculations, or consent of instructor.
better as required. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs system design, maintenance and
troubleshooting.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs IDT 264 Advanced CAD/CAM
IDT 134 Metrology This is an advanced study in computer-aided
This course is a study of the use of various manufacturing methodologies used by
measuring tools used in the metal working
IDT 230 Commercial Power
industry to aid CNC programming of fourth,
trades. Variable, attribute, mechanical, optical Distribution and Lighting fifth and freeform tool paths for the mill
SPC data collection devices, surface plates, and This course examines commercial and light applications. Repeatable to a maximum of
electrical measuring instruments are studied. industrial electrical power distribution systems eight semester hours (for different software
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs and end uses. Topics include lighting circuits, versions); two semester hours may apply to a
transformers, 3-phase distribution panels, and degree or certificate.
IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems typical single phase loads along with associated Recommended Prereq: IDT262 or consent of
wiring. instructor.
This course familiarizes students with typical Recommended Prereq: IDT115.
commercial building plumbing, piping and (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
mechanical systems.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs IDT 270 Materials of Industry
This course presents an introduction to the
IDT 160 Introduction to Computer types and uses of industrial materials. Topics
IDT 240 Programmable Controllers include the general classifications of materials:
Numerical Control This course deals with the fundamentals of ferrous metals, nonferrous metals, powdered
This course is an introduction to computer programmable logic controllers, programming metals, polymers, ceramics and composites.
numerical control (CNC) machine tools. basics of PLCs, troubleshooting, maintenance Emphasis is placed on the manufacture,
Topics include an introduction to CNC and system interconnections. Repeatable to a properties and applications of these materials
programming coding, set-up, tooling, maximum of twelve semester hours (for in industry. Other topics include forming and
operation, trouble shooting, and inspection of software version updates); three semester joining, corrosion, and failure modes.
piece part as per industry print standards. hours may apply toward a degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: CHM100; PHY111;
Students learn the basic principles and Recommended Prereq: IDT215 or consent of MTH111.
applications of numerically controlled instructor. IAI: IND 912 (under IAI review).
equipment and experience the set up and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
operation of CNC machines. After completing
this course, the student should be able to take a
CNC program set-up sheet, necessary tooling,
IDT 250 Commercial and IDT 280 Quality Management for Industry
and complete a set-up in two to three hours. Residential Wiring This course presents an introduction to
Recommended Prereq: CAD102 and IDT132; This course introduces students to basic quality. The concepts that are covered include
or consent of instructor. electrical terminology and principles along total quality management, continuous quality
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs with a working knowledge of tools and improvement, process improvement, problem
techniques used in the installation and solving, strategic quality planning, customer
maintenance of residential/commercial satisfaction, benchmarking, and cost of quality.
IDT 195 Blueprint Reading Other topics include statistical process control
electrical service and distribution. Select
This course is designed to provide students portions of the National Electrical Code are and quality information systems.
with experiences in reading and understanding studied. Recommended Prereq: MTH107 or BUS207;
mechanical drawings, illustrations and Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent MTH111.
diagrams. Students also make sketches and enrollment. IAI: IND 914 (under IAI review).
drawings necessary for the communication of (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
facts and ideas.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Intensive English-Basic
219
IDT 296 Special Topics for Industry Information and IEB 056 Listening/Speaking
This course offers in-depth exploration of a This course is designed for the non-native pre-
special topic, issue or trend in the industrial Communication beginning level student to develop basic
technology field. Topics might include listening and speaking skills needed for
vibration analysis; pump design, Technology (ICT) academic coursework and effective
troubleshooting and maintenance; failure communication in everyday situations.
analysis; industrial lighting systems; and Students participate in task-based listening
supervision and leadership in the maintenance
ICT 103 Information and activities which build comprehension note-
field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester Communication Technologies taking skills and test-taking strategies.
hours for different topics; 6 semester hours This course is designed to help students Speaking exercises provide students with
may apply to a degree or certificate. develop the computing and research skills authentic speaking opportunities to build
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs necessary for success in college courses. fluency, engage in thoughtful discussions and
Students learn how to use digital technology, express opinions competently. Repeatable to a
communications tools and networks to find, maximum of 16 semester hours.
IDT 297 Industrial Technology Internship Note: Intended for non-native adults.
access, manage, integrate, evaluate and create
Combining academic credit with professional information in order to function in Prereq: Program admission; placement
experience, this internship allows students to contemporary society. determined by assessment.
learn about, observe and work in the industrial (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Coreq: IEB055; IEB057; IEB058; IEB059.
technology field. Eighty hours are required for (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
1 credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
industrial technology internship courses Information Systems IEB 057 Grammar
(IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) may apply to a This course is designed for the non-native pre-
degree or certificate. See Computer Information Systems (CIS), Information beginning level student to develop a knowledge
Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of and Communication Technology (ICT), Microcomputer and use of English sentence structure and
instructor. Systems (MCS) and World Wide Web/Internet (WEB). grammar usage for academic coursework and
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs effective communication in everyday
situations. Students compose sentences and
IDT 298 Industrial Technology Internship Intensive progress to short paragraphs on related topics
using appropriate form and expression. Pair
Combining academic credit with professional
experience, this internship allows students to
English-Basic (IEB) and group work engage students in oral and
written activities using the target structures as
learn about, observe and work in the industrial NOTE: Placement in intensive English courses is they express opinions and negotiate solutions.
technology field. One hundred sixty hours are determined by scores on required assessment tests. Repeatable to a maximum of 16 semester
required for 2 credits. Repeatable to a hours.
maximum of 8 semester hours; 6 semester Note: Intended for non-native adults.
hours from the industrial technology IEB 055 Reading/Vocabulary
Prereq: Program admission; placement
internship courses (IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) This course is designed for the non-native pre-
determined by assessment.
may apply to a degree or certificate. beginning level student to develop basic
Coreq: IEB055; IEB056; IEB058; IEB059.
Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of reading and vocabulary skills needed for (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
instructor. academic coursework and everyday purposes.
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs Students become independent readers through
activities which promote comprehension, IEB 058 Writing
vocabulary usage and thoughtful discussion. This course is designed for the non-native pre-
Reading passages and audio/video programs beginning level student to develop basic
IDT 299 Industrial Technology Internship engage students in different cultural writing skills needed for academic coursework
Combining academic credit with professional viewpoints, issues for analysis and exposure to and everyday purposes. The writing process is
experience, this internship allows students to authentic language for appropriate expression incorporated as they begin with simple
learn about, observe and work in the industrial of opinions in speech and writing. Repeatable sentences and transition to paragraph writing.
technology field. Two hundred forty hours are to a maximum of 16 semester hours. Relevant grammar structures are introduced as
required for 3 credits. Repeatable to a Note: Intended for non-native adults. writing tools while students explore topics,
maximum of 12 semester hours; 6 semester Prereq: Program admission; placement thoughtfully compose and self-edit. Video
hours from the industrial technology determined by assessment. news broadcasts offer exposure to authentic
internship courses (IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) Coreq: IEB056; IEB057; IEB058; IEB059. language and follow-up activities reinforce
may apply to a degree or certificate. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs writing skills. Repeatable to a maximum of 16
Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of semester hours.
instructor. Note: Intended for non-native adults.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; placement
determined by assessment.
Coreq: IEB055; IEB056; IEB057; IEB059.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
220 Intensive English-Basic
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Interpreter Training
221
IEI 070 Reading/Vocabulary III IEI 074 Pronunciation III IDS 296 Special Topics for
This course is designed for the advanced level This course is designed for the advanced IEI Interdisciplinary Studies
IEI student to expand the skills of reading and student to address the important aspects of This course offers in-depth exploration of a
vocabulary usage needed for effective English pronunciation which commonly cause special topic, issue or trend in interdisciplinary
communication in a professional or academic difficulties in speech/communication. studies and may integrate two or more
setting. Students analyze classic and Individual, pair, and group activities help disciplines. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
contemporary works, participate in oral and students to discriminate between sounds, semester hours for different special topics; 6
written activities, and broaden their knowledge practice correct sounds, and correct target semester hours may apply to a degree or
of the American culture. Repeatable to a sounds based on Standard American English certificate.
maximum of 16 semester hours. guidelines. Student compare their (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
Note: Intended for non-native adults. pronunciation of words and phrases to that of
Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, native speakers in the same contexts.
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement Repeatable to a maximum of eight semester
determined by assessment. hours. Interpreter Training (ITP)
Coreq: IEI071; IEI072; IEI073; IEI074. Note: Intended for non-native adults.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, See also Sign Language (SGN).
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement
IEI 071 Listening/Speaking III determined by assessment. ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting
Coreq: IEI070; IEI071; IEI072; IEI073. This course is designed to provide an
This course is designed for the non-native (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
advanced student to develop native introduction to the profession of interpreting.
competency in listening and speaking skills for The course details the ethical and professional
academic, professional or everyday purposes. responsibilities of the interpreter, defines the
Students engage in focused listening and Interdisciplinary interpreting process, and presents terminology
common to the profession.
speaking activities while learning cultural
content about the United States. Oral and Studies (IDS) Prereq: Program admission; successful
listening tasks promote fluency in both formal completion of all SGN courses.
and informal English. Repeatable to a Coreq: ITP210; ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
IDS 110 Introduction to Women's Studies (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
maximum of 16 semester hours.
Note: Intended for non-native adults. This interdisciplinary course places women's
Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, experiences at the center of interpretation and ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement analysis to introduce basic concepts and
perspectives of feminism and Women's This course is designed to increase sign
determined by assessment. development for interpreters. Emphasis is
Coreq: IEI070; IEI072; IEI073; IEI074. Studies. Focusing on historical and
contemporary women's issues, the course given to the analysis of word meanings in
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs various contexts, correct fingerspelling, and
examines women's lives with an emphasis on
the ways in which gender, sexuality, class, the correct selection and production of sign
IEI 072 Grammar III caste, race, ethnicity, age, disability, ability, equivalents. Students are also introduced to
This course is designed for the advanced IEI nation, region and environment interact. the theory and history of transliterating as well
student to expand and develop more complex (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs as specific strategies to employ when voice to
grammar resources for effective sign transliterating.
communication in an academic or professional Prereq: Program admission; successful
IDS 120 Public History and completion of all SGN courses.
setting. Students learn and use advanced
English language structures appropriately in Historic Preservation Coreq: ITP200; ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
oral and written form. Idiomatic and special This course is designed to acquaint students (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
language expressions specific to American with professional opportunities in history
culture are practiced through pair, group, and related careers and covers the historic ITP 211 Transliterating I
class discussions and activities. Repeatable to a preservation movement, government policies, This course is designed to assist students in
maximum of 16 semester hours. and the cultural and social impact of developing the requisite skills necessary for
Note: Intended for non-native adults. preserving buildings and artifacts. It includes successful voice to sign transliterating. Course
Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066, the study of archives, records management, work focuses on sign productions, fluency,
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement public history, historic architecture and speed, conceptual sign choices, clarity, mouth
determined by assessment. renovation. movements, affect and the incorporation of
Coreq: IEI070; IEI071; IEI073; IEI074. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ASL principles. The course includes a review
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs of basic sign vocabulary and the introduction
IDS 210 Peace Studies and of additional specialized sign vocabulary.
IEI 073 Writing III Prereq: Program admission; successful
Conflict Resolution I completion of all SGN courses.
This course is designed for the advanced level This interdisciplinary course provides an
IEI student to develop the writing skills needed Coreq: ITP200; ITP210; ITP221; ITP231.
introduction to non-violent approaches to (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
for effective communication in an academic or personal, national and global conflicts.
professional setting. Students transition from Students explore historical, philosophical,
paragraph to essay development and write political, economic and psychological factors
narrative, comparison, cause and effect, and that often lead to violence and the non-violent
persuasive compositions. All writings are alternatives for a more equitable, just and
based on readings, discussions, research, and peaceful world.
personal experience. Repeatable to a (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
maximum of 16 semester hours.
Note: Intended for non-native adults.
Prereq: Program admission; IEI065, IEI066,
IEI067, IEI068, and IEI069, or placement
determined by assessment.
Coreq: IEI070; IEI071; IEI072; IEI074.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
222 Interpreter Training
ITP 212 Transliterating II ITP 231 Sign to Voice I Legal Interpreting (LGI)
This course is designed to assist students in Sign to Voice I is designed to assist students in
developing advanced voice to sign developing the requisite skills for successful
transliterating skills with a focus on expanding sign to voice interpreting. This course focuses LGI 100 Introduction to Legal Interpreting
technical sign vocabulary and increasing speed on improving receptive skills, developing Introduction to Legal Interpreting examines in
and conceptual accuracy. Students are also appropriate ethical/professional behavior and detail the ethics and professional conduct
introduced to the process of technical utilizing public speaking techniques. The required of legal interpreters. Students are also
development and sign standardization. course provides extensive practice with provided an overview of the United States
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; consecutive and simultaneous voice judicial system and appropriate modes of
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231. interpreting. interpreting in the legal setting.
Coreq: ITP222; ITP223; ITP230; ITP232. Prereq: Program admission; successful (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs completion of all SGN courses.
Coreq: ITP200; ITP210; ITP211; ITP221.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs LGI 105 Legal System and Terminology
ITP 221 Interpreting I Legal System and Terminology examines the
This course is designed to familiarize students United States judicial system including the
with techniques of consecutive and ITP 232 Sign to Voice II criminal, juvenile and civil courts; provides
simultaneous interpreting. It includes a Sign to Voice II is designed to assist students in extensive practice with specialized legal
systematic review of basic differences in the developing advanced voicing skills. This terminology in both English and Spanish; and
grammatical structure and rules of American course focuses on improving concentration reviews the English language skills needed for
sign language and spoken English. and listening, giving feedback on interpreting including vocabulary, synonyms,
Prereq: Program admission; successful performances, working as a member of a antonyms and idioms.
completion of all SGN courses. voicing team, and preparing for formal sign to Prereq: Program admission; native or near-
Coreq: ITP200; ITP210; ITP211; ITP231. voice interpreting presentations. native fluency in Spanish and English;
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; English/Spanish assessment.
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Coreq: ITP212; ITP222; ITP223; ITP230.
ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
The goal of this course is to familiarize LGI 110 Legal Interpreting: Simultaneous,
students with the role of the interpreter in a Consecutive and Sight
wide variety of specialized settings. The course ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner
Legal Interpreting: Simultaneous, Consecutive
explores the protocol for working with oral and This course is designed to teach students how and Sight provides the student with structured
deaf-blind consumers, specialized sign to apply their sign skills and knowledge of the practice in the three modes of legal
vocabulary for 12-step programs, and interpreting role in a variety of real-life interpreting. This class prepares students to
techniques for artistic interpreting. The course situations. As they are completing their field successfully meet the performance outcomes
also promotes the development of both experiences, students are asked to share of the Consortium for State Court Interpreter
interpreting and transliterating skills through experiences from their respective sites and Certification.
vocabulary expansion in ASL and English. formulate responses that reflect appropriate Prereq: Program admission.
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; professional conduct and are in accordance (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231. with the Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf,
Coreq: ITP212; ITP223; ITP230; ITP232. Code of Professional Conduct. In addition,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs students explore the role and responsibilities of LGI 290 Legal Interpreting Seminar
the interpreter in three specialized areas: and Field Experience
traffic court, a medical office visit and a mental
ITP 223 Interpreting II health interview. The protocol for working
This course provides a capstone experience for
This course is designed to provide students legal interpreting students. It combines 80
with a deaf interpreter is also discussed. hours of on-the-job experience in the legal
with an opportunity to develop more advanced Prereq: Program admission; successful
skills in simultaneous interpreting and interpreting setting with two on-campus
completion of all other ITP courses; seminar hours per week. Seminar topics
discourse analysis. demonstrated proficiency per the ITP
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; include field experience discussion and
guidelines. problem solving, self-assessment of
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Coreq: ITP212; ITP222; ITP230; ITP232. interpreting abilities, and cultural differences.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; successful
completion of all other program courses or
ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting
Japanese (JPN) concurrent enrollment.
(2 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is an online introduction to the
nature, techniques and implications of JPN 101 Elementary Japanese I
interpreting in the educational, medical, This course presents an introduction to
religious, mental health and legal settings. modern Japanese including pronunciation,
Library and Information
Students also prepare for the written and
performance portions of the national
useful expressions, speech patterns, listening,
reading, and writing.
Studies (LIB)
certification evaluation and begin field (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
experience. LIB 100 Library as Place
Prereq: Program admission; ITP200; ITP210; Library as Place exposes students to the
ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
JPN 102 Elementary Japanese II
This course is a continuation of JPN101 with dynamic, diverse, and global role of libraries
Coreq: ITP212; ITP222; ITP223; ITP232. and library staff. The relationship between the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs emphasis on increased accuracy in listening,
speaking skills, reading and writing. library and its community, the major
Recommended Prereq: JPN101. challenges faced by library staff, the impact of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs technology on libraries, and the importance of
library values, ethics, and professionalism are
explored.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Management
223
LIB 105 Introduction to LIB 200 Reader's Advisory and LIB 296 Special Topics in Library
Technical Services Adult Programming and Information Studies
Introduction to Technical Services presents the The Reader's Advisory and Adult This course offers in-depth exploration of a
principles, practices, and technologies used for Programming course focuses on strategies for special topic, issue or trend in the library and
acquiring, organizing and maintaining library promoting library adult book and media information studies field. Repeatable to a
collections. collections. Students learn how to identify maximum of 12 semester hours for different
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs book, music, and film genres; use specialized special topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a
library resources to match materials to users' degree or certificate.
interests; and conduct advisory interviews to (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
LIB 110 Technology in Libraries discover users' preferences. Planning and
This hands-on course introduces students to presenting library programs for adults are also
the types of software, equipment, and multi- covered.
media materials used in libraries. The course (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Management (MGT)
reviews current technology, potential See also Industrial/Organizational Psychology
applications for the library, and the operation
of equipment. LIB 205 Pre-Teens and Teens (PSY 245).
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs in the Library
Pre-Teens and Teens in the Library focuses on MGT 200 Principles of Management
LIB 115 Public Services the developmental stages of adolescence, the This course introduces management practices
This course surveys library public services, unique information needs of pre-teen and and theories with an emphasis on planning,
with a focus on the service aspects of teenage library users, and the rewards of organizing, leading, controlling, and the ethical
circulation, interlibrary loan, reserves, working with this age group. Identifying pre- implications of management practices. A
reference and research, and library Web sites. teen and young adult resources and developing comprehensive perspective on the application
Emphasizing the centrality of public service to programs that encourage young people to feel of management techniques within all types of
library work, students explore the philosophy, comfortable in a library are also emphasized. organizations is presented.
policies, and procedures of each service area (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
and discover how individual departmental (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
services intersect in the comprehensive model LIB 210 The School Library Media Center
of library service. This course focuses on the role of the Library MGT 205 Office Management
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Technical Assistant (LTA) in the management A study of management in the modern office
of school library/media center programs with emphasis on office design, work flow, job
LIB 120 Reference and (preK-12). Students in this class study how an evaluation procedures, personnel practices,
LTA assists in the daily management of the automation and computer-based office
Research Strategies school library media center, with an emphasis information.
Reference and Research Strategies provides on technology, programming, and collection (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
hands-on training in the use of print and Web- maintenance.
based tools to provide quality reference (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
services to the public. Students learn reference MGT 210 Supervisory Management
interview skills and advanced database- This course reflects the duties, responsibilities
searching skills, as well as how to assess LIB 240 Seminar of Current Library Issues and challenges of effective supervision.
information for quality and match information This seminar explores the ethical and legal Emphasis is placed on human relations skills,
to a user's need. issues related to information use and communication, leadership, conflict, and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs dissemination in libraries and society. employee development and motivation.
Specifically, some of issues to be discussed are (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the library profession's stance on intellectual
LIB 125 Library Collections freedom and censorship along with
and the Community considerations of the ethical and legal theories
MGT 215 Human Resource Management
Exploring the ways that community of information; professional ethics and law; An organizational overview relating to
demographics, preferences, and needs copyright and intellectual property; and personnel in business. Emphasis is placed on
influence the development of library security and privacy issues. behavioral theory and practical analytical
collections, this course addresses such topics (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs techniques as it relates to job design,
as assessing and responding to community performance evaluation techniques,
expectations; establishing collection management-labor relations, current
LIB 250 Library Technical employment law, wage and salary
development criteria; selecting relevant
materials in a variety of media; balancing Assistant Practicum administration, training programs and
digital and print formats; confronting In this capstone course, students apply the everyday issues in the workplace.
censorship and supporting intellectual theory and knowledge of their coursework to Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
freedom; and matching library users' interests the library workplace. The 75-hour supervised (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
to appropriate materials. practicum provides students with the
Recommended Prereq: LTA 100. opportunity to observe library staff at all levels MGT 230 Labor Relations
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and to participate in the tasks commonly This course is a study of union-management
performed by Library Technical Assistants. relations and the transactions between the two.
Throughout the semester, students meet for The course focuses on negotiations and
eight, two-hour seminar sessions to share and administration of labor agreements with
evaluate their practicum experiences, integrate emphasis on the development and application
learned theory with observed workplace of the more significant bargaining issues.
practice, and prepare for the employment Recommended Prereq: MGT215.
search. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Consent of Instructor.
(1 lec/5 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
224 Management
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Mathematics
225
MCM 211 Introduction to MCM 245 Mass Media Ethics and Laws MCM 298 Radio/TV/Internet/Film
Radio Production This course examines the legal and judicial Internship
This course provides learning experiences in systems, governing legislation, and significant Combining academic credit with professional
audio production techniques and the operation historical/contemporary issues that influence experience, this internship allows students to
of related equipment and systems. Topics such various industries and consumers of mass learn about, observe and work in the mass
as basic radio production protocol, communication. Special emphasis is given to communication field, including various facets
terminology, script writing, editing, producing first amendment rights, libel and invasion of of television, film or radio production. The
commercial/PSA announcements and privacy, protection of news sources, free press, learning objectives are relative to the nature of
newscasting in a studio setting are emphasized. and copyright legislation and court rulings. the business of the site to which the student is
Prereq: MCM130. Recommended Prereq: MCM130. assigned or selects. Acquired skills may
IAI: MC 915. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs include: live multi-camera video production,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs field camera work, graphic design preparation,
MCM 280 Mass Communication tape duplications, non-linear audio and video
editing, promotions and marketing. One
MCM 215 Basic News Writing Capstone: The Business, hundred sixty hours are required for 2 credits.
This course introduces students to the basic Media and Careers of Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours;
elements of clear, concise, accurate and TV/Internet/Radio/Film 6 semester hours from the mass
balanced news writing. Students learn the communication internship courses (MCM297,
techniques of news gathering, reporting, and This course provides students with a deeper
understanding of the broadcasting industries— MCM298, MCM299) may apply to the mass
interviewing as well as important differences communication degree.
between straight news stories, features, the business and economic structures, current
and developing media technologies of Prereq: MCM140; consent of instructor.
opinion pieces and various other types of news (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
articles. Additionally, the course includes acquisition and transmission and the career
discussion of ethical issues facing the press and opportunities within each. Students also focus
laws governing journalists. on formats, ratings, programming, MCM 299 Radio/TV/Internet/Film
IAI: MC 919. state/federal regulations, digital transmission Internship
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and video streaming. Hands-on practical
information and skills assist students in the Combining academic credit with professional
creation of resumes and audition materials. experience, this internship allows students to
MCM 221 Basic News Editing Recommended Prereq: MCM130 and three of learn about, observe and work in the mass
This course introduces students to the the following MCM production courses: communication field, including various facets
principles and techniques of electronic editing, MCM140, MCM221, MCM240, MCM243. of television, film or radio production. The
information management and publication Prereq: Consent of instructor. learning objectives are relative to the nature of
design. Editing of body copy, editing of display (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs the business of the site to which the student is
type for clarity and impact, and editing of news assigned or selects. Acquired skills may include
stories and headlines are emphasized. live multi-camera video production, field
MCM 296 Special Topics/Mass camera work, graphic design preparation, tape
Recommended Prereq: MCM215.
IAI: MC 920. Communication duplications, non-linear audio and video
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course offers in-depth exploration of a editing, promotions and marketing. Two
special topic, issue or trend in the mass hundred forty hours are required for 3 credits.
communication field. Topics might include Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours;
MCM 240 Television and current events, film genre, specialized 6 semester hours from the mass
Media Production II film/television projects, and more in-depth communication internship courses (MCM297,
analyses of industry trends. MCM298, MCM299) may apply to the mass
This course provides more advanced multi-
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester communication degree.
camera studio television and media production
hours for different topics; 6 semester hours Prereq: MCM140; consent of instructor.
experience with an emphasis toward live-on-
tape/live-broadcast situations. Students may apply to a degree or certificate. (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
assume production roles both in the control (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
room and studio setting. Pre- and post-
production, scripting, graphics set design and MCM 297 Radio/TV/Internet/Film
lighting, system process engineering, and
videotape editing skills are also emphasized. Internship Mathematics (MTH)
Recommended Prereq: MCM140 or consent of Combining academic credit with professional NOTE: Placement in mathematics courses is
instructor. experience, this internship allows students to determined by scores on required assessment tests or
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs learn about, observe and work in the mass ACT scores. The geometry requirement may be met by
communication field, including various facets verification of successful completion of high school
of television, film or radio production. The geometry. To request a review of your high school
MCM 243 Film Production learning objectives are relative to the nature of
This course provides more advanced field transcript to verify your ACT scores and geometry
the business of the site to which the student is
television and film production experience with assigned or selects. Acquired skills may completion, email mathplacement@waubonsee.edu.
an emphasis toward single-camera electronic include: live multi-camera video production,
field production (EFP) and electronic news field camera work, graphic design preparation, MTH 050 Basic Mathematical Skills
gathering (ENG). Students assume production tape duplications, non-linear audio and video
roles as producers, directors, camera This course is a review of the structure and
editing, promotions and marketing. Eighty applications of arithmetic. Topics covered
operators, and video editors. Pre- and post- hours are required for 1 credit. Repeatable to a
production, scripting, graphics, lighting, legal include numbers and numerals, addition,
maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester subtraction, multiplication, division, rational
requirements and non-linear video editing hours from the mass communication
skills are emphasized. numbers, ratios, proportions and percents.
internship courses (MCM297, MCM298, Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
Recommended Prereq: MCM140 or consent of MCM299) may apply to the mass
instructor. hours; does not apply to a degree or certificate.
communication degree. (0 or 3 lec/0 or 6 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: MCM140; consent of instructor.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
226 Mathematics
MTH 060 Elementary Algebra MTH 103 Elementary Technical MTH 113 Technical Mathematics
This course in beginning algebra covers Mathematics This course introduces algebra, trigonometry
algebraic expressions, equations, inequalities, This course, intended primarily for those and problem-solving techniques as they apply
problem solving, graphing, polynomials, students majoring in the technical-vocational to technical/occupational programs of study
factoring, rational expressions and rational areas, includes an elementary review and and careers. Topics include: algebraic concepts
equations. Repeatable to a maximum of 16 survey of arithmetical operations, common and operations, geometry, functions and
semester hours; does not apply to a degree or fractions, fundamentals of algebra, graphs, the trigonometric functions, linear
certificate. mensuration formulas and geometry. equations and determinants, factoring and
Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement fractions, quadratic equations, right triangle
by assessment. determined by assessment. trigonometry, vectors, exponents and radicals.
(0 or 4 lec/0 or 8 lab) 4 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Significant emphasis is placed on the use of a
graphing calculator to master course content
and solve applied problems.
MTH 070 Intermediate Algebra MTH 104 Business Mathematics Prereq: MTH060 or MTH103 or placement
This course in intermediate algebra covers Students apply mathematics to business determined by assessment.
functions, systems of linear equations, problems through the following topics: cash (5 lec/0 lab) 5 sem hrs
inequalities, exponents and radicals, quadratic and trade discounts commission, markup,
equations, and exponential and logarithmic simple interest, discounting commercial paper,
functions. Repeatable to a maximum of 16 MTH 131 Calculus With
payroll records, taxes, depreciation, financial
semester hours; does not apply to a degree or statements, insurance, bonds and annuities. Analytic Geometry I
certificate. Students may use their own electronic, hand- This first course in calculus and analytic
Prereq: C or better in MTH060 or placement held calculators. geometry covers inequalities, limits and
by assessment. Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement continuity; definition of derivative, rate of
(0 or 4 lec/0 or 8 lab) 4 sem hrs determined by assessment. change, slope, derivatives of polynomials,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs rational and trigonometric functions; chain
MTH 075 Elementary Geometry rule; implicit differentiation, approximation by
differentials; higher order derivatives, Rolles
This elementary geometry course covers the MTH 107 Basic Statistics Theorem, Mean Value Theorem, applications
language of geometry, similarity, congruence, This course is designed to assist the student in
properties of points, lines, triangles, of derivatives, introduction to antiderivatives
the understanding and use of numerical data. and definite integrals, the fundamental
rectangles, parallelograms, squares, trapezoids, Topics covered include descriptive methods,
other quadrilaterals, circles, volumes, surface theorem of calculus, areas and numerical
probability, probability distributions, statistical integration.
areas, spheres, cylinders, cones and other inference, confidence intervals, tests of
solids. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 Prereq: C or better in MTH111 and MTH112;
hypotheses, and correlation and regression. or placement determined by assessment.
semester hours; does not apply to a degree or Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075;
certificate. IAI: M1 900-1, MTH 901.
or placement determined by assessment. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
Prereq: C or better in MTH060 or placement IAI: M1 902.
by assessment. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MTH 132 Calculus With
MTH 111 College Algebra Analytic Geometry II
MTH 101 College Mathematics This second course in calculus and analytic
This course is designed to provide the student
This course in mathematics is designed to with basic algebraic concepts necessary to geometry is a continuation of MTH131. Topics
satisfy the general education requirement at continue in other mathematics courses. Topics covered include exponential and logarithmic
the university level. The emphasis of the course include: real numbers, complex numbers, functions, calculus of trigonometric functions,
is on understanding logical arguments, doing solutions of inequalities and equations, volumes and other applications of integration,
abstract thinking and solving verbal problems. coordinate systems, functions, polynomials, formal integration techniques, indeterminate
Topics covered include logical statements and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic forms, L'Hopitals rule, improper integrals,
arguments, geometry in problem solving, functions, graphing and transformations of sequences and series, convergence tests,
estimation, approximation, judging functions, and systems of equations. Taylor's formula, Taylor and Maclaurin series.
reasonableness of answers, problem solving Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075; Prereq: C or better in MTH131.
and statistics. or placement determined by assessment. IAI: M1 900-2, MTH 902.
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075; (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
or placement determined by assessment.
IAI: M1 901. MTH 141 Scientific Programming I
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry
This course in trigonometry of the plane This course is designed to provide the student
concentrates on trigonometric functions and an introduction to the use of computer
MTH 102 Applied Practical Math programming in problem analysis and problem
their applications. Topics covered include the
This course is designed to help students trigonometric functions, solution of right solving by highlighting applications in
develop mathematical reasoning and real- triangles, radian measure, fundamental mathematics and the Fortran language. The
world problem solving skills. Topics covered identities, angular measure, graphs, course emphasizes the use of Fortran grammar,
include applications of geometry, counting logarithms, functions of composite angles, syntax, control structure, and mathematics
techniques with probability, statistics, oblique triangles, trigonometric equations, applications such as the use of arrays, slope
mathematics of finance and the nature of inverse trigonometric functions, and complex and arc lengths, estimation of models and data
problem solving. Graphing calculators are numbers, including powers and roots. types.
utilized in the investigation of these topics. Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075; Prereq: MTH131 or MTH211.
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075 or placement determined by assessment. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
or placement by assessment. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: M1 904 (under IAI review).
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Medical Assistant
227
MTH 201 Mathematics for MTH 233 Calculus With MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I
Elementary Teachers I Analytic Geometry III This course is designed to instruct the medical
This first course in mathematics for This third course in calculus and analytic assistant student in the routine clinical
elementary education majors follows the geometry is a continuation of MTH132. Topics procedures of the medical office. Students are
curriculum standards of the National Council include conic sections, plane curves, taught OSHA regulations and the use of
of Teachers of Mathematics. Topics include: parametric equations and polar coordinates, Standard Precautions in the medical office.
problem-solving strategies, patterns and vectors, vector functions, multivariate Proficiency is obtained in taking vital signs,
sequences, set theory, numeration systems, functions, partial derivatives, differentials, collecting patient information and
number theory, and operations with whole directional derivatives, gradients, double and documentation. The student is taught body
numbers, integers, rational numbers, and real triple integrals, evaluation and applications. positions for examinations, methods of
numbers. Emphasis is on math content and Prereq: C or better in MTH132. examination and aseptic technique, and are
manipulatives used to teach mathematics in IAI: M1 900-3, MTH 903. introduced to venipuncture in order to assist
grades K-8. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs the primary health care provider in the medical
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 and MTH075, setting.
or placement determined by assessment. Prereq: Program admission; ability to read at
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MTH 236 Introduction to Linear Algebra the 10th grade level or higher and perform
This course covers basic concepts and required math skills as determined by
techniques of matrix theory and linear algebra. assessment testing; BIO260; HIT105 or
MTH 202 Mathematics for It includes systems of linear equations, HIT110.
Elementary Teachers II operations with matrices, inverses, (1.5 lec/2 lab) 2.5 sem hrs
This second course in mathematics for determinants, vector spaces, inner product
elementary education majors follows the spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues and MLA 172 Medical Assistant Clinical II
curriculum standards of the National Council eigenvectors. Numerical iterative methods are
discussed and formal proof constructions are This course instructs the student in
of Teachers of Mathematics. Topics include: performing the more advanced and invasive
probability, statistics, geometry, measurement, stressed.
Prereq: C or better in MTH233. procedures that are required of the medical
and linear equations. Emphasis is on math assistant. The student is taught techniques of
content and manipulatives used to teach IAI: MTH 911.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs specimen collection, basic 12-lead
mathematics in grades K-8. electrocardiography (ECG), principles of
Prereq: C or better in MTH201. medication administration, and the proper use
IAI: M1 903. MTH 240 Differential Equations and application of assistive devices. This
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course covers linear equations of the first course emphasizes reinforcing basic patient
order linear equations with constant care instruction to encompass all phases of the
MTH 210 Finite Mathematics coefficients; the general linear equations; life cycle and special patient needs.
This course is intended for students in variation of parameters; undetermined Prereq: Program admission; MLA210.
business, economics, or social and life sciences coefficients; linear independence; the (1.5 lec/2 lab) 2.5 sem hrs
with applications from these fields. Topics Wronskian; exact equations; separation of
covered include vectors, determinants, variables; applications; solutions of Laplace MLA 210 Laboratory Procedures
matrices, systems of inequalities, linear transforms; solution by power series and
partial differential equations. for the Medical Assistant
programming, simplex method, logic and
Boolean algebra, sets and counting, probability Prereq: C or better in MTH233. This course introduces the student to basic
theory, stochastic processes, Markov processes IAI: MTH 912. techniques for performing routine laboratory
and the mathematics of finance. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs tests done in the medical office. These include
Prereq: C or better in MTH111 or placement phlebotomy skills and the physical, chemical
determined by assessment. and microscopic examination of urine and
blood, as well as understanding the
IAI: M1 906.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Medical Assistant (MLA) implications of normal and abnormal results.
The proper collection, handling and labeling of
MLA 150 Basic Administrative urine and blood specimens, agglutination and
MTH 211 Calculus for Business coagulation tests, and an introduction to
Procedures for the microbiology are also covered. The student
and Social Science
This course presents an elementary treatment Medical Assistant continues to observe all OSHA and
of topics from differential and integral A patient-centered approach is used in this bloodborne pathogen standards.
calculus. It is intended primarily for students course that introduces the student to Prereq: Program admission; MLA171.
in the fields of business and social science. administrative medical assisting competencies (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: C or better in MTH111 or placement utilized in the health care setting. Students
determined by assessment. receive CPR and First Aid certification. MLA 220 Pharmacology for the
IAI: M1 900-B. Students are taught fundamental triage skills,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs techniques of patient instruction, and basic Medical Assistant
clerical duties such as maintaining patient This course examines how drugs are processed
records, scheduling appointments and and utilized in the body, and medication
procedures, processing telephone calls, and classification and administration. Therapeutic
handling finances for a medical practice. and adverse effects of drugs are considered.
Recommended Prereq: AOS115 and HIT105; or Patient education related to drug therapy is
concurrent enrollment. emphasized. A component of mathematics
(2.5 lec/1 lab) 3 sem hrs utilizing metric and apothecary systems to
calculate the dosage of medications is included.
Prereq: Program admission; HIT105 or
HIT110; BIO260 or concurrent enrollment.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
228 Medical Assistant
MLA 230 Medical Law and Ethics MCS 131 Intermediate Word Processing MCS 151 Comprehensive
This course addresses medical ethics, moral Students increase their basic skills in using Database Management
principles, state health care provider practice word processing software. Applications include This comprehensive course focuses on
acts, legal responsibilities, liability, HIPAA file management, headers/footers, pagination, understanding relational database
regulations and civic duties of the health care outlines, bullets and numbering, table of management software on microcomputer
professional. contents, index, footnotes/endnotes, merge, systems. Students design, build and maintain
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs labels, envelopes and master document relational databases while learning to integrate
features. Repeatable to a maximum of four databases with other software. Also included is
semester hours (for different word processing an introduction to concepts of programming
MLA 298 Medical Assistant Externship software); one semester hour may apply to a
Combining academic credit with professional language for database applications with
degree or certificate. emphasis on the fundamentals of event-driven
experience, this externship allows students to Recommended Prereq: AOS100 or minimum of
learn about, observe and work in the medical programming techniques. Repeatable to a
30 wpm keyboarding skill and MCS130 or maximum of nine semester hours for different
assistant field. It provides students with 160 basic knowledge of word processing.
hours of on-site experience in the role of database management software packages;
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs three semester hours may apply to a degree or
medical assistant. Students are assigned to an
area physician's office, clinic or outpatient certificate.
facility to participate in both the administrative MCS 140 Introduction to Note: Students will not receive credit toward a
degree or certificate for both MCS151 and
and clinical areas of the practice, and observe Electronic Spreadsheet MCS150.
various health care personnel perform tasks This introductory electronic spreadsheet
and duties. The student does not receive Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
course emphasizes creating, modifying, (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
remuneration or payment for this learning designing and manipulating spreadsheet
experience. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 models and charts. Database concepts of
semester hours on a space available basis; 2 spreadsheet software and working with MCS 175 Electronic Presentations
semester hours may apply to the medical multiple workbooks are introduced. for Business
assistant certificate. Repeatable to a maximum of 4.5 semester
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in This course is an introduction to designing,
hours for different spreadsheet packages; 1.5 preparing and delivering electronic business
MLA courses, HIT115 and HIT130; semester hours may apply to a degree or
recommendation of instructor. presentations using presentation graphics
certificate. software. Speaker support materials such as
(.5 lec/9.5 lab) 2 sem hrs Note: Students will not receive credit toward a overheads, transparencies, slides, audience
degree or certificate for both MCS140 and handouts, and slide shows are prepared.
MCS141. Repeatable to a maximum of eight semester
Microcomputer Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
hours for different presentation graphics
packages; two semester hours may apply to a
Systems (MCS) degree or certificate.
See also Computer Information Systems (CIS), MCS 141 Comprehensive Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
Recommended Coreq: AOS100.
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and Electronic Spreadsheet (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
World Wide Web/Internet (WEB). This electronic spreadsheet course emphasizes
designing, formatting, and modifying
worksheet models and charts. Included are MCS 190 IC3 Exam Preparation
MCS 120 Introduction to Windows
integration features of charting, word Students review and prepare to take the IC3
This introduction to a graphical interface processing, database and macros. Repeatable Certification Exams to demonstrate computer
software package emphasizes the Windows to a maximum of nine semester hours for and Internet literacy. The three certification
Vista environment, manipulation of taskbar, different spreadsheet packages; three semester exams are: Computing Fundamentals, Key
file maintenance and folder manipulation. hours may apply to a degree or certificate. Applications (word processing and
Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester hours Note: Students will not receive credit toward a spreadsheets), and Living Online (Internet).
for different environments; 1 semester hour degree or certificate for both MCS141 and Repeatable to a maximum of four semester
may apply to a degree or certificate. MCS140. hours; one semester hour may apply to a
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MCS120. degree or certificate.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: AOS100; AOS110 or
MCS 130 Beginning Word Processing CIS110; AOS210.
This course is designed to meet today's (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
MCS 150 Introduction to
business needs for basic computer applications Database Management
in word processing. It is a hands-on MCS 200 Advanced Windows
introduction to a popular word processing This beginning course uses relational
management software on microcomputer This in-depth examination of Microsoft
software program whose basic functions Windows gives students the opportunity to
include: creating, editing, file management, systems. Students design, build and maintain
relational databases while learning to integrate increase their working knowledge of the
spell check, thesaurus, format, move, copy, operating system, including such areas as the
find/replace and print. Repeatable to a databases with other software applications.
Repeatable to a maximum of 4.5 semester registry, the command line, OLE and
maximum of four semester hours (for different optimization of the hard disk. Repeatable to a
word processing software); one semester hour hours for different database management
software packages; 1.5 semester hours may maximum of eight semester hours; two
may apply to a degree or certificate. semester hours may apply to a degree or
Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding skills; apply to a degree or certificate.
Note: Students will not receive credit toward a certificate.
MCS120 or concurrent enrollment. Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs degree or certificate for both MCS150 and
MCS151. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: MCS120.
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Music
229
MCS 230 Advanced Word Processing MSC 202 Leadership in MUS 120 Basic Elements of Music
Students increase their knowledge and Changing Environments This introductory course is designed to
expertise using the advanced features of word This course examines the challenges of leading develop the knowledge and understanding of
processing software. Applications include in complex contemporary operational environ- the basic elements of music (sound, rhythm,
macros, tables, math, sort, fonts, columns, form, etc.) through the application of such
styles, import documents, graphics, symbols, ments. The cross-cultural dimensions of lead- elements in creative work. Students with no
and an introduction to using a word processing ership in a constantly changing world are high- prior background are introduced to notation,
program for desktop publishing. Repeatable to lighted and applied to practical Army leader- music reading, scales, chords and the piano
a maximum of four semester hours (for ship tasks and situations. As students practice keyboard. Computer-assisted instruction of
different word processing software); one communication and team building skills, case these elements is also included.
semester hour may apply to a degree or studies offer insight into the importance and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
certificate. practice of teamwork and tactics in real world
Recommended Prereq: MCS131 or consent of
instructor. scenarios. MUS 121 Theory of Music I
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs This course presents a study in the technical
aspects of music including scales, chords,
melody, harmony, notation and the musical
results of their interrelationships. The student
Military Science (MSC) Music (MUS) gains an understanding of compositional
See ROTC Transfer Option in the Career Connections techniques through the analysis of music and
MUS 100 Music: The Art of Listening individual creative projects. Keyboard skills
section of this catalog. and ear training are also included.
This course enhances the student's
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
understanding and enjoyment of music. By
MSC 101 Leadership and listening to a variety of music such as
appropriate course placement.
Personal Development Recommended Prereq: MUS120.
orchestral, jazz and folk, the student gains
insight into the works of composers through
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
This course introduces students to the
personal challenges and competencies that are periods of musical development. Music of
critical for effective leadership. Students learn other world cultures is also examined. MUS 123 Theory of Music II
how the personal development of life skills-- IAI: F1 900. This course is a continuation of MUS121
such as goal setting, stress management, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs including the application of seventh chords,
physical fitness and time management--relate modulation and compositional form.
to leadership, officership and the Army MUS 101 Musics of the World Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
profession. In addition, the course emphasizes appropriate course placement.
developing a basic knowledge and This course provides an introduction to music
Recommended Prereq: MUS120; MUS 121.
comprehension of Army Leadership in various parts of the world with emphasis
Coreq: MUS124.
Dimensions, while gaining a larger placed on the way in which music functions
within each society. The music and cultures of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
understanding of the ROTC program, its
purpose in the Army, and its advantages for the South America, India, Southeast Asia and
college student. China are presented. MUS 124 Aural Skills II:
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs IAI: F1 903N. Developing the Musical Ear
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is a continuation of aural skills
MSC 102 Foundations in Leadership developed in MUS121. Aural identification of
MUS 102 Music in America intervals, scales and chord qualities are
This course provides an overview of leadership emphasized. Pitch and rhythm drills are
fundamentals including problem solving, goal This course is an overview of America's rich
and diverse musical heritage from Colonial included to aid in the development of notation
setting, listening skills presentation skills, skills.
feedback techniques, and effective writing times to the present. Jazz, rock, folk and
country, as well as music for the concert hall, Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
skills. Students use practical, hands-on, appropriate course placement.
interactive exercises to explore the dimensions stage and screen are explored.
IAI: F1 904. Recommended Prereq: MUS121.
of leadership values attributes, skills, and Coreq: MUS123.
actions. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
MUS 105 Opera Appreciation
The study of selected operas from Chicago's MUS 150 Vocal Techniques: An
MSC 201 Innovative Tactical Leadership
This course employs historical case studies and Lyric Opera season provides the basis of this Introduction to Singing
interactive exercises to explore the dimensions introductory course. Students preview and This course provides an introduction into the
of creative and innovative tactical leadership attend operas which are representative of techniques of singing: breathing, phrasing and
strategies and styles. Students practice aspects major composers and their styles. interpretation. Music for the class is chosen
of personal motivation and team building by (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs from many styles, including Broadway to art
planning executing, and assessing team songs.
exercises, while focusing on the continued MUS 110 Careers in Music (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
development of leadership values and This course presents a wide-ranging survey of
attributes through an understanding of rank, the careers available in the field of music. MUS 151 Class Instruction-Piano I
uniform, and customs and courtesies. Guest speakers who work in publishing, This course provides beginning instruction in
Leadership case studies provide a context for recording, arts management, education and piano and is conducted in the electronic piano
learning the Soldier's Creed and the Warrior performance meet with the class. lab. No previous background needed. Students
Ethos. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs learn music notation, chords and
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs harmonization. Music study includes popular,
folk and classical music for beginners.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
230 Music
MUS 154 Class Guitar I MUS 165 Vocal Ensemble: MUS 169 Community Instrumental
This course provides beginning guitar Waubonsee Singers Ensemble: American
instruction in playing and reading chords, An ensemble of singers performs "Today's Legion Band
chord symbols, picking, strumming patterns, Sounds": choral arrangements of familiar
reading musical notation and playing chord This performing ensemble is designed for
popular music in America today led by a community residents and students. Two hours
progressions, and a variety of guitar styles. faculty member, designated teaching assistant,
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs per week are spent playing and rehearsing
or under the supervision of a faculty member. standard band literature. Rehearsals and
Performances are accompanied by a performances are with the American Legion
MUS 160 Jazz Ensemble background instrumental/ rhythm group. Band concert band. Repeatable to a maximum
This course focuses on the performance of jazz Open to all students and community residents. of four semester hours; four semester hours
music composed for the standard 15-17 piece Repeatable to a maximum of four semester may apply to a degree or certificate.
ensemble. Music of the swing, bebop and hours; four semester hours may apply to a (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
contemporary periods is performed. degree or certificate.
Repeatable to a maximum of four semester (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs
MUS 170 Electronic Music Ensemble
hours; four semester hours may apply to a
degree or certificate. MUS 166 Vocal Ensemble: This performance ensemble utilizes
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Waubonsee's recording studio facilities and
Waubonsee Chorale equipment to develop and perform original
The Waubonsee Chorale is a vocal ensemble of compositions. Tape recorders, microphones,
MUS 161 Jazz Improvisation Combo approximately 20 male and female singers, led signal processors and computers are the
This course includes techniques for solo jazz by a faculty member, designated teaching "instruments" in this ensemble, and
improvisation in a small combo setting. Blues assistant, or under the supervision of a faculty experimentation is encouraged. Repeatable to a
and modal scales, and standard chord member. The group explores the lively art of maximum of four semester hours; four
progression are studied. Repeatable to a small ensemble singing through performances semester hours may apply to a degree or
maximum of four semester hours; four of selected music including madrigals, certificate.
semester hours may apply to a degree or spirituals and other traditional choral music Recommended Prereq: Music background.
certificate. forms. Open to all students and community (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs residents. Repeatable to a maximum of four
semester hours; four semester hours may apply
to a degree or certificate.
MUS 171 Percussion Ensemble
MUS 162 Rock Music Ensemble (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs In this performance ensemble of 20th century
This course is a study of the various styles and percussion music, individual percussion
techniques of rock music from the 1950s to the instruments and techniques are discussed.
present through a performance group. Open to MUS 167 Community Vocal Ensemble: Traditional and contemporary percussion
all musicians--guitar, percussion, keyboards, Fox Valley Festival Chorus notation are taught to enable the student to
horns, singers and any other instruments used The Fox Valley Festival Chorus is an ensemble perform assigned parts. Mallet instruments
in rock music performance. Repeatable to a of approximately 60 singers which performs a (marimba, vibes, etc.) as well as pitched and
maximum of four semester hours; four variety of vocal music from all periods of music nonpitched percussion instruments are used.
semester hours may apply to a degree or literature. Performances are often in Repeatable to a maximum of four semester
certificate. conjunction with orchestras or other hours; four semester hours may apply to a
Recommended Prereq: Music background. instrumental groups. Repeatable to a degree or certificate.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs maximum of four semester hours; four Recommended Prereq: Music background.
semester hours may apply to a degree or (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
MUS 163 Ballroom Dance Band certificate.
This instrumental ensemble studies and
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs MUS 175 All College Steel Band
performs dance music of the ballroom in the This entry-level performance ensemble on
1930s and 1940s. Repeatable to a maximum of MUS 168 Community Instrumental steel pans performs Caribbean-based musical
four semester hours; four semester hours may Ensemble: Fox styles. Repeatable to a maximum of six
apply to a degree or certificate. semester hours; six semester hours may apply
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Valley Concert Band to a degree or certificate.
This performing ensemble is designed for (1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
community residents and students. Two hours
MUS 164 Instrumental Ensemble per week are spent playing and rehearsing
This course is an instrumental ensemble for concert band literature from all periods of
MUS 176 Waubonsee Community
chamber music, folk, or other special musical history. Repeatable to a maximum of College Performing Steel Band
combinations. Performances are led by a four semester hours; four semester hours may This advanced performance ensemble on steel
faculty member, teaching assistant or under apply to a degree or certificate. pans performs Caribbean-based musical styles.
the supervision of a faculty member. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Repeatable to a maximum of six semester
Repeatable to a maximum of four semester appropriate course placement. hours; six semester hours may apply to a
hours; four semester hours may apply to a (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs degree or certificate.
degree or certificate. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
Recommended Prereq: Music background. appropriate course placement.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MUS175.
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Music
231
MUS 180 Applied: MUS 185 Applied: String MUS 194 Woodwind Techniques II
Composition/Arranging Instruments/Guitar This course is a continuation of MUS193.
This course provides private instruction in This course provides private instruction in Emphasis is placed on developing performance
composition individually designed for each string individually designed for each student's skills on a chosen woodwind instrument.
student's need. Students concentrate on need. Students concentrate on technique and Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
compositional technique and a creative project repertory commensurate with their current appropriate course placement.
commensurate with their current ability. ability. Repeatable to a maximum of four Recommended Prereq: MUS193.
Repeatable to a maximum of four semester semester hours; four semester hours may apply (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
hours; four semester hours may apply to a to a degree or certificate.
degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or MUS254. MUS 195 Brass Techniques I
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs This course is designed to teach the basic skills
appropriate course placement. needed to play the brass instruments.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
MUS 186 Applied: Organ Embouchure formation, breath control and
This course provides private instruction in tonguing are emphasized.
MUS 181 Applied: Piano organ individually designed for each student's (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course provides private instruction in need. Students concentrate on technique and
piano individually designed for each student's repertory commensurate with their current MUS 200 Music Literature:
need. Students concentrate on technique and ability. Repeatable to a maximum of four
repertory commensurate with their current semester hours; four semester hours may apply
A Historical Survey
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of four to a degree or certificate. This course provides an overview of major
semester hours; four semester hours may apply Prereq: Consent of instructor. composers in music history and their
to a degree or certificate. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs compositions that are included in standard
Recommended Prereq: One year of piano study concert repertory. Representative works are
or MUS151 or MUS251. chosen to illustrate the principal styles, forms
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs MUS 187 Applied: Percussion and techniques of vocal and instrumental
This course provides private instruction in music. Major works for symphony, opera and
percussion individually designed for each piano are surveyed, as well as the experimental
MUS 182 Applied: Voice student's need. Students concentrate on trends of the 20th and 21st centuries.
This course provides private instruction in technique and repertory commensurate with Recommended Prereq: MUS100 or MUS120 or
voice individually designed for each student's their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum MUS121.
need. Students concentrate on technique and of four semester hours; four semester hours (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
repertory commensurate with their current may apply to a degree or certificate.
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of four Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
semester hours; four semester hours may apply appropriate course placement.
MUS 210 Music for the
to a degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: One semester of Elementary Teacher
Recommended Prereq: MUS150. percussion study. This course prepares students who plan to
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs teach at the elementary level with the
knowledge, skills and aesthetic awareness to
MUS 183 Applied: Woodwinds MUS 191 Percussion Techniques I: deal comfortably with the art of music in the
classroom. It provides basic skills in piano,
This course provides private instruction in Steel Pans guitar and other simple classroom instruments
woodwinds individually designed for each This course focuses on the development of the used in accompanying children in musical
student's need. Students concentrate on basic rudiments used in playing percussion activities. A portion of the work stresses music
technique and repertory commensurate with instruments. Carribean Steel Pans are the fundamentals. No previous music coursework
their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum primary instruments studied. Percussion or experience necessary.
of four semester hours; four semester hours notation and accessories are also studied. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
may apply to a degree or certificate. Students experience these instruments through
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for ensemble playing.
appropriate course placement. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs MUS 211 Introduction to the
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Recording/MIDI Studio
MUS 192 Percussion Techniques II This course is designed as an introduction to
MUS 184 Applied: Brass the tools and techniques used in digital sound
This course is a continuation of MUS191. production and recording. Topics include:
This course provides private instruction in Emphasis is placed on developing performance
brass individually designed for each student's digital recording and editing techniques,
skills on individual percussion instruments. microphone techniques, basic principles of
need. Students concentrate on technique and Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
repertory commensurate with their current acoustics, audio signal processing, sound
appropriate course placement. synthesis, and the Musical Instrument Digital
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of four Recommended Prereq: MUS191.
semester hours; four semester hours may apply Interface (MIDI) standard. Students have
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs access to the recording studio (lab) for assigned
to a degree or certificate.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for projects.
appropriate course placement. MUS 193 Woodwind Techniques I Note: It is recommended that students have
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs This course is designed to teach the basic skills some keyboard knowledge (Music Theory).
needed to play the woodwind instruments. Recommended Prereq: Familiarity with basic
Embouchure formation, breath control and functions of Mac OSX and Windows XP.
tonguing are emphasized. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
232 Music
MUS 212 Conducting: An Introduction MUS 223 Theory of Music IV MUS 280 Applied:
This is an introductory course in the basic This course is a continuation of MUS221 Composition/Arranging
techniques for conducting instrumental and covering 20th and early 21st century This course provides private instruction in
vocal ensembles. Score reading, score analysis techniques. The study of polychords, synthetic composition individually designed for each
and conducting practice experience are also scales, new instrumental and notational student's need. Students concentrate on
included. systems, twelve-tone composition, and compositional technique and a creative project
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for influences of non-Western music are included. commensurate with their current ability.
appropriate course placement. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Repeatable to a maximum of eight semester
Recommended Prereq: MUS123. appropriate course placement. hours; eight semester hours may apply to a
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MUS221. degree or certificate.
Coreq: MUS224. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs appropriate course placement.
MUS 213 Advanced Recording
Recommended Prereq: MUS121 or MUS122.
and MIDI Applications (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
MUS 224 Aural Skills IV:
This course provides creative applications of
the concepts and tools acquired in MUS211, Developing the Musical Ear
including applications in MIDI, digital This course is a continuation of MUS222 and MUS 281 Applied: Piano
recording, digital editing and mixdown. focuses on the study of advanced rhythmic This course provides private instruction in
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for patterns, continued use of triads, and chords of piano individually designed for each student's
appropriate course placement. the seventh and altered chords, isolated and in need. Students concentrate on technique and
Recommended Prereq: MUS211. context. Sight singing of more advanced repertory commensurate with their current
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs materials, as well as ear training correlated ability. Repeatable to a maximum of eight
with sight singing, is included. semester hours; eight semester hours may
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for apply to a degree or certificate.
MUS 214 Introduction to Film Scoring appropriate course placement. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
This course introduces composers to the Recommended Prereq: MUS222. appropriate course placement.
specialized craft of composing for film. Coreq: MUS223. Recommended Prereq: One year of piano study.
Students learn the basic concepts and (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
procedures specific to creating music for film,
and they gain experience in composing music
for locally produced films. MUS 251 Class Instruction-Piano II MUS 282 Applied: Voice
Recommended Prereq: MUS 211 strongly This course is a continuation of MUS151 and This course provides private instruction in
recommended or equivalent ability to compose includes more advanced materials in music voice individually designed for each student's
music; rudimentary proficiency on one notation, chords and harmonization. A need. Students concentrate on technique and
instrument. minimum of four hours of practice per week is repertory commensurate with their current
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs required. ability. Repeatable to a maximum of eight
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for semester hours; eight semester hours may
appropriate course placement. apply to a degree or certificate.
MUS 221 Theory of Music III Recommended Prereq: MUS151. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
This course is a continuation of MUS123 and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs appropriate course placement.
includes observations of counterpoint, Recommended Prereq: MUS150.
chromatic harmonies (borrowed chords, (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
augmented sixth chords, and mediants) form MUS 252 Class Instruction-Piano III
and analysis techniques, and the application of This course provides group piano instruction
compositional techniques. with an emphasis on developing advanced MUS 283 Applied: Woodwinds
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for harmonization techniques, including extended This course provides private instruction in
appropriate course placement. chords, transposition and accompanying woodwinds individually designed for each
Recommended Prereq: MUS123. techniques. A survey of appropriate piano student's need. Students concentrate on
Coreq: MUS222. literature is also included. technique and repertory commensurate with
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum
appropriate course placement. of eight semester hours; eight semester hours
Recommended Prereq: MUS251. may apply to a degree or certificate.
MUS 222 Aural Skills III: (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
Developing the Musical Ear appropriate course placement.
This course is a continuation of MUS124. The (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
MUS 254 Class Guitar II
purpose of this course is to present a study of
syncopated rhythmic patterns, intervals, and This course provides intermediate-level guitar
instruction, including chord formation with MUS 284 Applied: Brass
triads, isolated and in context. Singing of folk
songs and selected art songs in treble and bass bar chords, finger picking and accomplishment This course provides private instruction in
clefs, as well as ear training correlated with patterns, and seventh chords. brass individually designed for each student's
sight singing, are also included. Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or equivalent. need. Students concentrate on technique and
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs repertory commensurate with their current
appropriate course placement. ability. Repeatable to a maximum of eight
Recommended Prereq: MUS124. semester hours; eight semester hours may
Coreq: MUS221. apply to a degree or certificate.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
appropriate course placement.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Nursing
233
MUS 285 Applied: String Nurse Assistant (NAS) NUR 105 Introduction to Health Care
Instruments/Guitar This course is designed to provide the student
This course provides private instruction in with a base upon which all subsequent nursing
string individually designed for each student's
NAS 101 Nurse Assistant Skills courses are built. It focuses on cognitive,
need. Students concentrate on technique and Designed to prepare persons to function in the psychomotor and communication skills that
repertory commensurate with their current role of nurse assistant in a variety of health are basic to client care and that can be utilized
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of eight care settings. Content includes basic nursing by the nurse or delegated to assistive
semester hours; eight semester hours may procedures, food service, body mechanics, personnel. Students achieve mastery of these
apply to a degree or certificate. safety measures, special treatments, skills through classroom instruction,
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for communication skills and care of persons with laboratory demonstration, peer review and
appropriate course placement. Alzheimer's disease and related dementias. clinical practice in a geriatric setting. Special
Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or MUS254. Clinical experiences are provided in long-term consideration is given to concepts of geriatric
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs care facilities. This course is approved by the nursing. Laboratory proficiency testing is
Illinois Department of Public Health. emphasized.
Note: Due to state attendance requirements, Prereq: Program admission; C or better in all of
MUS 286 Applied: Organ students must register by the first day of class. the following: PSY100, PSY205, BIO250,
This course provides private instruction in Included in the fees are: $50 for state BIO270, BIO272, ENG101, ENG102, COM100;
organ individually designed for each student's competency exam, $15 for state criminal current American Heart Association Basic Life
need. Students concentrate on technique and background check, and $4 for a WCC student Support for Health Care Providers (CPR).
repertory commensurate with their current name badge. Please note that Waubonsee Coreq: NUR106.
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of eight processes and sponsors this application once at (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
semester hours; eight semester hours may the completion of the course. Students must
apply to a degree or certificate. complete CNA testing in the Center for
Learning Assessment for appropriate advising
NUR 106 Introduction to
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
appropriate course placement. and/or placement into the course. All students Clinical Pharmacology
Prereq: Consent of instructor. enrolled in the course are required by the This course is designed for nursing students
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Illinois Department of Public Health to have a beginning the study of pharmacology and
background check prior to clinical experiences. medication administration. The course goal is
In addition, students must provide evidence of to focus on essential information for safe
MUS 287 Applied: Percussion a 2-step test for tuberculosis (TB) prior to the administration of drugs to include a
This course provides private instruction in first clinical day. A valid social security number comprehensive unit on medication
percussion individually designed for each is required at the time of enrollment. calculations. This course helps students
student's need. Students concentrate on Prereq: Reading assessment; 16 years of age or develop a logical thinking process in the
technique and repertory commensurate with older. administration of drugs. Instructional methods
their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum (4 lec/6 lab) 7 sem hrs to facilitate the simulated application of
of eight semester hours; eight semester hours content to nursing practice are utilized.
may apply to a degree or certificate. Prereq: Program admission.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Coreq: NUR105; or NUR120 (for advanced
appropriate course placement. Nursing (NUR) placement students).
Recommended Prereq: One semester of (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
percussion study. NUR 100 How to Succeed in Nursing
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course is designed to help students NUR 120 Basic Concepts of Nursing
transition from prerequisite courses to nursing This course continues with basic nursing skills.
MUS 291 Percussion Techniques III courses. Emphasis is placed on options in Use of the nursing process including nursing
This course is a continuation of MUS192 and nursing, what to expect in nursing, study skills, assessment, basic concepts of pharmacology,
focuses on the individual student's ability and how to take nursing tests, and survival. This therapeutic communication, and fluid and
needs to develop ensemble playing techniques. course should help the success of students in electrolyte balance with a focus on diabetes
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for the nursing program. Repeatable to a mellitus are emphasized. Clinical experiences
appropriate course placement. maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester are provided in an acute care facility.
Recommended Prereq: MUS192. hour may apply to a degree or certificate. Note: Advanced placement in NUR120 may
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: Completion of most require concurrent enrollment in NUR106
nursing program prerequisite courses. based on recommendation of the program
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs director.
MUS 292 Percussion Techniques IV
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
This course is a continuation of MUS291 and
NUR105; nursing math proficiency test.
focuses on the individual student's ability and
Coreq: American Heart Association Health
needs to develop advanced ensemble playing
Care Provider course; documentation of
techniques.
current immunizations.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
appropriate course placement.
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: MUS291.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
234 Nursing
NUR 150 Medical-Surgical Nursing I NUR 220 Maternity and Patient Care
This course focuses on the use of the nursing Gynecologic Nursing
process to meet the needs of patients This course focuses on nursing care of the Technician (PCT)
experiencing stress, respiratory or family during the childbearing years and on the
gastrointestinal conditions, or surgery. Clinical woman through the climacteric years. The
experiences are provided in an acute care PCT 200 Patient Care Technician
normal maternity cycle and complications
facility including the operating and recovery encountered in the care of the mother and her This course is designed to prepare students to
rooms. infant are studied. A class discussion on function in the role of a patient care technician
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in common gynecologic problems is included. (PCT) in an acute care setting. Content
NUR120. Clinical experiences are designed to develop includes: advanced nursing assistant skills,
Coreq: Current American Heart Association the student's assessment ability, teaching skills, dietary procedures, respiratory therapy
Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers and the nursing skills that promote optimum techniques, basic phlebotomy skills and basic
(CPR). health and safety for the childbearing family. cardiac monitoring set-up and techniques.
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs Maternity, pediatric and gynecological clinical Recommended Coreq: COM125; HIT105.
experiences are provided in both acute care Prereq: Consent of instructor; Health Care
and community based settings. Provider CPR certification.
NUR 160 Pharmacology (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course examines how drugs are processed Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
and utilized in the body. A client's reactions to NUR205.
a drug both therapeutically and adversely are Coreq: Current American Heart Association PCT 297 Patient Care
considered. Potential drug interactions are Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers Technician Externship
explored. Client education related to drug (CPR).
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs Combining academic credit with professional
therapy is emphasized. experience, this externship allows students to
Recommended Prereq: BIO270 and BIO272; or learn about, observe and work in the patient
BIO260. NUR 250 Medical-Surgical Nursing III care technician field. It provides the student
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs This course is concerned with the adult patient with 80 hours of hands-on experience in an
who is seriously ill, including those with acute care setting where the student performs
NUR 175 Psychiatric Nursing endocrine disorders, cardiac disorders, the skills required of a patient care technician
peripheral vascular disorders, acute surgeries (PCT).
This course focuses on adapting the nursing
and patients requiring intensive care. Emphasis Prereq: Consent of instructor; C or better in
process to the practice of psychiatric-mental
is on assessment, establishing priorities of care, PCT200; HIT105 or concurrent enrollment;
health nursing. The learning experience is
and organization and utilization of the nursing COM125 or concurrent enrollment; American
eclectic and holistic, and explores biological,
care plan. Clinical experience is provided on Heart Association Basic Life Support for
intellectual, emotional, spiritual and
the intermediate and/or intensive care units. Health Care Providers; physical examination;
sociocultural dimensions of behavior. The
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in proof of current immunizations; completion of
student builds on previously learned skills,
NUR205. two-step tuberculosis skin test; drug screen.
especially the therapeutic use of self, while (.5 lec/5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
working with other professionals in a Coreq: Current American Heart Association
multidisciplinary approach within a Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers
therapeutic environment. Historical (CPR).
perspectives, psychiatric disorders, psychiatric (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
nursing concepts, nursing interventions, Personal
therapies, and community roles and services NUR 275 Medical-Surgical Nursing IV
are stressed. Clinical experiences are provided This course is designed to assist the student in
Development (PDV)
in a psychiatric facility. the transition to the role of graduate nurse. NOTE: A maximum of 4 semester hours of Personal
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in The course focuses on the use of the nursing Development (PDV) course credit may be counted
NUR150. process in caring for groups of patients.
Coreq: Current American Heart Association toward degree requirements for any associate degree.
Content includes orthopedic, neurological and
Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers emergency nursing; conditions of the eye and
(CPR). ear; as well as ethical, legal, political and social PDV 100 College Study Strategies
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs issues affecting health care. Clinical experience This course develops and enhances study
is provided in a variety of settings. strategies necessary for optimal achievement in
NUR 205 Medical-Surgical Nursing II Prereq: Program admission; C or better in college courses. Students learn to navigate the
This course is concerned with the individual NUR250. college environment and to build skills for
who is seriously ill. It focuses on the nursing Coreq: Current American Heart Association academic success. Hands-on practice in the
care of persons with genitourinary, Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers application of strategies to content area course
hematological, immunological or oncological (CPR). work is emphasized.
disorders. It has a special focus on care of (2 lec/8 lab) 5 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
persons receiving complex parenteral
therapies. Emphasis is placed on assessment, NUR 296 Case Studies/Problems for PDV 101 Strategies for Success
establishing priorities of care, and the Allied Health This course examines principles that empower
organization and utilization of the nursing care students to be successful in college as well as in
plan. Clinical experiences are provided on This course offers in-depth exploration of a
special topic, issue or trend in the allied health their personal and professional lives. Concepts
general medical-surgical units with an studied and applied include accepting personal
emphasis on oncology and renal care. field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
hours; 6 semesters hours may apply to a degree responsibility, discovering self-motivation,
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in mastering self-management, employing
NUR175. or certificate.
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs interdependence, gaining self-awareness,
Coreq: Current American Heart Association adopting lifelong learning, developing
Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers emotional intelligence, and believing in
(CPR). oneself.
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Phlebotomy
235
PDV 102 Research Strategies PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics PHL 202 History of Philosophy II
This course introduces students to research This course introduces topics central both to This course introduces both Western and
skills that enable them to effectively discover individual and social ethics by means of a Eastern means of philosophical thinking,
information in a variety of formats, and to problem-oriented case study approach to starting with developments in Renaissance and
categorize, differentiate, examine, question, ethical reasoning and choice. Students also Early Modern period and ending with its 20th
analyze, organize and share information in evaluate ethical theories, such as utilitarianism, century developments. Emphasis is placed on a
their academic, professional and personal lives. virtue ethics, ethical egoism and determinism a textual analysis and understanding of each
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs versus indeterminism. significant period of philosophical
IAI: H4 904. development, the connection between the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs philosophical theories and their historical
PDV 110 Leadership Studies developments and their subsequent influence
This course is designed to provide emerging upon each other.
and existing leaders the opportunity to explore PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Thinking IAI: H4 902 (under IAI review).
the concept of leadership and to develop and This course presents the practical uses of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
improve their leadership skills. The course critical reasoning in personal and societal
integrates readings from the humanities, situations. Areas of emphasis include: analysis,
experiential exercises, films and contemporary construction, evaluation and refutation of
readings on leadership. deductive and inductive arguments; problem Phlebotomy (PBT)
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs solving; dialogue; and debate strategies.
IAI: H4 906.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs PBT 105 Theoretical and Clinical
PDV 131 Strategies for Aspects of Phlebotomy
Career Exploration This course prepares the student for the role of
PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions
This career exploration course is designed to phlebotomy technician. Instruction in human
help people make career decisions based on in- This course is an introduction to the structure and function of the peripheral
depth personal assessment including career comparative study of the major living religions vascular and circulatory systems, specimen
interests, personality type and values of the world including Hinduism, Buddhism, collection, specimen processing and handling,
inventories. Confucianism, Taoism, Judaism, Christianity and laboratory operations is included. The
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs and Islam. student is also taught legal and ethical issues
IAI: H5 904N. related to phlebotomy and specimen
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs collection, infection control and OSHA
PDV 136 Employment Strategies requirements.
This career course is designed to help students PHL 140 Introduction to Aesthetics Prereq: Reading assessment.
with the job-search process. Students have the Recommended Coreq: COM125; HIT105 or
opportunity to review career literature and This course provides an overview of the critical
and philosophical examination of art, artistic HIT110.
self-assessment techniques, write a resume and (3.5 lec/2 lab) 4.5 sem hrs
practice interviewing skills. Students also have creativity and aesthetic experience. It focuses
the opportunity to learn and practice job- on identifying the concepts that have
seeking skills. traditionally been used to identify and evaluate PBT 297 Phlebotomy Externship
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs works of art. It addresses such traditional and Combining academic credit with professional
contemporary issues as: What is art? What is experience, this externship allows students to
a work of art? How does art differ from craft? learn about, observe and work in the
How does art differ from technology? How phlebotomy field. It provides the student with
Philosophy (PHL) does art differ from propaganda? 120 hours of hands-on experience provided at
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs a site within the community. The student is
PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy afforded an opportunity to perform a
PHL 201 History of Philosophy I minimum of 100 successful venipunctures and
This course is a study of the recurrent and
This course introduces both Western and 25 successful skin punctures, per certification
persistent human principles and philosophical
Eastern means of philosophical thinking, requirements. Repeatable to a maximum of 3
problems pertaining to the validity of
starting with its origins in Ancient Greece and semester hours on a space-available basis; 1.5
knowledge, the nature of truth, the nature of
ending with the developments of Medieval semester hours may apply to the phlebotomy
identity, free will and determination, moral and
Philosophy. Emphasis is placed on a textual certificate.
aesthetic values and religious belief systems.
analysis and understanding of each significant Prereq: Reading assessment; C or better in
IAI: H4 900.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs period of philosophical development, the PBT105; COM125 or concurrent enrollment;
connection between the philosophical theories HIT105 or HIT110 or concurrent enrollment;
and their historical developments and their American Heart Association Basic Life
PHL 101 Introduction to Logic subsequent influence on each other. Support for Health Care Providers; physical
This course focuses on the nature of logical IAI: H4 901 (under IAI review). examination; completion of two-step
inference including both formal and informal (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs tuberculosis test; proof of current
reasoning and deductive versus inductive lines immunization status.
of thought. Topics include: the use of (simple) (.5 lec/7.5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
symbolic languages to make evident the logical
essentials of language and meaning, the
essentials of both bad and good arguments,
fallacious and nonfallacious reasoning, formal
and informal inferences, and the essentials of
proof and evidence.
IAI: H4 906.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
236 Physical Education
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Physical Education
237
PED 122 Intermediate Swimming PED 140 Physical Fitness II PED 148 Conditioning
With a continued emphasis on basic strokes Designed for the student desiring to reach and This course is designed as a conditioning
and safety skills, this course encourages maintain optimal levels of fitness, this course program for the student desiring to reach and
experienced swimmers to work toward emphasizes the development of cardiovascular maintain optimal fitness levels. It meets
personal swimming goals. Snorkeling, endurance and muscular strength through individual fitness needs while emphasizing the
canoeing, synchronized swimming and water work on weight resistance and cardiovascular development of muscular strength and
fitness activities are also introduced. equipment. Repeatable to a maximum of four endurance, flexibility, and cardiovascular
Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester hours; semester hours; a maximum of four semester endurance. Students receive pre- and progress
a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED hours of PED activity courses may apply to a fitness tests. Repeatable to a maximum of four
activity courses may apply to a degree or degree or certificate. semester hours; a maximum of four semester
certificate. Prereq: PED136. hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
Recommended Prereq: PED121 or the ability to (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs degree or certificate.
swim 50 feet in deep water. Prereq: PED136.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
PED 141 Jogging and Calisthenics
Designed for the student desiring to improve
PED 130 Social Dance or maintain cardiovascular fitness, this course PED 150 Basic Prevention and Care
Emphasizing techniques of leading and combines theory and practice to gain of Athletic Injuries
following, this class is for the beginner or maximum short- and long-term cardiovascular Introduction to the responsibilities and duties
individual wanting to brush up on technique. benefits. Repeatable to a maximum of four of an athletic trainer including basic
Students learn the basic steps and several semester hours; a maximum of four semester fundamentals and techniques in prevention
variations of the fox trot, waltz, swing, cha cha hours of PED activity courses may apply to a and care of injuries, injury recognition,
and merengue. Wear smooth-soled shoes. degree or certificate. emergency care, supportive taping and
Couples recommended; partners cannot be (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs wrapping, ordering supplies, budgeting, and
guaranteed. Repeatable to a maximum of 2 the general operation of a training room
semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester facility.
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
PED 142 Weight Training
This course is designed for either the (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
degree or certificate.
(0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs beginning or experienced weight trainer. The
course covers muscle and strength PED 200 Introduction to
development and includes lifts, body building Physical Education
PED 131 Ballroom/Country Dance Combo and Olympic lifts. Repeatable to a maximum
In this lively combination of country western of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester This introduction to the professional field of
and ballroom dance, students learn to relax hours of PED activity courses may apply to a physical education emphasizes historical
and enjoy social dance occasions by practicing degree or certificate. backgrounds and philosophies relating to the
the basic moves of the fox trot, waltz and (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs fields of physical education, recreation and
swing. Then get ready to step and stomp health. Many different areas of physical
through the Texas two-step and country waltz. education are introduced, including:
Techniques of leading and following are
PED 145 Fitness Training kinesiology, pedagogy, biomechanics, exercise
emphasized. Wear smooth-soled shoes. Students learn the factors involved in physiology, motor learning, health, fitness,
Couples are recommended; partners cannot be increasing and decreasing body weight. An coaching, psychology, sociology and athletic
guaranteed. Repeatable to a maximum of 2 exercise program is designed to control body training. Emphasis is placed on physical
semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester weight and/or to shape contours of the body by education as a profession.
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a using both free weights and machines. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
degree or certificate. Repeatable to a maximum of four semester
(0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs hours; a maximum of four semester hours of PED 203 Current Issues in Sports
PED activity courses may apply to a degree or
certificate. This course examines the interaction between
PED 136 Physical Fitness I Prereq: PED136. sport and culture, the relevance of sport in
This course is designed for the student desiring (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs modern society, and the social processes which
to reach and maintain optimal levels of fitness. influence sport.
Cardiovascular endurance and muscular (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
strength are emphasized through work on
PED 146 Yoga
weight resistance and cardiovascular Designed as an introduction to Hatha Yoga, PED 204 Psychology of Sports
equipment. this course focuses on the union of mind, body
and breath through asana practice This introduction to the major aspects of
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs sports psychology includes: developing a
complemented by relaxation and meditation.
The techniques shown enhance muscular philosophy, different coaching and player
PED 138 Co-ed Aerobic Exercise strength, flexibility, energy, concentration and personalities, motivation, discipline,
This course is intended to improve an relaxation. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 communication, self-confidence, team
individual's cardiovascular system through semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester cohesion, outside influences, leadership styles,
aerobic exercise routines set to music. Intensity hours of PED activity courses may apply to a and cultural and minority issues.
levels are elevated to a level appropriate to the degree or certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
student's target heart rate. Repeatable to a (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of
4 semester hours of PED activity courses may
apply to a degree or certificate.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
238 Physical Education
PED 205 Scientific Basis of PED 235 Survey of the Sports PED 297 Exercise Science Internship I
Human Activity Organization Combining academic credit with professional
This course introduces the student to the This course surveys sports administration and experience, this internship allows students to
different aspects of physical activity - sports business techniques as they pertain to learn about, observe and work in the exercise
biological, mechanical, and physiological, in the sport enterprise. Students attain science field. It provides students with 80
addition to the psychological and sociological theoretical knowledge and practical skills in hours of on-site exposure to a fitness center
aspects. Also included is the development of preparation for various sport managerial and and includes observation of personnel and
skills required to assess physiological business careers. Also covered are decision participation in various activities surrounding
measures. making and planning from the sport manager's fitness assessment and exercise prescription.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs perspective and the impact of corporate In addition, students spend eight hours in
sponsorship on the sport. seminar discussing internship experiences.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester hours;
PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care 1.5 semester hours may apply to the exercise
This course provides consistent guidelines that science certificate.
enable the citizen responder to give PED 236 Exercise for Special Prereq: Consent of instructor.
appropriate care regardless of the type of Populations (.5 lec/5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
emergency, and stresses the basic steps to This course is designed to prepare exercise
follow. Upon successful completion of the specialists to adapt physical education and PED 298 Exercise Science Internship II
course, participants may receive the American exercise so that individuals with predisposed
Red Cross Responding to Emergencies Combining academic credit with professional
conditions can successfully participate in experience, this internship allows students to
CPR/AED and First Aid certificates. activity and exercise programs. Predisposed
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs learn about, observe and work in the exercise
conditions include obesity, diabetes, coronary science field. It provides students with 160
artery disease, hypoglycemia, stroke, hours of on-site experience in the role of a
PED 231 Theory and Practice peripheral vascular disease, osteoporosis and health and wellness instructor at a fitness
hypertension. center and includes observation and
of Basketball (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course covers the techniques for performance of the tasks and duties of a fitness
developing competitive basketball skills. center instructor. In addition, students spend
Included are the study of basketball rules, PED 237 Principles of eight hours in seminar discussing internship
experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
strategy and instruction methods for coaching Resistance Training semester hours; 2 semester hours may apply to
basketball. This course is designed to prepare exercise
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs a degree or certificate.
specialists to adapt the principles of resistance Prereq: Consent of instructor.
training to individuals in order to develop and (.5 lec/9.5 lab) 2 sem hrs
PED 232 Theory and Practice of Baseball maintain muscular strength, muscular
This course includes a study of the techniques endurance and muscle mass.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
involved in developing competitive baseball
skills. Topics include rules, strategy and
Physics (PHY)
instruction methods. PED 238 Fitness Assessment and
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Exercise Programming PHY 103 Concepts of Physics
This course is designed to prepare exercise This brief survey of the principles of physics
PED 233 Theory and Practice specialists with the knowledge and skills concentrates on the analysis of physical
needed to assess health status and health phenomena encountered in everyday
of Volleyball experiences. It also gives some limited
Theory and Practice of Volleyball includes the behaviors in order to create and update
exercise prescriptions. Emphasis is placed on attention to the more abstract realms of
techniques and strategies of competitive quantum physics and relativity. A compact,
volleyball. Methods of instruction, rules, and the exercise specialist obtaining as much
information as possible about a participant to mostly qualitative and conceptual introduction
offensive and defensive strategies are covered. to physics, this course is intended for students
Limited laboratory participation is included for optimize the benefit-to-risk ratio.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs who will not take one of the two-semester
instruction. physics courses.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Note: Students enrolling in PHY103 are not
PED 241 Basketball Officiating required to enroll in PHY104 (lab). However,
PED 234 Cardiovascular Fitness This course includes the analysis and those students needing a four semester-hour
This course is designed to prepare exercise interpretation of the rules of basketball, and lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
specialists with the knowledge and skills basketball officiating principles and concurrently enroll in PHY103 and PHY104.
needed to teach the principles of techniques. Successful completion prepares IAI: P1 901.
cardiovascular fitness to individuals in order the student to take the Illinois High School (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
for them to develop and maintain Association officiating license examination.
cardiovascular fitness. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs PHY 104 Concepts of Physics Laboratory
Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and BIO272. This laboratory course is designed to provide
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs further opportunity for students to observe
first-hand many of the physical phenomena
described in PHY 103, Concepts of Physics,
and to demonstrate and reinforce the concepts
and principles developed in that course.
Recommended Coreq: PHY103.
IAI: P1 901L.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Psychology
239
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I Political Science (PSC) Psychology (PSY)
This introduction to the principles and
phenomena of mechanics, thermal physics and See also Educational Psychology (EDU 210).
wave motion is the first part of a two-semester PSC 100 Introduction to
course in general physics without calculus. American Government PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 or placement This course provides an introduction to the This course provides a survey of the study of
determined by assessment. structure and operation of American national human and animal behavior, emphasizing the
IAI: P1 900L. political institutions and the American scientific methods of contemporary
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs political process, including such topics as the psychological investigation. Topics include an
principles of democracy U.S. and Illinois introduction to the biological basis of behavior,
PHY 112 Introduction to Physics II Constitutions; the election process; and sensation and perception, learning, memory,
This introduction to the principles and executive, legislative and judicial processes. cognition, motivation, emotion, life-span
phenomena of optics, electricity and IAI: S5 900. development of behavior, personality,
magnetism, relativity, and atomic and nuclear (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs abnormal behavior, social behavior and
physics is the second part of a two-semester individual differences.
course in general physics without calculus. PSC 220 Comparative Government IAI: S6 900.
Prereq: PHY111. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course compares the political systems of
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs selected Western and non-Western countries.
Common governmental problems, the causes PSY 200 Research and Methodology
PHY 115 Technical Physics I of political instability and revolution and in Psychology
This introduction to the principles of techniques of political analysis are explained. This course provides comprehensive coverage
mechanics, thermal physics and wave motion IAI: S5 905. of the basic principles of research methodology
is intended primarily for students in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs in psychology. The following topics are
engineering technology. covered: basic statistical analysis, research
Prereq: C or better in MTH113 or MTH070. PSC 240 State and Local Government design, ethical behavior in designing and
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Examining the powers, structures, functions collecting data, and interpreting and reporting
and contemporary problems of state and local psychological research. Students have the
PHY 116 Technical Physics II governments, this course emphasizes Illinois opportunity to collect, interpret and report
politics and governmental affairs, as well as their own psychological research.
This introduction to the principles of optics, Recommended Prereq: PSY100.
electricity and magnetism, is intended local governments in the Chicago metropolitan
area. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
primarily for students in engineering
technology. IAI: S5 902.
Prereq: PHY115. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs This course provides an introduction to
PSC 260 Introduction to current theory and research on the
PHY 221 General Physics I International Relations physiological, cognitive, personality and social
development of individuals from conception
This introduction to the principles and International Relations introduces students to through childhood, adolescence, young
phenomena of mechanics and thermal physics the basic theories, concepts, knowledge and adulthood, middle adulthood and older
is the first part of a two-semester course in people of international relations. The course adulthood. Normal development is
general physics that uses calculus and is provides some consideration of the emphasized; however, special human
ordinarily required for students pursuing determinanats of international relations as well circumstances are also explored.
degrees in engineering, physics, chemistry and as an analysis of contemporary problems in Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of
mathematics. world politics, examining causes of conflict instructor.
Prereq: MTH131. and potential solutions. IAI: S6 902.
IAI: P2 900L. IAI: S5 904N. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(4 lec/3 lab) 5 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging
PHY 222 General Physics II PSC 280 Introduction to
This course provides an integration of the
This introduction to the principles and Political Philosophy theory and research regarding the
phenomena of waves, optics, and electricity This course offers a survey of the major developmental processes across the adult
and magnetismis the second part of a two- political philosophers and concepts in the lifespan. Topics focus on the changes that
semester course in general physics that uses history of political thought, focusing on occur from early adulthood through the last
calculus and is ordinarily required for students classical and modern theorists and stages of life including: career choice and
pursuing degrees in engineering, physics, emphasizing such concepts as justice, equality, development; mate selection and marriage;
chemistry and mathematics. power, liberty and rights. conventional and non-conventional families
Prereq: MTH132 and PHY221. IAI: PLS 913. theories of adult personality development;
(4 lec/3 lab) 5 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs mid- and late-life transitions; aging; and dying,
death and bereavement.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of
instructor.
IAI: S6 905.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
240 Psychology
PSY 220 Child Psychology PSY 250 Theories of Personality RDG 075 Developmental Reading
This course introduces the student to the This course explores how human behavior can This course is designed to strengthen
theories and current research on the physical, be understood through the scientific study of vocabulary development, reading
cognitive, socio-emotional and personality individual differences. Topics include: research comprehension and reading efficiency.
development of the child from the point of methods, assessment techniques, theoretical Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
conception through adolescence. approaches in personality, and current topics hours; does not apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of and research in personality. Prereq: Placement by assessment.
instructor. Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: S6 903. instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: PSY 907.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs RDG 076 Reading Improvement
This course is designed to strengthen
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology vocabulary development, reading
This course provides an introduction to the PSY 296 Special Topics in Psychology comprehension and strategies for reading
development of adolescents, emphasizing the This course offers in-depth exploration of a efficiency. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
physical and physiological changes and the special topic, issue or trend in the psychology semester hours; does not apply to a degree or
social and cognitive development that occur field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester certificate.
during adolescence. Topics include changing hours for different special topics; 6 semester Prereq: C or better in RDG075 or placement by
relationships with family and peers, identity hours may apply to a degree or certificate. assessment.
and value development, sexuality, school (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
experiences and career goals, and adolescent
problems and delinquency.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of
RDG 110 College Reading
instructor. Reading (RDG) This course provides instruction in developing
IAI: S6 904. NOTE: Placement in reading courses is determined by and/or enhancing comprehension, vocabulary,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs reading rate strategies and concepts necessary
scores on required assessment tests. for interacting with advanced reading
materials.
PSY 235 Social Psychology RDG 071 Fundamental Phonics Prereq: C or better in RDG076 or placement by
This course provides an examination of the Fundamental Phonics teaches basic phonics assessment.
theory and research relating to the social skills. Oral, written and computer activities (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
factors that influence individual and group help students develop the phonics skills
behavior. Attitudes, social perception, social necessary to spell and decode words, which
cognition, the establishment of norms,
conformity, leadership, group dynamics and
leads to more efficient reading and
comprehension. Repeatable to a maximum of 2
Real Estate (REL)
research methods are examined, with an semester hours; does not apply to a degree or
emphasis on their effects on the individual. certificate. REL 110 Real Estate Transactions
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of (.5 lec/0 lab) .5 sem hrs This is an introduction to the field of real
instructor.
estate with an emphasis on the principles and
IAI: S8 900.
RDG 072 Vocabulary Review concepts of real estate. This course is a
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
prerequisite to all other real estate courses and
A review of the fundamentals of vocabulary meets the course eligibility requirement set
PSY 240 Abnormal Psychology building, this individualized course is designed forth by the Illinois Department of Financial
to present vocabulary systematically in and Professional Regulation for the Illinois
This course presents the body of scientific graduated levels of difficulty. Topics covered
knowledge in the field of abnormal psychology Real Estate Salesperson Examination.
include idioms, vocabulary building skills, Note: Per state requirements, students must
with emphasis on the theoretical explanations, informed language dictionary skills, verb
experimental data, assessment procedures, attend a minimum of 45 class hours in Real
versatility and contextual clues. The course is Estate Transactions to be eligible to sit for the
treatment modalities and the prevention of designed to aid students who have deficiencies
abnormal behavior. state salesperson licensure exam; 100 percent
in vocabulary. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 attendance is required.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of semester hours; does not apply to a degree or
instructor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
certificate.
IAI: PSY 905. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs REL 120 Advanced
RDG 074 Essentials of Reading Real Estate Principles/2000
PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational A required course in the broker sequence, this
Essentials of Reading is an individualized
Psychology course of study. It includes instruction custom course is a continuation of REL110-Real Estate
This course introduces students to the designed to increase the learner's proficiency Transactions designed to prepare students to
psychological methods and theories that apply in the areas of vocabulary development, take the real estate broker exam.
to organizational problems. Emphasis is on comprehension and efficiency. The course Note: 100 percent attendance is required.
promoting human welfare for individuals in consists of three elements: assessment, Recommended Prereq: REL110.
organizational settings. activities which will help the learner develop (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of the competency, and a continuing assessment
instructor. plan to determine when the competency has REL 125 Contracts and Conveyancing
IAI: PSY 906. been attained satisfactorily. Repeatable to a
A required course in the broker sequence, this
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs maximum of 12 semester hours; does not
course covers real estate law, title records and
apply to a degree or certificate.
transfer, instruments of conveyance, contracts,
Prereq: Placement by assessment.
land use, financing, leases and taxes.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Note: 100 percent attendance is required.
Recommended Prereq: REL110.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Renewable Energy Technologies
241
REL 130 Real Estate Finance Renewable Energy RET 140 Installing Solar
An elective course in the broker sequence, this Thermal Systems
course covers methods and sources of real Technologies (RET) Students install solar thermal systems and
estate financing, examination of instruments components for water, pool, and space heating
used in financing, terminology, foreclosures in this course. Course objectives align with the
and financial procedures. RET 110 Introduction to
North American Board of Certified Energy
Note: 100 percent attendance is required. Photovoltaic Systems Practitioners task analysis for solar water and
Recommended Prereq: REL110. An introduction to photovoltaic systems pool heating system installers.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs including safety and electrical basics, solar Prereq: RET135 or concurrent enrollment.
energy fundamentals, and system sizing, (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
REL 135 Real Estate Appraisal design, operation, and maintenance is provided
in this course. Upon successful completion,
An elective course in the broker sequence, this
students are eligible to take the Photovoltaic RET 150 Introduction to
course covers the functions and purposes of Wind Energy Systems
(PV) Entry Level Certificate of Knowledge
real estate appraisal. It is designed to examine
exam from the North American Board of This course introduces students to small wind
the nature of real property value and the
Certified Energy Practitioners. energy systems 100 kW or less, including the
various methods of estimating value with
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 and MTH103; component parts and physics behind wind
emphasis upon residential market value.
or concurrent enrollment. energy technologies. Students conduct a site
Note: 100 percent attendance is required. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: REL110. assessment to determine suitability of a wind
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs energy system. Course objectives align with the
RET 115 Photovoltaic System North American Board of Certified Energy
Practitioners task analysis for a small wind
REL 140 Property Management Selection and Design energy system installer.
An elective course in the broker sequence, this Conducting a site assessment, selecting a Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent
course covers the basic principles of property photovoltaic system, and adapting mechanical enrollment.
management including the duties of a property and electrical designs for system installation (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
manager, financial considerations, budgeting, are presented in this course. Course objectives
maintenance, leases, insurance, types of align with the North American Board of
Certified Energy Practitioners task analysis for RET 155 Wind Energy
property and reporting.
Note: 100 percent attendance is required. solar photovoltaic system installers. Systems Selection and Design
Recommended Prereq: REL110. Prereq: RET110; ELT101 or concurrent This course prepares students to select a small
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs enrollment; MTH103 or placement by wind energy system 100 kW or less and
assessment. determine the mechanical and electrical
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs designs. Selection and design of both on-grid
REL 150 Brokerage Administration and off-grid systems are covered. Course
A required course in the broker sequence, this objectives align with the North American
course covers the Real Estate License Act of RET 120 Installing and Maintaining
Board of Certified Energy Practitioners task
2000 as it relates to brokers. This course Photovoltaic Systems analysis for a small wind energy system
includes real estate brokerage, escrow and Students install and troubleshoot photovoltaic installer.
agency issues. systems and their components in this course. Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent enrollment;
Note: 100 percent attendance is required. Course objectives align with the North RET150.
Recommended Prereq: REL110. American Board of Certified Energy (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Practitioners task analysis for solar
photovoltaic system installers.
Prereq: RET115. RET 160 Installing and Maintaining
REL 260 Residential Real Estate Investing
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Wind Energy Systems
This course, designed to look at both long and
short-term investment strategies, provides an This course prepares students to install and
introduction to real estate investment with an RET 130 Introduction to Solar Thermal maintain small wind energy systems. Students
emphasis on residential property. Topics assemble, install, perform a system checkout,
This course introduces the basics of solar and troubleshoot a small wind energy system
include real estate economics, investment thermal systems including solar fundamentals,
principles, distressed properties, and taxation. including the tower and other components.
benefits of solar thermal energy, and types of Course objectives align with the North
This course does not fulfill any licensing solar water and pool heating systems and their
requirements. American Board of Certified Energy
component parts. Course objectives align with Practitioners task analysis for a small wind
Recommended Prereq: REL110; REL130. the North American Board of Certified Energy
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs energy system installer.
Practitioners task analysis for solar water and Prereq: RET155.
pool heating system installers. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
242 Sign Language
Sign Language (SGN) SGN 106 Linguistics of ASL II SSC 297 Social Studies Internship
This course addresses the conversational Combining academic credit with professional
See also Interpreter Training (ITP). fluency in American Sign Language (ASL). experience, this internship allows students to
Focus is on the development of fluency with learn about, observe and work in the social
SGN 100 Orientation to Deafness more advanced sign vocabulary and more sciences field, including positions related to
complex ASL linguistics. Students are anthropology, criminal justice, sociology,
This course is designed to introduce students
introduced to a series of thematically related political science, psychology or history. Eighty
to the Deaf Community. Topics include the
signs that can be used in a variety of contexts. hours are required for 1 credit. Repeatable to a
structure and function of hearing, cochlear
Emphasis is placed on both expressive and maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester
implants, language development, history of
receptive competence. hours from the social science internship
deaf education programs, legislation and
Prereq: SGN101; SGN104; SGN105; SGN102 courses (SSC297, SSC298, SSC299) may apply
communication barriers.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs or concurrent enrollment. to any social science or criminal justice degree
Recommended Coreq: SGN108, if interested in or certificate.
the ITP program. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
SGN 101 American Sign Language I (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
This course is an introduction to American
Sign Language (ASL). The course explores ASL SGN 108 Conceptually SSC 298 Social Studies Internship
sign vocabulary and grammatical structures
and also serves as a basic introduction to Deaf Accurate Signed English Combining academic credit with professional
This course provides students with the experience, this internship allows students to
culture.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs opportunity to communicate using English learn about, observe and work in the social
syntax with ASL signs and grammatical sciences field, including positions related to
features. Students receive expanded sign anthropology, criminal justice, sociology
SGN 102 American Sign Language II vocabulary, extensive practice with political science, psychology or history. One
This course is designed to provide students comparative translations, and an introduction hundred and sixty hours are required for 2
with skills necessary to communicate in to simultaneous voice to sign transliterating. credits.
American Sign Language (ASL) at an advanced Prereq: SGN101; SGN104; SGN105; SGN102 Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours;
level. Grammatical structures and cultural and SGN106 or concurrent enrollment. 6 semester hours from the social science
principles are emphasized. Students build both (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs internship courses (SSC297, SSC298, SSC299)
receptive and expressive skills. may apply to any social science or criminal
Recommended Prereq: SGN101. justice degree or certificate.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs SGN 110 Introduction to Prereq: Consent of instructor.
American Deaf Culture (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
SGN 104 Signs in Everyday Use This course introduces students to American
This course is designed to assist students in
Deaf Culture. The course includes a SSC 299 Social Studies Internship
description of the specific cultural values, Combining academic credit with professional
expanding their conversational skills in norms and traditions as well as criteria for
American Sign Language. The course experience, this internship allows students to
membership. It explores the experiences of learn about, observe and work in the social
introduces several unique numbering systems deaf individuals throughout the life span.
and non-manual modifiers as well as advanced sciences field, including positions related to
Recommended Prereq: SGN100. anthropology, criminal justice, sociology
fingerspelling and mime techniques. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: SGN101 and SGN105; or concurrent political science, psychology or history. Two
enrollment. hundred forty hours are required for 3 credits.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours;
Social Science (SSC) 6 semester hours from the social science
internship courses (SSC297, SSC298, or
SGN 105 Linguistics of ASL I SSC299) may apply to any social science or
This course is designed to introduce students SSC 110 Cultures and Peoples of Mexico criminal justice degree or certificate.
to advanced vocabulary and linguistics of Focusing on the prehistory and contemporary Prereq: Consent of instructor.
American Sign Language (ASL). The course peoples of Mexico, this course employs (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
addresses the development of conversational interdisciplinary social science methods to
fluency in American Sign Language. Students examine the racial and ethnic background, past
are introduced to a series of vernacular signs,
which can be used in a variety of contexts.
cultures, cultural structures, social structure,
political structure and economics of Mexico.
Sociology (SOC)
Emphasis is placed on both expressive and The impact of industrialization and See also Social Psychology (PSY 235).
receptive competence. urbanization is explored as well as current
Prereq: SGN101 or concurrent enrollment. problems in Mexico.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology
This course presents a study of society,
including values, norms, and cultural patterns
SSC 296 Special Topics for that organize everyday life. Analysis of social
Social Science structure and function of social institutions,
This course offers in-depth exploration of a the dynamics of individual and group
special topic, issue or trend in the social interactions, social stratification, social
sciences field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 inequalities are also addressed.
semester hours; 6 semester hours may apply to IAI: S7 900.
a degree or certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(.5 to 3 lec/0 lab) .5 to 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Spanish
243
SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations SOC 240 Sociology of Deviance SPN 110 Survival Spanish I
Racial and Ethnic Relations analyzes racial, This course examines the principles and This is a beginning-level course designed for
religious, ethnic and other groups, examining concepts of the causes and control of deviant those who wish to communicate with Spanish-
the persistence of group identity, inter-group behavior, emphasizing the major sociological speaking people on a regular basis. Emphasis is
relations, social movements, government theories of individual and group behavior and on vocabulary and grammar rules that are of
policy and related social problems. social controls. Topics such as drug use, sexual value when listening to, speaking, reading and
IAI: S7 903D. deviance, crime, mental disorders and career writing basic Spanish.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs deviance are analyzed, and the stigma of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
deviant identity among specific groups,
including the homeless and the mentally ill, is
SOC 130 Sociology of Family considered.
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II
This course studies the social context and the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This continuation of SPN110 is designed for
dynamics of family patterns. The impact of those who wish to converse with and relate to
demographics and culture on the changing role Spanish-speaking persons on a regular basis.
of the family in society is emphasized, and the Emphasis is on increasing the student's ability
areas of economy, social class, aging, and crises Spanish (SPN) and confidence in listening to, speaking,
are examined in the social context of family. See also Health Care Interpreting (HCI). reading and writing Spanish. Focus is on more
Family dynamics are explored, including specific vocabulary and grammar essential for
socialization, gender roles, bonding and workplace needs.
marriage, divorce and remarriage, and SPN 101 Elementary Spanish I Recommended Prereq: SPN110 or its
parenting and childhood. This course emphasizes the four basic skills equivalent.
IAI: S7 902. (listening, speaking, reading and writing) (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs essential to a communicative approach to
language learning. Students learn to interact SPN 201 Intermediate Spanish I
SOC 210 Social Problems effectively in a variety of situations. Students
This course reviews the language content of
also become aware of the importance of
This course offers an introductory survey of the first year of study. It introduces
effective communication in a culture of those
the major social problems that are exhibited intermediate skills and provides the student
who speak Spanish and their contributions to
within contemporary American society. The with ample practice in interactive
the world.
focus is on the behavior, causes, prevention (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs conversation, with a special emphasis on the
and/or treatment of such social problems as development of oral proficiency and creative
poverty, crime, drug abuse and addiction, composition. Furthermore, it promotes a
marital conflicts and child rearing, mental SPN 102 Elementary Spanish II greater understanding of the Hispanic cultures
illness, racism and sexism. This continuation of SPN101 is designed to through the study and discussion of
IAI: S7 901. provide students with continued growth and contemporary Spanish and Hispanic American
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs specialization in the four essential skills readings.
(listening, speaking, reading and writing). It Recommended Prereq: SPN102 or two years of
emphasizes a communicative approach to high school Spanish or its equivalent.
SOC 215 Introduction to Social Work (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
language learning.
This course offers an introduction to generalist
Recommended Prereq: SPN101 or one year of
social work within the context of social welfare
high school Spanish or its equivalent. SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II
service and social welfare policies, including (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
their historical origins, conceptual framework Intermediate Spanish II is designed to provide
and contemporary issues. In addition to students with extensive practice in
providing an overview of practice methods, SPN 103 Spanish Grammar conversation, composition and reading with
research considerations, policy issues, and and Composition emphasis on spontaneous language
social work values and ethics, the course production. It promotes an even greater
emphasizes the role of social work with diverse Designed to help bilingual students interested understanding of the Hispanic cultures
and at-risk populations that face a variety of in the field of interpretation and translation to through the study and enjoyment of some
societal challenges. These groups include review their Spanish grammar, this course contemporary Spanish and Hispanic American
women, racial and ethnic minorities, the poor, consists of detailed study and practice literature and art. Students communicate both
the elderly, the disabled, gays and lesbians, and emphasizing technical aspects, with a focus on orally and in writing on a variety of selected
individuals with addictive diseases. the terminology and rules of formal Spanish topics, allowing them to expand and practice
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs grammar. Students are expected to understand their vocabulary, grammatical usage and
parts of speech and verb tenses, describe rules idiomatic language at a higher level.
for grammar, and memorize regular and Recommended Prereq: SPN201 or three years
SOC 230 Sociology of Sex and Gender irregular verb forms as they learn and practice of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
This course examines gender using general guidelines of how to write a IAI: H1 900.
sociological perspectives with respect to the composition. The class is conducted in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
social processes of translating cultural and Spanish.
social stratification differences into acquisition Recommended Prereq: Native or near-native
of gender roles. Gender roles are explored to fluency in Spanish.
obtain an understanding of the individual and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
social consequences on changing social
definitions in family, education, economy,
health, communication and violence.
IAI: S7 904D.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
244 Spanish
SPN 205 Spanish for Native Speakers SUR 110 Surgical Pharmacology SUR 200 Health Problems and
This course introduces native/near native This course introduces principles of Surgical Procedures II
heritage learners to elements of history, intraoperative pharmacology as prepared and An introduction to surgical procedures,
authentic literature, culture and writing in delivered by the surgical technologist, with an incisions, wound closure, operative pathology
order for them to become more proficient in emphasis on patient safety. Topics include and common complications as applied to
their heritage, culture and language. Students weights and measurements, drug conversion, general and specialty surgery is provided to the
explore the nuances of Spanish in formal and interpretation of prescriptive orders, drug surgical technology or perioperative nursing
informal contexts that use standard or classification and concepts of anesthesia student. The course includes a review of
nonstandard grammar and vocabulary, with administration. The legal aspects of anatomy, physiology, pathology and surgical
emphasis on reading, writing and vocabulary medication administration as well as the roles interventions for procedures in the following
building. of the surgical technologist, registered nurse areas: general, urologic, orthopaedic, cardiac,
Recommended Prereq: Native or near-native and anesthesia team in intraoperative neurologic and ophthalmic.
fluency in Spanish. pharmacology are examined. Prereq: Program admission; SUR150 and
IAI: H1 900. Prereq: Program admission; BIO250, BIO260, SUR151 (Surgical Technology); SUR120 and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and HIT105; or concurrent enrollment. SUR210 (Perioperative Nursing); SUR150 and
Coreq: SUR100. SUR151 if less than one year RN experience
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (Perioperative Nursing).
SPN 211 Conversational Spanish
This course provides intermediate-level Coreq: SUR201 and SUR220 (Surgical
students with intensive practice in structured SUR 120 Instrumentation and Practices Technology); SUR202 (Perioperative Nursing).
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
and spontaneous conversation in Spanish. Common to Surgical Procedures
Emphasis is on helping the student to become This course orients the student to the clinical
more fluent in responding to spoken Spanish environment and provides experience with SUR 201 Surgical Tech Externship II
and in initiating conversations with Spanish basic skills necessary to the surgical This course provides students with 240 hours
speakers. Students also learn how to handle technologist or perioperative nurse. Topics of hands-on clinical experience in the surgical
vocabulary deficits. Vocabulary targets student include: scrub techniques, sterile gowning, setting for the following surgical procedures:
needs. gloving and draping, surgical equipment, general (upper GI), urologic, orthopaedic,
Recommended Prereq: SPN102 or SPN111 or instruments, sutures, and dressings required cardiac, neurologic, and ophthalmic.
two years of high school Spanish. for surgeries in various medical fields, Prereq: Program admission; SUR150; SUR151.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs processing of instruments and supplies, and Coreq: SUR200; SUR220.
environmental sanitation. Clinical experience (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
in the central processing area is included.
Surgical Prereq: Program admission; SUR100 (Surgical
Technology program).
SUR 202 Perioperative Externship I
Technology (SUR) Coreq: SUR210 (Perioperative Nursing This course provides perioperative nursing
students with 160 hours of hands-on clinical
program).
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs experience in the surgical setting for the
SUR 100 Principles of following surgical procedures: general (upper
Surgical Technology GI), urologic, orthopaedic, cardiac, neurologic
SUR 150 Health Problems and and ophthalmic.
This course provides an overview of the
surgical technology profession and develops
Surgical Procedures I Prereq: Program admission; SUR150 and
An introduction to surgical procedures, SUR151, or one year RN experience; SUR210.
concepts and principles required for successful Coreq: SUR200.
participation as a member of the surgical team. incisions, wound closure, operative pathology
and common complications as applied to (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
Topics include: role/responsibilities of the
surgical technologist, patient needs, general and specialty surgery is provided to the
legal/ethical issues, the surgical environment, surgical technology or perioperative nursing SUR 210 Perioperative Nursing Practice
asepsis, OSHA regulations, and basic patient student. The course includes a review of This course provides the registered nurse with
care and safety. The course includes classroom anatomy, physiology, pathology, and surgical an overview of perioperative nursing practice,
and lab instruction, with observation interventions for procedures in the following including concepts and principles of surgical
experiences in the surgical, GI lab, and sterile areas: general, obstetrical and gynecologic, nursing practice and client care utilizing
processing settings. thoracic, peripheral vascular, otologic, head nursing process and critical thinking skills.
Prereq: Program admission; BIO250, BIO260, and neck, and plastic and reconstructive. Topics include: roles/responsibilities of the
and HIT105; or concurrent enrollment. Prereq: Program admission; SUR100; SUR110; surgical team, legal/ethical issues, surgical
Coreq: SUR110. SUR120. environment, sterilization techniques, OSHA
(2.5 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Coreq: SUR151. regulations, Standard Precautions, client
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs assessment, nursing documentation and
surgical pharmacology.
SUR 151 Surgical Tech Externship I Prereq: Program admission.
This course provides students with 240 hours Coreq: SUR120.
of hands-on clinical experience in the surgical (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
setting for the following surgical procedures:
general (lower GI), obstetrical and gynecologic,
thoracic, peripheral vascular, otologic, head
and neck, and plastic and reconstructive.
Prereq: Program admission; SUR100; SUR110;
SUR120.
Coreq: SUR150.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Therapeutic Massage
245
SUR 220 Seminar in Surgical Technology THE 130 Diversity in American Theatre THE 220 Musical Theatre Practicum
This course serves as the capstone experience This course examines American dramas and This is a performance-oriented course
for the surgical technology student's entry into dramatists that reflect the racial, immigrant designed for the performing arts student who
the workplace as a technical professional. and minority experience in the U.S. The study exhibits interest and talent in both acting and
Current issues in healthcare and clinical includes an analysis of themes, conflicts and voice. Acting/voice workshops, basic
practice, career opportunities and career- racial/ethnic/minority characterizations in a movement and choreography, rehearsal, and
seeking strategies are discussed. Topics also historical, social and cultural contexts. The performance make up the course content.
include professionalism, recognition as a course demonstrates how theatre as an art Audition techniques are introduced into the
member of the healthcare/surgical team, and form reflects and comments on society. course and include monologue and vocal
certification. Recommended Prereq: Literature course(s); selection, movement, and audition interview
Prereq: Program admission; SUR150; SUR151. History course(s); Sociology course(s). skills. A brief history of the musical theatre
Coreq: SUR200; SUR201. IAI: F1 909D. genre is also incorporated.
(.5 lec/0 lab) .5 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Note: Students are required to audition for
cast placement.
Recommended Prereq: COM110; THE201 or
THE 201 Fundamentals of Acting I THE202.
Sustainability (SUS) This course is an introductory course for the (1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
beginning actor that includes acting theories,
stage movement, character development,
SUS 101 Creating Your improvisation, memory, monologue, and scene THE 296 Special Topics/Theatre
Sustainable Future work. Emphasis placed on the development of This course offers in-depth exploration of a
In this course, students think sustainably about observation, sense and emotion memory, focus special topic, issue or trend in the theatre field.
the climate crisis, fuel, renewable energy, and concentration. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
agriculture, conserving water, poverty and Recommended Prereq: COM110; THE110. hours for different special topics; 6 semester
wealth. Students calculate carbon footprints IAI: TA 914. hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
and explore solutions for the future. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
THE 202 Fundamentals of Acting II
SUS 205 Survey of Environmental This continuation of THE201 is designed for Therapeutic
Studies - Water the serious acting student who wishes to
This seminar course addresses the topic of pursue acting for performance or for theatre Massage (TMS)
water as a limited resource from a education. Analysis of play text includes
multidisciplinary perspective, including intention, scoring and subtext, and tempo. TMS 100 Introduction to
disciplines such as earth science, philosophy, Incorporated in the scene work are techniques
for developing contemporary and classical Therapeutic Massage
chemistry, biology, economics, business and
psychology. characters for the stage. This course provides students with an
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: COM110; THE110. introduction to massage therapy techniques
Prereq: THE201. and principles. Emphasis is placed on Swedish
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs massage techniques primarily relating to the
back, arms and legs. Topics covered include
Theatre (THE) THE 205 Creative Learning Applications
appropriate draping techniques, benefits,
contraindications, basic strokes, and
Focusing on the need for creativity in the elementary anatomy and physiology. Successful
THE 100 Theatre Appreciation learning process, this course emphasizes the completion with a grade of C or better is
This course envelops all elements of theatre as need for developing the imagination in all required prior to admission to the therapeutic
an art form: the play, playwright, acting, types of learning contexts: education, business, massage program.
directing, and the production elements of community and government. The link between (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
lighting, set design, costumes, make up, props, participatory learning and creativity as an
sound and theatre management. Students also effective delivery mode is demonstrated using
study the playwrights' lives and their societies. a variety of theatre and creative dramatic TMS 110 Professional Foundations
Recommended Prereq: Literature course(s); exercises. of Therapeutic Massage
Humanities course(s); History course(s). Recommended Prereq: Education course(s). This course exposes the student to major
IAI: F1 907. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs concepts, terminology, and the legal and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ethical issues involved in therapeutic massage.
THE 210 Theatre Practicum Topics include history, contemporary
THE 110 The Art of Oral Interpretation This experiential course offers the student the development, professional ethics, scope of
opportunity to explore all aspects of theatre practice, and contemporary issues in the
This course examines and explores literature profession.
from an oral performance perspective. Literary production both in acting and theatre
production. The course also includes Prereq: Program admission; HIT105; BIO260;
selections include the short story, poetry, TMS100.
drama and nonfiction. Emphasis is placed on participation in a touring children’s theatre
company. The Children’s Theatre component Coreq: BIO262; TMS120.
the development of the human voice and the (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
use of bodily movement as instruments to be incorporates the essential skills needed for
used by the interpreter of literature. both playwriting and acting for a children's
Incorporating the study of social and cultural audience.
contexts of literature is a primary part of a pre- Recommended Prereq: COM110; ENG228;
performance analysis and complements the THE201 or THE202.
oral interpretation. (1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: COM110; THE201;
THE202; English Literature course(s).
IAI: TA 916.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
246 Therapeutic Massage
TMS 120 Massage Techniques I TMS 146 Massage Clinical II TMS 220 Outcome Based Massage I
Basic theory and techniques of massage This course is a supervised clinical experience This course presents the application of
therapy are reintroduced and expanded on in designed to provide training and practical therapeutic massage techniques in relation to
this beginning course. Course content includes experience in therapeutic massage. Students pathology. Assessment of posture, movement
benefits, indications, contraindications, must spend 30 hours at on- or off-campus patterns, referral pains, range of motion, and
hygiene, sanitation, draping, body mechanics, locations experiencing real-life application of soft tissue of the upper body are covered as
client interviews, equipment and supplies. massage techniques. In addition, students well as therapeutic massage for acute or
Massage techniques combine to culminate in a spend 16 hours in seminar discussing clinical chronic musculoskeletal pain or problems in
full body massage. situations. the upper back, chest, head, neck, shoulders
Prereq: Program admission; HIT105; BIO260; Prereq: Program admission; TMS125; TMS140. and upper extremities. In addition, the student
TMS100. Coreq: TMS130; TMS164. explores knowledge of personal holistic well-
Coreq: BIO262; TMS110. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs being and learns to apply this knowledge when
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs working with clients.
Prereq: Program admission (degree).
TMS 150 Business Practices Coreq: TMS240.
TMS 125 Massage Techniques II for Massage Therapists (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course introduces the massage therapy This course provides an introduction to the
student to intermediate level therapeutic major aspects of building and maintaining a
techniques. Joint movements, body TMS 225 Outcome Based Massage II
successful massage therapy practice. Topics
mobilizations, muscle energy techniques, covered include starting a new practice, This course builds on the knowledge learned in
sports massage, stretching and exercise are establishing a bookkeeping system, Outcome Based Massage I. The application of
incorporated in theory and hands-on classes. maintaining client records, and delivering a therapeutic massage techniques in relation to
Contemporary massage and bodywork topics business plan. pathology is expanded. Assessment of posture,
include myofascial techniques, trigger point Prereq: Program admission; TMS110. movement patterns, referral pains, range of
therapy, reflexology and others. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs motion, and soft tissue of the lower body are
Prereq: Program admission; BIO262*; covered as well as therapeutic massage for
TMS110*; TMS120 (*concurrent enrollment acute or chronic musculoskeletal pain or
allowed for accelerated certificate or degree TMS 164 Pathology for the problems in the lower extremities, hips, lower
program). Massage Therapist back and abdomen. Massage for other specific
Coreq: TMS140. This course studies how therapeutic massage chronic conditions such as cancer/hospice,
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs can affect pathologic conditions of the human fibromyalgia, lymphedema, GI problems,
body. Beginning with the fundamental diabetes, and headaches are also instructed. In
addition, the student expands knowledge of
TMS 130 Massage Techniques III concepts of pathology and
personal holistic well-being and learns to apply
This course covers the principles of holistic homeostasis,pathologic conditions of the
integumentary system, musculoskeletal this knowledge when working with clients.
practice addressing body, mind and spirit. An Prereq: Program admission; TMS220; TMS240.
introduction of aromatherapy, hydrotherapy, system, nervous system, cardiovascular system,
lymph and immune system, respiratory system, Coreq: TMS245.
herbs, nutrition, stress reduction, meditation (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
and the history of Asian bodywork approaches digestive system, endocrine system, urinary
is presented. This course also includes massage system and reproductive system are covered.
for special populations; types of physical Prereq: Program admission; BIO260; or TMS 240 Massage Clinical III
injuries; muscles involved in common injuries; BIO270 and BIO272. This course is a supervised clinical experience
and physical assessment of posture, tissues and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs designed to provide training and practical
range of motion. All of this information is used experience in therapeutic massage. Students
to plan massage sessions, plan client self-care TMS 210 Ethical, Legal and Professional work with clients with acute or chronic
and give appropriate referrals in a holistic musculoskeletal pain or problems in the upper
manner. Chair massage is also included in this
Issues in Therapeutic Massage back, chest, head, neck, shoulder and upper
course, in order to work with special This course provides students with an in-depth extremities. Students must spend 45 hours at
populations. knowledge of legal, ethical, and professional on- or off-campus locations experiencing real-
Prereq: Program admission; TMS125; TMS140. issues involved in therapeutic massage. Topics life application of massage techniques. In
Coreq: TMS146; TMS164. include licensure and certification, professional addition, students spend eight hours in
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs ethics and standards, scope of practice, seminar discussing clinical situations.
professional boundaries, ethical decision Prereq: Program admission (degree).
making, professional communication, Coreq: TMS220.
TMS 140 Massage Clinical I treatment documentation and insurance (.5 lec/3 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
This course is a supervised clinical experience billing.
designed to provide training and practical Prereq: Program admission (degree); certificate
experience in therapeutic massage. Students in therapeutic massage; minimum of 500
must spend 30 hours at on- or off-campus documented contact hours of training in
locations experiencing real-life application of therapeutic massage.
massage techniques. In addition, students (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
spend sixteen hours in seminar discussing
clinical situations, client plans and S.O.A.P.
charting, as well as learning the indications and
contraindications of massage with regard to
common medications.
Prereq: Program admission; BIO262*;
TMS110*; TMS120 (*concurrent enrollment
allowed for accelerated certificate or degree
program).
Coreq: TMS125.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
Translation
247
TMS 245 Massage Clinical IV TMS 297 Therapeutic TOU 160 Tourism Technology
This course is a supervised clinical experience Massage Internship Applications
designed to provide training and practical Combining academic credit with professional This course introduces students to the many
experience in therapeutic massage. Students experience, this internship allows students to ways that technology has changed and
work with clients who have acute or chronic learn about, observe and work in the advanced the travel and tourism industry. It is
musculoskeletal pain or problems with the low therapeutic massage field. It provides students imperative for any student wishing to enter the
back, abdomen and lower extremities. with 80 hours of on-site exposure to the tourism industry to be familiar with and
Students also work with clients who have therapeutic massage field in a medical facility. conversant in the technology that is propelling
chronic problems such as cancer, fibromyalgia, Students observe personnel and participate in the profession forward. This course exposes
lymphadema, GI problems, diabetes and various activities surrounding therapeutic students to the many ways to utilize
headaches. Students must spend 45 hours at massage care under the direct supervision of technology for enhanced travel. Changes in
on- or off-campus locations experiencing real- an experienced, licensed health care airline ticketing are explored. Finally,
life application of assessment and massage professional. In addition, students spend eight technology has revolutionized the meetings
techniques. In addition, students spend eight hours in seminar discussing internship segment of tourism, which is also examined in
hours in seminar discussing clinical situations. experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of 3 this course.
Prereq: Program admission (degree); TMS220; semester hours; 1.5 semester hours may apply Recommended Prereq: TOU100.
TMS240. to the therapeutic massage degree. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Coreq: TMS225. Prereq: Program admission (degree); TMS220;
(.5 lec/3 lab) 1.5 sem hrs TMS240.
(.5 lec/5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs TOU 205 Introduction to Meeting
TMS 250 Prenatal Massage and Convention Planning
This course exposes the student to prenatal This course provides insight into the meetings
and convention industry. It will give the
massage. Topics covered include the Tourism, Travel and student a working knowledge of the planning
anatomical and physiological changes during
pregnancy, labor and postpartum. Therapeutic Event Planning (TOU) process as it applies to meetings, conventions,
and trade shows. In addition, the students will
massage techniques for each stage of
pregnancy, and indications and be exposed to attributes and professional
contraindications for prenatal massage are TOU 100 Introduction to standards for the meeting industry.
covered. Travel and Tourism (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission (degree) and This course offers students a broad overview of
BIO260, TMS164, TMS130, TMS145, the field of travel and tourism. Specific career
TMS150; or a certificate in therapeutic
massage and a minimum of 500 documented
options and organizations in the industry and Translation (TRA)
current trends in travel and tourism are
training hours in therapeutic massage. emphasized.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs TRA 100 Introduction to Translation
This course is designed to provide an
TMS 253 Reiki I introduction to translation. Students learn
TOU 103 Global Destinations and about the translation process, ethics, reference
This course exposes the student to Level I Business in Tourism I materials and software needs.
Reiki, in which the students learn to transmit (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
healing energy through the hands. Topics Study of the physical geography; the major
include the history of Reiki, chakra system and cities, airports and attractions; and the social
energetic bodies. and economic impact of travel destinations in TRA 110 Translation Laboratory:
Prereq: Program admission; TMS110 and North America, Central and South America,
Bermuda and the Caribbean. English/Spanish
TMS120, or a minimum of 200 documented
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This laboratory course is designed to enhance
contact hours of training in therapeutic
through practice the student's ability to
massage.
produce accurate translations by applying the
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs TOU 104 Global Destinations and translation process. Students work with non-
Business in Tourism II technical documents and develop glossaries.
TMS 254 Reiki II Study of the physical geography; the major Prereq: Program admission; TRA 100 or
This course builds on knowledge learned in cities, airports and attractions; and the social concurrent enrollment; native or near-native
Reiki I. Topics include distance healing, power and economic impact of travel destinations in fluency in English and Spanish;
of intention, and energy blockages. Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Africa and the English/Spanish assessment.
Prereq: Program admission; TMS253. Pacific. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
TRA 130 Medical Translation
Laboratory: English/Spanish
This laboratory course is designed to enhance
the student's ability to produce accurate
translations of general medical information
and hospital and patient documentation.
Prereq: Program admission; TRA100; native or
near-native fluency in English and Spanish;
English/Spanish assessment.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
248 Translation
TRA 200 Advanced Translation WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and WLD 221 Shielded Metal
Laboratory: English/Spanish Flux Cored Arc Welding Arc Welding - Pipe I
This advanced translation laboratory presents The theory and practice of GMAW (Gas Metal The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded
a forum for students to enhance their Arc Welding-MIG) and FCAW (Flux Cored Metal Arc Welding - stick) on pipe are featured
translation skills in their chosen field of Arc Welding) are featured in this course. in this course. Process techniques using
specialization. Process techniques using mild steel and various types of mild steel electrodes in the 1G
Prereq: Program admission; TRA100; native or aluminum in the four positions are practiced. and 2G positions on pipe are practiced.
near-native fluency in English and Spanish; Welds are made using short circuit, spray and Recommended Prereq: WLD220 or consent of
English/Spanish assessment. pulsed type transfers and aluminum is instructor.
(.5 lec/3.5 lab) 2 sem hrs introduced. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
WLD 222 Shielded Metal
Welding (WLD) WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Arc Welding - Pipe II
The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded
Tungsten Arc Welding-TIG) are featured in Metal Arc Welding - stick) on pipe are featured
WLD 100 Survey of Welding this course. Process techniques using various
This survey course covers the principles and in this course. Process techniques using
types of mild steel, stainless steel and various types of mild steel electrodes in the 5G
practical application of the major manual and aluminum in the four positions are practiced.
semi-automatic welding and cutting processes. and 6G positions on pipe are practiced.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: WLD221.
The emphasis of this course is on the proper
selection and use of each welding process. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs WLD 150 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment
This study in the types and industrial uses of WLD 231 Gas Tungsten
ferrous and nonferrous alloys is designed to Arc Welding - Pipe I
WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for Welders study a material's tensile strength, harden
This course emphasizes the development of ability, impact strength and Rockwell hardness. The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas
print reading for welders with a focus on the Non-destructive testing such as zyglo, eddy Tungsten Arc Welding - TIG) are featured in
interpretation of drawings, welding symbols current, spot check, magna flux and ultrasonic this course. Process techniques for mild steel
and dimensioning standards. Several practical is introduced. Heat treatment ovens and pipe in 1G and 2G are practiced.
problems and exercises are included. process are also covered. Emphasis is placed on Recommended Prereq: WLD130 or consent of
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs the manufacture, properties and applications instructor.
of these materials in industry today. Powder (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting metallurgy is also covered.
IAI: IND 912. WLD 232 Gas Tungsten
The theory and practice of oxy-acetylene
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
welding (OAW) and cutting equipment are Arc Welding - Pipe II
featured in this course. Fusion welded and The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas
torch brazed jointsare produced in various WLD 155 Industrial Safety Tungsten Arc Welding - TIG) are featured in
positions on low carbon steel. A practical approach to industrial safety from this course. Process techniques for mild steel
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs the level of the first line supervisor is pipe in 5G and 6G are practiced.
discussed. OSHA guidelines, the Workmen's Recommended Prereq: WLD231.
WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I Compensation Act and the Toxic Disclosures (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Act are introduced.
The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
Metal Arc Welding- stick) are featured in this WLD 296 Special Topics/Welding
course. Process techniques using various types This course offers in-depth exploration of a
of mild steel electrodes in the four positions WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design special topic, issue or trend in the welding
are practiced. This course emphasizes skill development in field. Topics may include robotic and plastic
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs metal fabrication. Layout and welding of steel welding or welding certification. Repeatable to
plate and other structures by prints and plans a maximum of 12 semester hours; 6 semester
WLD 122 Welding Inspection and Testing are practiced. hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: WLD101. (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
This course introduces the principles and
applications of destructive and non-destructive
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
testing and inspection of welds.
Recommended Prereq: WLD120 or consent of WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II
instructor. The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Metal Arc Welding - stick) on V-grooves are
featured in this course. V-grooves with and
without backing in all four positions are
practiced.
Recommended Prereq: WLD120 or consent of
instructor.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2010/2011
Course Descriptions
World Wide Web/Internet
249
WLD 297 Internship for World Wide Web/ WEB 205 Emerging Internet
Welding Technology and Web Technologies
Combining academic credit with professional Internet (WEB) This course is designed to expose students to
experience, this internship allows students to See also Computer Information Systems (CIS), new developments in the World Wide Web
learn about, observe and work in the welding Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and and the Internet. Topics include Web 2.0, RIA,
field. Acquired skills may include but are not Ajax, RSS, Ruby, Flex and other new
Microcomputer Systems (MCS).
limited to: welding with various processes, technologies. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
weld inspection/testing, print reading, semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
fabrication, weld design, weld safety, weld WEB 105 Integrating Web a degree or certificate.
metallurgy, manufacturing, layout/fitting, pipe Technologies in Business Recommended Prereq: WEB110.
welding and robotic arc welding. Eighty hours (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
are required for 1 credit; a maximum of 3 This course is an introduction of concepts of
semester hours can be taken per semester. eBusinesses and utilizing Web 2.0 technologies
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; in the workplace. Topics include eBusiness WEB 220 PHP Programming
6 semester hours from the welding internship components, computer-mediated This course is designed to introduce students
courses (WLD297, WLD298, WLD299) may communication, wikis, professional and social to the PHP language and issues associated with
apply to the welding technology degree. networks, and other technologies. Repeatable writing applications on a Linux Web server.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. to a maximum of 12 semester hours; 3 Topics to be covered include CGI
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs semester hours may apply to a degree or programming and integrating database
certificate. management software with applications on the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Linux platform. Repeatable to a maximum of
WLD 298 Internship for nine semester hours for different software
Welding Technology WEB 110 Web Development versions; three semester hours may apply to a
Combining academic credit with professional degree or certificate.
With HTML/XHTML Recommended Prereq: WEB110; CIS115.
experience, this internship allows students to
learn about, observe and work in the welding This course is an introduction to the World (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
field. Acquired skills may include but are not Wide Web and its authoring environment,
limited to: welding with various processes, Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensible Hypertext Markup Language WEB 230 Web Authoring
weld inspection/testing, print reading,
fabrication, weld design, weld safety, weld (XHTML). Web design techniques are With Dreamweaver
metallurgy, manufacturing, layout/fitting, pipe discussed, analyzed and implemented, along This course introduces how to develop
welding and robotic arc welding. One hundred with methods to enhance Web pages using the exciting, integrated, and interactive Web sites
sixty hours are required for 2 credits; a following features: forms, frames, image maps, using Dreamweaver. Also emphasized is the
maximum of 3 semester hours can be taken multimedia, cascading style sheets, sound and enhancement of Web pages using the following
per semester. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 video. In addition, server considerations and features: Flash text, Flash objects, optimized
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the bandwidth are discussed. graphics, digital movies, integration of
welding internship courses (WLD297, (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Fireworks graphics. Design techniques are
WLD298, WLD299) may apply to the welding discussed, analyzed and implemented. Browser
technology degree. WEB 111 Web Site Design and server considerations are covered.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of nine semester
Using Web 2.0 technologies, HTML/XHTML, hours; three semester hours may apply to a
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs CSS and various Web design programs, degree or certificate.
students engage in creating a live and fully Recommended Prereq: WEB110 or consent of
WLD 299 Internship for functional Web site in a group format for non- instructor; WEB111.
profit organizations. Repeatable to a maximum (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Welding Technology of 9 semester hours; 3 semester hours may
Combining academic credit with professional apply to a degree or certificate.
experience, this internship allows students to Recommended Prereq: WEB110 and WEB230. WEB 231 Web Authoring/
learn about, observe and work in the welding (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
field. Acquired skills may include but are not
Animation With Flash
limited to: welding with various processes, This course introduces how to use, expand and
weld inspection/testing, print reading, WEB 140 JavaScript Programming control the graphic content of Web sites with
fabrication, weld design, weld safety, weld This course is designed to introduce the Flash. Animated graphics, Flash movies and
metallurgy, manufacturing, layout/fitting, pipe student to JavaScript. Concepts and interactivity are utilized in Web sites. In
welding and robotic arc welding. Two hundred techniques include integrating HTML with addition, design techniques are discussed,
forty hours are required for 3 credits; a JavaScript, creating pop-up windows, adding analyzed and implemented. Browser and
maximum of 3 semester hours can be taken scrolling messages, enhancing image and form server considerations are also covered.
per semester. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 objects, working with cookies, among others. Repeatable to a maximum of nine semester
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the Students are also exposed to AJAX hours; three semester hours may apply to a
welding internship courses (WLD297, applications. degree or certificate.
WLD298, WLD299) may apply to the welding Recommended Prereq: WEB110; CIS115. Recommended Prereq: WEB110 or consent of
technology degree. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor; WEB111.
Prereq: Consent of instructor. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
WEB 150 Comprehensive XML
This course provides a detailed study of XML
and its role in the area of the World Wide Web.
It includes a discussion of DTDs, DMLs and
schemas. Attention is also given to the
emerging area of Web Services.
Recommended Prereq: WEB110.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
250
WAU B O N S E E
how to take the first step
Admissions and
Registration
2010/2011
Admissions
and Registration 251
Procedures for Admission New Student
Waubonsee Community College has an open-door policy and
welcomes all who can benefit from the courses and programs
Registration and Orientation
This fall semester Waubonsee is debuting a new registration and
offered. Eligible students include high school graduates or the
orientation process for first-time, full-time students. The two
equivalent (GED), others 18 years of age and older, non-graduates
major components of the process are E-RAP and New Student
aged 17 who have severed their connection with the high school
Orientation.
system, and students younger than 18 years of age who meet
established criteria.
E-RAP
To be placed in some programs or curricula, students may need New first-time, full-time students must complete an Electronic
to meet additional requirements as specified by that program Registration and Planning (E-RAP) tutorial before registering for
and/or the Illinois Public Community College Act. courses. The tutorial explains Waubonsee’s degree and certificate
programs and teaches students how to use the college catalog,
credit schedule and test scores to select courses. Students then
Admission of Full-Time and/or register and pay for their first semester of courses online.
Degree-Seeking Students
Students can acess E-RAP through the mywcc portal at
Students in the following categories need to submit a New
mywcc.waubonsee.edu. An X-Number is needed to login.
Student Information Form, obtain proper course placement, and
complete Electronic Registration and Planning (E-RAP) session:
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
• full time (enrolled in 12 credit hours or more in one semester); After completing E-RAP and registering for courses, new full-
• applying for financial aid; time students must also register for a New Student Orientation
• seeking a degree or certificate. session (NSO 001). The registration process is the same as for
any other course, but these sessions are free and do not earn
See the New Student Information Form at the back of this catalog
college credit.
or online at www.waubonsee.edu.
While not usually required prior to registering, students may find New Student Orientation sessions will offered May through
it valuable to submit official transcripts from their previously August. To view available dates and times, visit
attended high school, GED program, or college(s) to Registration www.waubonseee.edu/schedules. For more information, see
and Records for course placement purposes. Waubonsee cannot “Getting Started at Waubonsee” on page 10 or call Admissions at
request these; students must personally complete this request for (630) 466-7900, ext. 5756.
each school from which they order transcripts.
Students may be placed into courses based on their ACT scores, Admission of Part-Time and/or
placement test results or prior coursework. Visit
www.waubonsee.edu/placement for more specific criteria and
Non-Degree-Seeking Students
Students enrolling in fewer than 12 credit hours per semester
details.
and/or not seeking a degree or certificate should complete the
Waubonsee’s placement testing measures current skill levels in New Student Information Form before registering for their first
reading, writing and mathematics. Math review workshops are semester of classes. The form can be found at the back of this
available through the Learning Enhancement Center. Self-study catalog or online at www.waubonsee.edu.
materials may be purchased in the college bookstore or by
Prior to enrolling in English or mathematics courses, students in
visiting the ACT Web site at www.compass-test.com.
this category are required to obtain proper course placement
Once course placement has been obtained, all new full-time based on ACT scores, placement testing results or previous
and/or degree-seeking students must complete Electronic coursework. Visit www.waubonsee.edu/placement. Math review
Registration and Planning (E-RAP) tutorial. workshops are available through the Learning Enhancement
Center. Self-study materials may be purchased in the college
bookstore or by visiting the ACT Web site at www.compass-
All students pursuing a transfer degree program must meet the
test.com.
Illinois Board of Higher Education admission standards. Those
standards are described in this catalog under “Transfer Degrees New part-time and/or non-degree-seeking students may register
Program.” Students who do not fully meet these requirements are for courses in person or by mail or fax. See registration
required to make up any deficiencies during their first year as a instructions in the current schedule of courses or online at
full-time student. www.waubonsee.edu/register.
www.waubonsee.edu
Admissions
252 and Registration
Admission of Transfer Students Students are required to apply for admission to the Honors
Program. Students may consider 100 and 200 level course work
Reverse transfer students are transferring from another college
for the Honors Program. Courses that are scheduled for less than
or university to Waubonsee. These students follow the
procedures described earlier for new full-time and/or degree- eight weeks and developmental courses are not eligible.
seeking students. Reverse transfer students should also complete
a Transcript Evaluation Request Form as soon as Waubonsee
receives their official transcripts. A transcript evaluation should
Criteria for Admission
be done at the Counseling Center before course placement or E- to the Honors Program
RAP are completed. Transfer grades are not included in
computing the grade point average at Waubonsee. Transcripts Note: Documentation must be provided as proof that criteria
from non-regionally accredited institutions are individually have been met.
evaluated. Results will be mailed to the student in approximately
four weeks. STUDENTS ENTERING
COLLEGE FOR THE FIRST TIME:
Admission of Noncredit Students • are required to have a high school diploma or its equivalent;
• be in the top 10% of their high school graduating class; OR
Students interested in Community Education or Workforce
Development should complete the Noncredit Registration Form, • have an ACT score of 27 or higher; OR
found in each semester’s noncredit schedule or online at • have a SAT score of 1150 or higher;
www.waubonsee.edu/register. • submit a letter of recommendation from an individual who
can verify their ability to succeed in an honors program;
• must obtain Honors Committee approval before taking classes
Reclassification of Student Status for honors credit.
A non-degree-seeking student who decides to pursue a degree or
certificate or a part-time student who wishes to enroll in 12 or STUDENTS WITH
more semester hours must follow the procedures described EXISTING COLLEGE CREDIT:
earlier for new full-time and/or degree-seeking students. • must have a minimum of 12 college transfer-level hours from
Waubonsee or another accredited institution with a minimum
GPA of 3.50;
Limited Enrollment Programs • must verify that this credit has been earned within the last
Certain programs at Waubonsee have specific entry require- 5 years;
ments and limited enrollment capacities. Depending on • submit a letter of recommendation from an individual who
the number of applicants, enrollment priority for these program can verify their ability to succeed in an honors program;
courses may be based on district residency, district employment • must obtain Honors Committee approval before taking classes
or other contracted instructional agreements. Students who have for honors credit.
been granted in-district fees due to district employment or other The goal of the Honors Program is to provide opportunities to
contractual agreements are not considered district residents. broaden and enrich the college experience of intellectually
motivated students at Waubonsee Community College. Honors
students who do not complete course requirements by the end of
Honors Program the semester to the “I” grade and associated policies.
Waubonsee Community College has offered an academic Honors
Program to its most academically successful students for more For additional information, contact the Honors Program Director or
than 30 years. The Honors Program is designed to reconize the Dean for Communications and Library Services (see directory).
academically talented and highly motivated students and to assist
the development of independent and creative thinking skills
through special honors courses and individual class projects. Admission of High School Students
Current high school students age 16 and older will be permitted
PARTICIPATION IN to enroll in credit courses for which they have met the
THE HONORS PROGRAM: prerequisites. Students must submit written authorization
• fosters collaborative relationships between students and from their designated high school official noting course(s) to
faculty; be taken and if course(s) will be used to meet high school
• provides a competitive advantage in college admissions and requirements.
scholarship applications; Enrollment is limited to 7 credit hours per semester. Students
• features a special transcript notation indicating honors who are also participating in dual enrollment programs may
courses taken; petition for an enrollment overload. The form is available
• results in Graduation with Honors (special notation to the
at Registration and Records. High school students are not eligible
student’s diploma and transcript) if the student completes 15
to audit college-level courses.
semester hours of honors classes with an overall GPA of 3.5 in
all courses;
• provides consideration for educational expenses.
2010/2011
Admissions
and Registration 253
High school students younger than 16 years of age may be 4. Present the Immigration and Naturalization Service Affidavit
admitted to a credit course with the prior approval of of Support form (I-134). This form must be completed by a
the Dean for Enrollment Management and Student Life. Students resident of the United States. The statement is necessary in
must submit written authorization from their designated high recognition of the fact that the college does not provide food,
school official noting the course(s) to be taken and if the housing, health or transportation services.
course(s) will be used to meet high school requirements. See the
The Graduate/Credentials Analyst will notify the applicant of
High School Student Authorization form online at
admission approval or denial after the deadlines listed above.
www.waubonsee.edu. Transcripts and letters of recommendation
If accepted, the necessary U.S. Immigration and Customs
are also required, and in some cases, students will be asked to
Enforcement (ICE) form (I-20) will be forwarded to the student
complete placement testing.
with instructions for submission and enrollment at the college.
Students who are pursuing high school level curriculum through
If approved for international student status, a person must
home schooling or other means are eligible to enroll based on
observe the following:
similar requirements as students enrolled in accredited high
schools. • enroll each semester in a minimum of 12 semester hours;
• pay international tuition rates (see Tuition and Fees);
College-level courses are considered to be an enhancement to
• follow the standard academic and disciplinary policies of
the high school curriculum. High school students are required
the college.
to meet the same standards as any other college student and
are awarded the same college credit for courses successfully Refer all questions regarding the international status of a student
completed. These credits will appear on the student’s permanent to the Graduate/Credentials Analyst (see directory).
college transcript regardless of the grade earned.
For questions regarding enrollment of high school students,
contact Registration and Records (see directory).
Joint Admission:
Waubonsee and Aurora University
Waubonsee and Northern Illinois University
Admission of International Waubonsee Community College has entered into joint
Students (I-20) admissions agreements with Aurora University and Northern
A person who is a citizen of a country other than the United Illinois University. The joint admissions agreements provide a
States and is requesting full-time admission to Waubonsee means for students to be simultaneously admitted to Waubonsee
Community College is considered an international student. and either Aurora University or NIU. These agreements simplify
Persons requesting international status at Waubonsee for entry the process of degree completion for students who wish to begin
or continued stay in the United States must be doing so for at Waubonsee and continue at Aurora University or NIU.
educational purposes only. To apply for international student
When jointly admitted, students work with counselors at
status, this person must:
both Waubonsee and the four-year school to plan courses for
1. Submit an Application for Status as International Student maximum transferability. Students can enter Aurora University
(I-20/F-1 status). Application packets are available from the or NIU after completing the Waubonsee degree without going
Graduate/Credentials Analyst or Counseling. Applications through any further admissions processes.
and all supporting documents must be received by the
To be eligible for joint admissions under these agreements,
following deadlines: July 1 for fall semester, Nov. 1 for spring
students must meet all applicable admissions requirements
semester and April 1 for summer semester.
for both Waubonsee and Aurora University or NIU. Students
2. If the student’s native language is NOT English, he/she agree in writing to the exchange of admissions and advising
must take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) information between Waubonsee and the four-year school.
and attain a minimum score of 500 (paper-based) or 173 The program is open to any eligible student at Waubonsee.
(computer-based) or 61 (Internet-based) on the examination. For further information and application materials, contact
For information on the test, write TOEFL Services, Counseling at Waubonsee (see directory), Aurora University at
Educational Testing Services, P.O. Box 6151, Princeton, NJ (630) 844-6535, or Northern Illinois University
08541-6151, USA or visit the TOEFL Web site at at (815) 753-0681.
www.toefl.org.
3. Complete the Educational Background forms and submit
transcripts from high school and college or the equivalent.
If the transcripts are NOT from a United States high school
or college, they must be submitted for evaluation at the
applicants expense by an approved credential evaluator.
Contact: Educational Credential Evaluators, P.O. Box 514070, ✆ See directory inside back cover.
Milwaukee, WI 53202-3470 or at the ECE Web site at:
www.ece.org.
www.waubonsee.edu
Admissions
254 and Registration
Auditing a Course
Students who wish to audit a course without receiving credit
can contact Registration and Records. Audit registration is not
available for skill or performance courses. Students registering
for a course for credit have first priority. Auditing students
(including senior citizens) pay full tuition and fees, and they must
meet the course pre-requisites. See “Tuition and Fees” for
details. Students registered for credit may not change to audit
status after the midterm of a course. Once the course has started,
auditing students cannot change to credit status.
Administrative Withdrawal
Waubonsee Community College reserves the right to
administratively withdraw those students who are not actively
attending or pursuing course objectives as established by their
instructors. Students also may be administratively withdrawn if
they are enrolled in courses not consistent with placement testing
and course prerequisites. Students who appear before the Student
Conduct Board may also be subject to administrative withdrawal.
Call Student Development for more information (see directory).
2010/2011
255
WAU B O N S E E
an educational value
www.waubonsee.edu
256 Tuition and Fees
Fees
District Students Waubonsee charges the following fees:
To qualify as district students, individuals must reside within
the district for at least 30 days immediately prior to the date Fee Schedule
established by Waubonsee for classes to begin. Student fee .........................................................$5/credit hour
Set-up fee for payment plan option
Special cases regarding legal residency of students are considered
(per semester/nonrefundable) .....................................$25.00
individually. Students may be required to furnish legal evidence
Re-enrollment fee (after first day of class) .......................$50.00
proving residency in the district. Contact Registration and
Insufficient funds charge .................................................$25.00
Records for more information (see directory).
Delinquent account fee....................................................$25.00
Students employed by a business in the district for at least 35 Transcript Fee
hours per week may be granted in-district tuition. These cases Written request.............................................$10.00/each
are considered individually and students may be required to Online request................................................$5.00/each
furnish legal evidence of employment. In these cases, students Free unofficial transcripts are available through mywcc.
who are granted in-district fees are not considered district
residents.
Student Fees
The student fee is assessed at a rate of $5 per credit hour.
Out-of-District Students Student fee monies are used to support a variety of educational,
Students who reside in Illinois for at least 30 days prior to the scholarship, social, recreational, club and entertainment
date established by the district for classes to begin, but outside of programs.
Community College District 516, are considered out-of-district
students. Students may be required to furnish legal evidence
proving residence. Laboratory Fees
Certain courses require extra costs for supplies, equipment or
Out-of-district students who want to attain an occupational services. A lab fee is charged to partially cover this extra expense.
degree or certificate offered only at Waubonsee and not at their Examples are laboratory breakage, welding supplies, ceramic
own district community college should refer to “Cooperative materials, towel services, etc. These fees are subject to change.
Agreements and Tuition Chargeback.”
NOTE: All costs and fees are subject to change by the college.
Students should anticipate increases in tuition and fees as they
Out-of-State Students continue their education at Waubonsee.
Students whose legal residence is outside of Illinois are
considered out-of-state students.
Tuition for Senior Citizens
Students 65 years of age or older who are residents of the district
are eligible for a tuition refund for credit courses in which they
✆ See directory inside back cover. were enrolled through the midterm date. Refunds are processed
and mailed to the student at the end of the term. Courses
specifically designed for senior citizens, audits or repeated
courses do not qualify for tuition refunds.
2010/2011
Tuition and Fees 257
Cooperative Agreements Paying for Classes
and Tuition Chargeback • Full or partial payment is due at the time of registration.
• More payment options — earlier registration means smaller
Students in Waubonsee’s District 516 who wish to pursue
payments!
occupational degree and certificate programs not available at
Waubonsee Community College may do so in one of two ways: WHAT ARE THE PAYMENT OPTIONS?
cooperative agreements or chargebacks.
• Full Payment: Tuition and fees totaling less than $200 require
Cooperative Agreements: First, Waubonsee has cooperative full payment.
agreements for a number of programs with neighboring • Partial Payment: Students can pay the required first
community colleges. Through a cooperative agreement, a installment and the remaining balance in monthly payments.
resident of District 516 may attend another community college (A $25 nonrefundable set-up fee is charged for selecting this
at the other school’s in-district tuition rate. See the listing of option — it’s automatic when students make the first
cooperative agreements in the “Career Connections” section. payment.)
• Employer Payments: If a student’s employer is paying his/her
Chargebacks: A second method is the chargeback. Resident
tuition and fees, and should be billed directly, a letter from the
students who want to pursue a certificate or occupational degree
company, including the contact name and company address
program not available through Waubonsee may apply for charge-
(on company letterhead), is required at the time of
back tuition if they plan to attend another public community
registration. The online payment system may also be used to
college in Illinois which offers that program. Applications for
set up an authorized user/employer who can then pay on a
chargeback tuition MUST be submitted to the office of the
student’s account at the time of registration. This assignment
Assistant Vice President of Student Development prior to the
does not give the authorized user the ability to access the
first day of classes of the semester or summer term at the
student’s confidential academic history.
attending school. If approved, the student pays the in-district
tuition rate for the college he/she is attending, and Waubonsee Questions? Contact the Bursar Office at (630) 466-7900, ext.
pays the difference between the in-district and out-of-district 5705.
rate to the other institution. Chargebacks are available only for
occupational programs resulting in a degree or certificate and HOW TO PAY
not for individual courses. Repeated courses are not funded by Pay by cash, electronic check*, or credit card (VISA, MasterCard,
chargebacks. Prerequisite courses and developmental courses Discover). Full or partial payments can be made:
may be covered; see guidelines for details. • Through the online registration system at
www.waubonsee.edu or at mywcc.waubonsee.edu (credit
Note that a cooperative agreement supersedes a tuition card or electronic check)
chargeback for a program with a community college within • In person at the Sugar Grove or Aurora campuses
a 50 mile distance from Waubonsee’s Sugar Grove Campus. • By faxing payment information to (630) 466-6637
See the listing of cooperative agreements under • By mailing payment to:
“Career Connections.” Bursar Office
Waubonsee Community College
For information, guidelines and applications for cooperative Route 47 at Waubonsee Drive
agreements or chargebacks, contact the Assistant Vice President Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9454
of Student Development (see directory). Out-of-district
students who want to enroll in a program at Waubonsee under * Waubonsee is now processing checks electronically. When you
a cooperative agreement or chargeback should contact their provide a check as payment, you authorize the college to use
own community college first to make initial application. information from your check to make a one-time electronic fund
transfer from your account. Be aware there will be a $25 fee for
any insufficient funds/declined checks. If you have a question,
please call (630) 466-5705.
www.waubonsee.edu
258 Tuition and Fees
Refunds
Tuition refunds are issued based upon the official date of
withdrawal. Withdrawals made online are effective when the
transaction is complete. Withdrawals submitted in writing are
effective according to the postmark date of the letter or the fax
date and time. Full refund of tuition and fees is granted if the
college cancels a course.
The academic calendar for each semester lists the last day for
refunds for 16-week courses. Also see “Important Dates,” listed in
each semester schedule, for additional refund dates. An appeal
process is available for extenuating medical circumstances.
Appeal forms are available at www.waubonsee.edu.
The college reserves the right to make the final decision on all
refunds. Contact the Bursar Office about refund policies.
2010/2011
259
WAU B O N S E E
the help available
Financial Aid
www.waubonsee.edu
260 Financial Aid
Financial Aid b. “Credit hours attempted” includes all credit classes in which
the student is enrolled after the refund period.
Four basic types of financial aid are available to Waubonsee
• Withdrawals after the refund period count as hours
students: grants, scholarships, loans and employment. For
attempted.
complete information about financial assistance, contact
• Students who enroll in telecourses must be aware that the
the Financial Aid Office (see directory) and obtain a copy
class(es) must be completed by the end of the semester of
of the “Financial Aid Handbook,” or go online at
enrollment and count as hours attempted for that semester.
www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid.
c. Audits, courses numbered below 050, proficiency tests and
noncredit courses are not included in the total number of
Eligibility Requirements credit hours attempted.
d. Repeated courses are always included in attempted hours. A
General eligibility requirements for state and federal financial aid
repeated class for which the student earns credit is only
programs include the following criteria. Other requirements may
counted once in completed hours unless the class is
apply for certain programs. Students must be sure they meet all
designated as one that can be repeated. This information is
requirements before applying:
part of the course description in each semester’s credit course
• be a citizen or eligible noncitizen; schedule.
• have a valid social security number;
2. GRADE POINT AVERAGE REQUIREMENT
• have a high school diploma, a GED or pass an
A student must maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point average.
independently-administered test approved by the U.S.
Federal regulations require that the college take into account a
Department of Education;
student’s academic performance throughout the course of study,
• not be in default on any student loan; regardless of whether or not the student previously received
• not owe a refund on any grant or loan, and not have financial aid. Grades for repeated courses for which the student
borrowed in excess of the loan limits under Title IV earns credit are averaged.
programs at any institution;
* Veterans receiving the Illinois Veterans Grant, the Illinois
• agree to use any student financial aid solely for educational
National Guard Grant or the Illinois MIA/POW Scholarship are
purposes;
only subject to meeting the GPA requirement.
• agree to not engage in the unlawful manufacture,
distribution, dispensation, possession or use of a controlled 3. MAXIMUM TIMEFRAME REQUIREMENT
substance during the period covered by the Pell Grant; Student eligibility for financial aid at Waubonsee is limited to
• if required, register with the Selective Service; 150 percent of standard program length or 96 credit hours
• complete a Waubonsee Community College New Student attempted, regardless of whether or not the student previously
Information Form and select an eligible program. A received financial aid. These 96 hours include transfer hours
certificate program must be at least 16 credit hours to accepted from other institutions.
quality;
4. EVALUATION AND ACADEMIC
• make satisfactory academic progress toward a degree or
certificate as defined in the Standards of Academic Progress; PROGRESS STATUS
• be aware that financial aid does not cover audited courses. A student is evaluated for academic progress following the
completion of each academic term, and his/her status will be
one of the following:
Standards of Academic Progress PASS - The student is in the first term of enrollment and has not
In accordance with the United States Department of Education received grades, has not enrolled for credit courses, or is meeting
and State of Illinois regulations, Waubonsee Community College all academic progress standards.
has established minimum Standards of Academic Progress
guidelines for the receipt of financial aid. These standards apply WARNING - If a student fails to meet the required completion
to all students receiving federal and state funding, including rate, G.P.A., and/or timeframe requirement as outlined in this
veterans* and students receiving student loans or federal policy, the student is placed on FINANCIAL AID WARNING for
work-study. the subsequent academic term. A student is able to receive
financial assistance while on warning.
1. COMPLETION RATE REQUIREMENT SUSPENSION - If a student fails to meet the Standards of
A student must achieve a 67 percent completion rate for all Academic Progress at the end of the warning term, the student
course work attempted at Waubonsee. This applies whether or will be placed on FINANCIAL AID SUSPENSION and will
not the student previously received financial aid. become ineligible for all federal and state programs. If in
subsequent semesters, the student is able to meet the completion
a. “Credit hours completed” is defined as completion of a course
rate or GPA requirement, it is the student’s responsibility to
by the end of a given semester in which a student is enrolled
notify the Financial Aid Office and request that aid eligibility be
and receiving a grade of A, B, C, and/or D.
reinstated.
2010/2011
Financial Aid 261
5. APPEALS Financial Aid Refund Policy
A student may submit a written appeal within 30 calendar days Tuition refunds are based on the official date of withdrawal.
following the end of the semester in which he/she was ruled Refunds based on the difference between institutional charges
ineligible. An appeal form will be sent to the student by the for the term and loan amounts are mailed about the fourth week
Financial Aid Office. Failure to meet this deadline will result in of the term. Refunds based on the difference between
the denial of reinstatement. If a student believes there were institutional charges for the term and Pell Grant disbursements are
mitigating circumstances that affected his/her academic mailed after mid-term.
progress, the student may appeal the suspension or cancellation
of aid. It is the responsibility of the student to supply the required
documentation with the appeal letter. Veterans’ Programs
Students interested in VA benefits, Illinois veterans’ benefits
Appeals will be considered on an individual basis by the Financial and any other related programs can find details on the
Aid Appeals Committee, and will be responded to in writing application process online at www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid.
within 14 calendar days of receipt of the appeal. Appeals will be Additional questions may be directed to the Financial Aid Office.
reviewed and either approved with no provisions, approved with The standards of academic progress apply to all veterans as
provisions, or denied. indicated on the previous page.
www.waubonsee.edu
262
WAU B O N S E E
what you need to know
Academic
Information
and Regulations
2010/2011
Academic Information
and Regulations 263
Academic Probation A recording fee may apply in each case as described
All students who achieve a cumulative grade point average below below, but is subject to change without prior notice.
2.0 are automatically placed on academic probation. They must In general, credit will be recorded after the
meet with an advisor or counselor for a program review before refund period of the student’s
they can register for the next semester. Students remain on
probation until their cumulative grade point average is equal
first semester of enrollment.
to 2.0 or higher. Additional services or classes may be required or
recommended. 1. Acceptance of Collegiate Credits Earned at
Other Institutions
Certificates of Achievement A transfer student must submit to Admissions a New Student
Consult this catalog for certificate requirements. Certificates of Information Form, high school transcripts, transcripts from
Achievement are awarded at the end of each semester. It is the all colleges previously attended and a Transcript Evaluation
responsibility of the student to submit a written request for the Request Form. Only course credit hours (not the grades) are
certificate which he/she believes to be completed. A request form transferable. Transfer grades are not included on Waubonsee
may be obtained in Counseling Center or the student may submit transcripts or used in computing the GPA at Waubonsee
a letter to the Graduate/Credentials Analyst (see directory). Community College. Transcripts of credits received from non-
Original certificates are free. Duplicate certificates cost $5. regionally accredited institutions are individually evaluated.
No recording fee applies.
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic Information
264 and Regulations
3. Acceptance of Credits Earned by College Level Computer Science. Students scoring a 4 or above on the
Examination Program (CLEP) Computer Science AB Exam receive 3 semester hours of credit
for CIS 115-Introduction to Programming.
Waubonsee Community College is a national CLEP Test
Center. The CLEP examinations assess knowledge generally English. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the English Exam
taught in the first two years of college. Check with the Center receive 6 semester hours of credit for ENG 101-First-Year
for Learning Assessment to learn about registration and Composition I and ENG 102-First-Year Composition II.
testing availability.
Foreign Languages and Literature. Students scoring a 3
Waubonsee accepts credit for each of the following 27 CLEP on the French, German or Spanish Foreign Language Exams
examinations: receive credit for FRE 101 and/or FRE 102; GER 101 and/or
College Composition Modular, College Composition, GER 102; SPN 101 and/or SPN 102. Scores of 4 or 5 can
Introductory Business Law, Humanities, College receive credit for FRE 201 and/or FRE 202; GER 201 and/or
Mathematics, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences and History, 202; SPN 201 and/or SPN 202.
American Government, History of the United States I,
History of the United States II, Calculus, College Algebra,
History. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5 on the American
History Exam receive 6 semester hours of credit for HIS 121-
French Language, German Language, Spanish Language,
American History to 1865 and HIS 122-American History
Biology, Chemistry, Human Growth and Development,
Since 1865. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5 on the European
Principles of Management, Financial Accounting, Principles
History Exam receive 6 semester hours of credit for
of Macroeconomics, Principles of Microeconomics,
HIS 111-Western Civilization to 1648 and HIS 112-
Introductory Psychology, Introductory Business Law,
Western Civilization Since 1648.
Introductory Sociology, Principles of Marketing, Pre-
Calculus, Western Civilization I: Ancient Near East to 1648, Mathematical Sciences. Students scoring a 5 on the
Western Civilization II: 1648 to the present. Calculus AB Exam, or a 4 or 5 on the Calculus BC Exam
receive 8 semester hours of credit for MTH 131-Calculus with
CLEP examinations are computer-based and administered
Analytic Geometry I and MTH 132-Calculus with Analytic
throughout the year on an individual appointment basis.
Geometry II. Students scoring a 3 or 4 on the Calculus AB
After students have completed the CLEP examinations, a
Exam, or a 3 on the Calculus BC Exam receive 4 semester
score report is sent to the institution of their choice. It is the
hours of credit for MTH 131.
student’s responsibility to contact Registration and Records to
request that credit be recorded. Waubonsee grants a Music. Credit is determined after departmental review.
maximum of 30 credits for successful performance
on CLEP examinations. A recording fee of $5 per credit hour Physics. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5 on the Physics B Exam
is assessed. Refer to the Center for Learning Assessment Web receive 8 semester hours of credit for PHY 111 and PHY 112,
site for additional information. Introduction to Physics I and II. Students scoring a 3, 4 or 5
on the Physics C Exam receive 10 semester hours of credit for
4. Advanced Placement Program (APP) PHY 221 and PHY 222, General Physics.
Credit and/or advanced placement may be granted to students Political Science. Students scoring a 3 or above on
who have participated in the Advanced Placement Program the American Government and Politics Exam receive 3
in their high schools. Participants applying for Waubonsee semester hours of credit for PSC 100-Introduction to
Community College admission should arrange to have their American Government. Students scoring a 3 or above on
Advanced Placement examination records sent to Registration the Comparative Government and Politics Exam receive
and Records. 3 semester hours of credit for PSC 220-Comparative
Art. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the Art History Exam Government.
receive 6 semester hours of credit for ART 101-Art History- A recording fee of $5 per credit hour is assessed.
Prehistoric to Medieval; and ART 102-Art History-Late
Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque. Advanced Placement Program participants whose AP scores
do not qualify for credit may wish to avail themselves of
Biological Sciences. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the Waubonsee’s proficiency program for earning college credit.
Biology Exam receive 4 semester hours of credit for BIO 120-
Principles of Biology I. Students scoring a 3 receive 3 hours 5. Acceptance of Credit by Proficiency Examination
of credit for BIO 100-Introduction to Biology. Proficiency examinations may be taken in certain courses or
Chemistry. Students scoring a 4 or 5 on the Chemistry programs upon petition by the student. These examinations
Exam receive 8 semester hours of credit for CHM 121- may be taken only with the approval of the appropriate Dean
General Chemistry, and CHM 122-Chemistry and Qualitative of each instructional division. They are open to students
Analysis. Students scoring a 3 receive 4 hours of credit who meet the requirements through previous course work,
for CHM 121. experience, or a combination of both. Contact the appropriate
Dean for further information (see directory).
2010/2011
Academic Information
and Regulations 265
Proficiency examinations are given in accordance with the
following restrictions:
Grading
Grade points are numerical values that indicate the scholarship
• Examinations may not be taken in a course which the
level of letter grades.
student has previously audited or in which he/she has
enrolled unless the course is approved to be repeated. Grade points at Waubonsee are assigned on the following scale:
• Examinations may not be taken to raise a grade. If the
student passes a proficiency examination, he/she is given Grade Significance Grade-Point Level
credit which is shown on the transcript as “credit by
proficiency.” No grade is recorded and the credit is not A superior 4.0
used in calculating the grade point average. B good 3.0
C average 2.0
A recording fee of $5 per credit hour is assessed. D poor 1.0
F failure 0
6. Acceptance of Credit by Evaluation W withdrew 0
Credit by evaluation certifies knowledge gained by I incomplete 0
a. High school technical and/or career training – A course E credit by proficiency 0
or courses successfully completed at a high school Z audit 0
participating in VALEES (see page 175) may be awarded Y successful completion
credit or advanced placement at Waubonsee Community of a continuing
College. For a complete listing of articulated courses, visit education course 0
the VALEES Web site at www.valees.org. N unsuccessful completion of a
b. Technical and/or vocational training - A course or courses of a continuing education course 0
successfully completed at technical and/or vocational MG missing grade 0
institutions may be transferred to Waubonsee Community NC noncredit course 0
College by evaluation if they are found to be equivalent and (H) honors course notation see grade
documented by the appropriate Dean. (G) grade forgiveness not
c. Experiential credit - Waubonsee Community College will, included in GPA 0
upon request, evaluate formalized learning outside of the (T) transfer course 0
college which has been documented by an outside
accrediting body (for example, apprentice counsels of local Repeated courses are marked with a notation.
labor unions, industrial training programs). Requests for
such evaluation should be directed to the appropriate
Dean. Grade points earned for a given course are determined by
A recording fee of $5 per credit hour is assessed. multiplying the semester hours earned for the course by the
grade point level achieved.
For example: If a B (3.0 grade point level) was earned in a
Dean’s List 3-semester-hour history course, the number of grade points
Students who achieve a 3.50 to 3.99 semester grade point average earned would be a 3.0 x 3 which results in nine grade points.
while enrolled in 12 or more regular semester credit hours are On the other hand, if a D (1.0 grade-point level) was earned in
honored by placement on the Dean’s List (fall, spring and a 4-semester-hour biology course, the number of grade points
summer semesters). Also see President’s List. earned would be 1.0 x 4 or four grade points. Only grades A, B,
C, and D are used in calculating grade points.
President’s List NOTIFICATION OF GRADES
Students who achieve a 4.0 semester grade point average while Final course grades are recorded at the end of each semester.
enrolled in 12 or more regular semester credit hours are honored Students can access their final grades through the online self-
by placement on the President’s List (fall, spring and summer service system or the mywcc Web portal.
semesters).
Students who become aware of a grading error must contact
Registration and Records within 30 days of the end of the
Full-Time Student Load semester to request a recalculation of academic honors.
A full-time student load during fall and spring is from 12 to 18
semester hours. During the summer, a full-time load is from 6 to
10 semester hours.
Students wishing to exceed these hours need to complete a
“Request for Additional Credit Hours” form. Please allow time to
meet enrollment deadlines as this process may take up to 10 days.
Forms are available in the Counseling Center.
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic Information
266 and Regulations
2010/2011
Academic Information
and Regulations 267
Graduation Requirements Occupational Program Guarantee
The general procedures for graduation are outlined below. Waubonsee Community College, as an expression of confidence
Course requirements and other regulations for each degree and in its faculty, staff and educational programs, guarantees the
major are explained in the program section of this catalog. skills of all occupational Associate in Applied Science degree
and certificate graduates.
1. Counseling: Students working toward their associate degree
should meet early and often with a counselor to plan their Refer to the “Career Education” section of this catalog for details
program of study and to ensure they meet all requirements on the terms of this guarantee.
to graduate.
See also “Transfer Program Guarantee” later in this section.
2. Curriculum: Students need to know and observe the
requirements of their curriculum and the rules governing Rights and Responsibilities
academic work. While counselors can help students make Waubonsee Community College recognizes that students are
wise decisions, the ultimate responsibility for meeting the both citizens and members of an academic community. As a
requirements to graduate rests with each student. citizen, each student has the freedoms of speech, assembly,
Although academic requirements may change with each association, and the press, and the rights of petition and
edition of the college catalog, students are responsible for the due process which are guaranteed by the state and federal
certificate or degree requirements that are specified in the constitutions. As members of an academic community, students
official college catalog at the time the student completes have the right and the responsibility to participate, through
his/her first credit course. A student may elect to follow the student government and college committees, in the development
certificate or degree requirements set forth in any subsequent and review of college regulations and policies affecting them.
catalog if the student completes a credit course during that Upon enrolling in the college, each student assumes an obligation
catalog’s effective dates. Requirements may not be combined to conduct himself or herself in a manner that is compatible with
from different catalogs. No student may graduate using the the college’s function as an educational institution. If this
requirements of a Waubonsee Community College catalog obligation is neglected or ignored by the student, the college
that is more than five years old prior to the date of graduation. must, in the interest of fulfilling its function and meeting its total
In the case of curriculum changes and the cancellation or obligations, institute appropriate disciplinary action as described
withdrawal of courses, every effort will be made to substitute in the student conduct section of the “Student Handbook.”
current course work to fulfill certificate or degree require-
ments. Course substitutions must be approved in writing by FINANCIAL OBLIGATION OF THE STUDENT
the appropriate Dean or the Assistant Vice President of Final grades are not released for the student whose financial
Instruction. The student has the ultimate responsibility to account with Waubonsee has not been settled in full. Likewise,
fulfill the requirements for the certificate or degree, to check no diploma, professional certificate, academic transcript or other
the eligibility to take courses and to observe the academic information concerning academic record is released until the
rules governing the program. A degree or certificate cannot student’s account has been cleared.
be awarded if the program has been withdrawn.
MILITARY RECRUITING
The rules given apply only to requirements for certificates and Waubonsee Community College is in compliance with the
degrees. All students are subject to the academic regulations Solomon Amendment (32 CFR, Part 216 by the Department
stated in the most recent catalog. of Defense) of the National Defense Authorization Act. This
3. Transfers: If a student completes any courses (including final amendment gives branches of the military access to student
ones) from another college to be used toward degree or directory information for student recruiting purposes. Contact
certificate requirements, he/she must submit official Registration and Records for additional information (see
transcripts as soon as possible and notify the directory).
Graduate/Credentials Analyst.
4. Flex-Term and Telecourses: To be considered for
graduation, final grades for flex-term and telecourses are due
by the end of the semester.
5. Timing: Graduation requirements may be completed
during any semester; however, if students cannot complete
their program as petitioned, they should notify the Graduate/
Credentials Analyst immediately.
6. Petition: Early in the semester before they expect to
complete their program, students must file a petition
to graduate.
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic Information
268 and Regulations
PRIVACY OF RECORDS/TRANSCRIPTS
All information provided to Waubonsee Community College is
kept confidential in accordance with the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (Public Law 93-380). Refer to
Waubonsee’s “Student Handbook” for more details.
All students have the right to inspect and review their personal
records at a time and place under conditions designated by
Registration and Records. Any release of Waubonsee academic
information from student records must have the written consent
of the student. Contact Registration and Records.
All students desiring their academic transcript to be sent to
another institution or to a prospective employer should submit a
request to Registration and Records. Transcripts requested in
person, by mail or by fax will be $10 each while transcripts
requested online will be $5 each.
Current and former students of Waubonsee have access to
their official records maintained here. Contact Registration and
Records (see directory).
2010/2011
269
WAU B O N S E E
the tools for success
Resources and
Services
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources
270 and Services
EARLY ALERT Admission to the program is open to all students who qualify
based on school records, diagnostic testing information and an
Waubonsee’s Early Alert has been developed with the goal of
optional personal interview. For more information, contact the
increasing student success. Under this program, instructors are
Access Center for Students with Disabilities (see directory).
asked to identify students who exhibit academic difficulties that
may prevent them from completing a course successfully. Areas
of difficulty can include attendance, English proficiency,
academic preparation/prerequisites, class participation, test/quiz
Adult Education Special Programs
This comprehensive program offers opportunities for low-
scores, completion of class assignments, clinical/lab assignments
income adult education students to obtain self-sufficiency
and appropriate classroom behavior.
through education and training. These programs are designed
Early Alert may include student populations such as athletes, to offer personalized assistance to the potential college student
Student Support Services participants, financial aid recipients, who plans to pursue a certificate or associate degree in a
Access Center students, first-year students, career/technical vocational area. Among the Special Programs are the Youth
students and students enrolled in developmental courses. Services Program (YSP) and the Vocational Skills Program.
Students identified with academic difficulties are encouraged to The YSP offers career exploration and job search/placement in
make an appointment with a counselor to address the areas of the area of health care to students between the ages of 16 and 21.
concern. Strategies for success are shared with the instructor. Among the many benefits available to eligible students are free
tuition and fees, books, individual case management and other
PROBATION support services. Students lacking a high school diploma are
At the end of each semester, students with a cumulative grade strongly encouraged to attend GED classes to work toward GED
point average (GPA) below 2.0 are placed on academic probation. attainment prior to enrolling in a certificate program. One-year
These students receive a letter notifying them that they must follow-up is given to students once they have completed their
make an appointment to meet with a counselor before they can course of study or obtained employment.
register for the next semester. Additional services or classes may
The Vocational Skills Program offers free computer classes to
be required or recommended.
currently enrolled ESL and GED students. Classes offered
include Basic Computer Literacy, Introduction to Keyboarding,
PROGRAM REVIEW
Introduction to Microsoft Word and Introduction to Microsoft
Upon successful completion of 24-38 cumulative semester hours, Excel.
students receive a letter of notification and are required to review
their progress with a counselor. The program review helps For more information or to register, contact the Adult Education
students remain focused on their chosen academic goals. Special Programs office (see directory).
Program reviews are mandatory and required before students
are permitted to register for the next semester.
2010/2011
Resources
and Services 271
Bookstore Career Choices
Waubonsee’s bookstores are open year-round and are located in CAREER EXPLORATION
Dickson Center on the Sugar Grove Campus and on the first
Both currently enrolled students and members of the community
floor of the Aurora Campus on the Stolp Avenue side.
are welcome to use the resources of the Counseling Center for
Students may order books for direct shipment or in-store pick up career exploration.
via our online bookstore at www.waubonsee.edu/bookstore.
Career inventories such as the Strong Interest Inventory,
Prepayment by credit card is required for online orders, and
Campbell Interest and Skill Survey, and the Myers Briggs Type
shipping and handling charges may apply.
Indicator are used to examine a person’s interests and personality
The bookstores stock required and optional, new and used in relation to occupations. A nominal fee is charged to cover the
textbooks, as well as reference materials, study guides, school cost of some materials.
and office supplies, electronics, gift items, and Waubonsee
Counselors are available to meet with students and community
insignia clothing and gifts. Educationally priced computer
members to discuss their career options and goals.
software is available to students, faculty, and staff.
Personal development courses are available each semester to
Book buybacks are conducted at the two permanent bookstore
assist students in career exploration and job-seeking skills.
locations during the final weeks of each semester. Students are
Information on these credit courses is available from the
paid cash for their used books that are current editions and in
Counseling Center. Check the semester schedule of classes for
good condition. Books that are needed on campus for the next
times and locations of the courses with a “PDV” prefix.
term will be purchased by the bookstore at up to 50% of the new
book price. Books may be purchased at wholesale prices at
CAREER SERVICES CENTER
various times during the semester for shipment off campus.
Check with the bookstores for wholesale buyback days and times. Students and college district members seeking full or part-time
employment, as well as employers looking for quality employees,
Regular bookstore hours, along with extended hours at the can take advantage of a wide range of free services offered by the
beginning of each term, are posted at each location and on the Career Services Center.
bookstore Web site. The bookstore accepts cash, checks,
MasterCard, VISA and Discover credit and debit cards, as well as Resources available in the Career Services Center to assist in the
grants, scholarships and other financial aid as approved by the job search process include information on employment
Financial Aid Office. projections and labor market needs, effective résumé writing and
interview techniques, internship opportunities, and additional
employment strategies.
The Web site www.collegecentral.com/waubonsee is an Internet-
based job listing service for community college students and
district residents. Employers throughout the greater Chicagoland
region can contact Waubonsee to list their job opportunities. Job
seekers can post their résumés and view postings. The Web site
provides universal access 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to
the thousands of jobs listed annually through the Career Services
Center.
Employers may choose to participate in career fairs, recruit and
conduct interviews on campus, or provide work site experiences
that coordinate with a student’s academic program.
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources
272 and Services
2010/2011
Resources
and Services 273
Foundation Intercollegiate Athletics
The Waubonsee Community College Foundation supports the Waubonsee competes in intercollegiate sports and is a member
philosophy and purpose of Waubonsee with the following goals: of the Illinois Skyway Collegiate Athletic Conference and the
National Junior College Athletic Association. Authorized sports
• to continue funding existing scholarship programs and initiate
include baseball, golf, softball, volleyball, wrestling, soccer, tennis,
new ones;
basketball and cross-country.
• to advance the educational and charitable purposes of the
college; To be eligible for any intercollegiate sport, a student must be a
regular student enrolled in a minimum of 12 semester hours and
The Foundation awards nearly 200 scholarships each academic
must meet the eligibility requirements of the National Junior
year. Applications are due February 3, 2011 for scholarships
College Athletic Association (NJCAA). For more information,
usable during the 2011-2012 academic year. More information
visit www.njcaa.org.
may be found at www.waubonsee.edu/scholarships.
Chartered in 1978 as a tax exempt, non-profit organization, the
foundation is governed by a 25-member board of community Learning Enhancement
leaders. Contact the Office of Fund Development (see directory). Learning Enhancement offers assistance with college studies.
Through small group tutoring, workshops or credit courses,
assistance is provided in study skills, reading, writing,
Henning Academic mathematics and personal development. Improving skills in these
areas can contribute to a successful, less stressful college career.
Computing Center Instruction is tailored to the individual so that the student can
The Henning Academic Computing Center provides Waubonsee feel comfortable, yet challenged. Learning Enhancement services
students and area residents with opportunities to use personal are available at the Aurora, Copley and Sugar Grove campuses.
computers and numerous types of software in an academic
laboratory featuring the latest instructional technology. The Personalized writing assistance is available to any Waubonsee
15,000 square-foot facility has eight classrooms and an open lab student working on a writing project. Professional staff is
equipped with 120 personal computer work stations. All personal available on a walk-in basis to assist in the writing of essays,
computers in the center are networked to provide access to a research papers, reports, resumes, and personal and business
wide range of software packages as well as laser printers. One letters. Other academic assistance is also available. Contact
of the classrooms is equipped as a computer-aided drafting Tutoring for schedules (see directory).
and design laboratory. Several classrooms are equipped with a
Robotel switching system, enabling an instructor to demonstrate
on each student’s computer and simultaneously monitor the Music Performance
individual screens. Students may participate in music performances by enrolling in
credit courses (see Applied Music in course descriptions) or by
All currently enrolled Waubonsee Community College students participating in an instrumental or vocal ensemble with other
have access to the open lab. Community residents who wish to community members. Contact the music department and
use the open lab personal computers may do so by registering specific instructors for more information.
for a monthly user fee. The fee entitles residents to unlimited
use of the open lab work stations in the facility. INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
The Henning Academic Computing Center is open extended The Waubonsee Steel Drum Band, Rock Music Ensemble and
hours when classes are in session. Verify posted hours in a Jazz Band give students the opportunity to perform for concerts
current semester course schedule. and community events. The groups are open to all interested
students.
For more information about classes, consult the respective
schedules for college credit courses and noncredit offerings. Students also can gain concert band experience through
Network User Rules are in effect at Waubonsee to ensure fair, cooperative agreements with the American Legion Band and
equitable and appropriate electronic communication. All users the Fox Valley Concert Band.
(whether on campus or accessing Waubonsee’s network from off
site) are bound by these rules. The rules are available online and
are included in the “Student Handbook.” VOCAL MUSIC
Waubonsee offers two opportunities to participate in vocal
groups: The Waubonsee Chorale, a 20-member group which
INTERNSHIPS performs traditional choral music, and the Fox Valley Festival
Internships are a great way to gain on-the-job experience prior to Chorus, a 60-member ensemble performing larger choral works,
graduating. See page 15 in the “Educational Options” section for often with an instrumental group.
more information.
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources
274 and Services
Student Newspaper
The student newspaper, “Insight,” has grown rapidly since its first
issue in 1967. Students may use their talents for expression in one
of the many facets of the preparation of the paper. The paper is
published by the college and is distributed free to the student
body, staff and faculty. Contact the office of the Dean for
Communications and Library Services for more information
(see directory).
2010/2011
Resources
and Services 275
Student Support Services Transfer Advising
Student Support Services provides educational support services Transfer advising is available as part of the Counseling Center.
for eligible Waubonsee Community College students. The Assistance is available to students who plan to transfer to a four-
program helps students successfully complete their college year school upon completing Waubonsee’s associate degree.
degree or certificate programs. First-generation college students, Counseling maintains transfer/articulation fact sheets for the
students who need financial assistance, or students who have a state universities that explain the exact courses that transfer to
disability and demonstrate a need for academic support may each institution. Also see www.waubonsee.edu/transferring for
qualify. Services include individual tutoring; academic, career, more information.
transfer and personal counseling; financial aid guidance; cultural
enrichment activities; and workshops on a variety of topics. For
more information on eligibility and availability of services, Tutoring Program
contact the Student Support Services office (see directory). Free tutoring is available to students currently enrolled in classes.
Student Support Services is a federally funded TRIO program Subject and tutor availability schedules are posted every
sponsored by the U.S. Department of Education. The current SSS semester. No appointments are necessary when seeking tutoring
budget is $299,872. Eighty-eight percent of this funding is from at the walk-in assistance labs located in Collins Hall on the Sugar
the Department of Education ($263,827), and 12 percent Grove Campus or at the Aurora Campus, Room 326.
($36,000) is funded by Waubonsee (college match). For more information, contact the Tutor Coordinator
(see directory).
Todd Library
Library services are provided at the Todd Library at the Sugar Veteran Student Services
Grove Campus, and at extension sites at the Aurora and Copley Waubonsee is proud to serve those students who have served our
campuses. The Todd Library houses a 50,000 book collection, country. Visit www.waubonsee.edu/veterans for information
more than 500 periodical titles, and many electronic reference about getting started, academic advising and financial aid.
databases chosen to support the college curriculum and provide
research materials for students and residents of the Waubonsee
Community College district. Other services available at the Sugar
Grove library facility include:
• conference room;
• copiers; ✆ See directory inside back cover.
• distance learning classroom tapes;
• interlibrary loan;
• Internet access;
• instructional multimedia;
• microform reader/printers;
• reference assistance;
• reserve materials;
• telecourses;
• video viewing area.
All registered students may check out materials from the library,
and residents of the college district who are high school age or
older are eligible for most circulation privileges.
www.waubonsee.edu
History and
276 New Directions
History and New Directions Waubonsee established another major extension center in
January 1997 on the Rush-Copley Medical Center campus,
Waubonsee Community College, a two-year public institution of adjacent to Route 34 in far east Aurora. College credit courses,
higher learning, came into existence in August 1966 when the community education programs, and training seminars for
electorate of 12 school districts in most of Kane and portions of business and industry are held in the two-story building’s eight
Kendall, DeKalb, LaSalle and Will counties voted to establish classrooms.
Community College District 516. Today, the district encompasses
In late 2004, the college announced its plans for a fourth
nearly 600 square miles and has an assessed valuation of
permanent campus to be located in Plano. The Waubonsee
approximately $10.5 billion.
Community College Plano Campus sits on a nine-acre site
From the beginning, the college’s philosophy has been that adjacent to the Lakewood Springs development, north of
education is the cornerstone of a literate, democratic society; Highway 34 and west of Eldamain Road near Lake Plano.
learning is a lifelong process; and the pursuit of knowledge must
The new Plano Campus is just one of the many projects
be supported by institutional policies demonstrating accessibility,
undertaken as part of the 2020 College Master Plan. During the
service, quality, innovation and value.
2002-2003 academic year, the board of trustees adopted this plan,
With the objective of meeting the lifelong learning needs of the which outlines educational facilities necessary to meet the needs
community, the college truly began taking shape in early 1967, as of students now and into the future. All four building projects
the college’s first president assumed his duties and subsequently planned for the Sugar Grove Campus have been completed; the
began assembling a staff, developing a multilevel curriculum and Campus Operations facility opened in August 2005, the new
locating classroom space. However, the college still needed a Science Building opened during the fall 2006 semester, the
name, and for that, the school called upon its community. Academic and Professional Center held classes for the first time
in fall 2007, and the Student Center opened in spring 2009.
A district-wide naming contest was held in March of 1967. From Classes are scheduled to begin at the new Plano Campus in
among the 600 entries, the name suggested by both Susan Miller, spring 2011 and at the new downtown Aurora Campus in fall
of Aurora, and Patricia Ann Dillon, of Batavia, stood out, and the 2011.
Fox Valley’s community college officially became Waubonsee
Community College. Waubonsee, meaning “early dawn” or “early While Waubonsee is continually working to improve its
day,” was a Pottawatomie Native American chief who lived in the campuses, the college also recognizes the need for other
Fox River Valley during the 1800s. convenient course locations, and so, classes are held at nearly 40
other extension sites throughout the district as well. For those
Waubonsee Community College had a permanent name but had students who prefer to learn from home, Waubonsee offers a
yet to locate to a permanent campus and so, when the college variety of distance learning options. Waubonsee has always been
opened its doors for classes on Sept. 11, 1967, the doors were a leader in distance learning, from being a founding member of
those of a variety of community facilities. The school’s initial the Illinois Virtual Campus (IVC) to providing courses to
enrollment of 1,603 students — 403 full time and 1,200 part time students statewide through Illinois Community Colleges Online
— has grown steadily since that time, with the college currently (ILCCO). Currently, the college offers nearly 200 online courses
serving more than 11,000 students each semester. and is one of a handful of higher education institutions in Illinois
Just a few months later, in December 1967, a successful bond to offer fully-accredited associate degrees to students in a
referendum allowed the college to begin planning its first distance learning format.
permanent campus. The campus, situated on a 243-acre tract of As the educational needs of its district change, so too will
land north of Sugar Grove on Route 47, still serves as the college’s Waubonsee Community College. What will always remain the
main campus. In addition to classroom space, facilities there also same, however, is Waubonsee’s commitment to student success
include conference rooms, specialized laboratories, Student through quality teaching and learning experiences.
Center, café and coffee shop, library, bookstore, child care center,
observatory, kiln shelter, 375-seat auditorium, multipurpose
event space, gymnasium, 120-workstation computer center,
fitness center and two-mile nature trail.
A second Waubonsee campus opened in 1986 in downtown
Aurora. Located at the corner of Galena Boulevard and Stolp
Avenue, the three-story facility is the headquarters for several
college departments and programs, including Workforce
Development, Adult Education, GED, English as a Second
Language and the Adult Literacy Project, as well as the Illinois
Small Business Development Center.
2010/2011
Federal Compliances 277
Federal Compliances Student Right to Know
Waubonsee Community College does not discriminate on the
basis of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, age, national
and Campus Security Act of 1990
Waubonsee Community College is in compliance with the
origin, veteran’s status, marital status, disability or any other
Student Right to Know and Campus Security Act (P.L. 101-542).
characteristic protected by law in its programs and activities. For
Information is collected to provide institutional graduation rates,
more information on the college’s nondiscrimination policies,
as well as safety policies and crime statistics to students. Further
contact the Director of Human Resources at (630) 466-7900,
information is available through Waubonsee’s Campus Police
ext.2367; Waubonsee Community College, Route 47 at
Department (see directory) or online at www.waubonsee.edu.
Waubonsee Drive, Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9454.
Title IX
Waubonsee Community College adheres to the provisions
outlined in Title IX of the 1972 Federal Education Amendment
Act prohibiting sex discrimination and sexual harassment in all
activities of the college. The Title IX coordinator is Michele
Needham, Director of Human Resources (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
278
WAU B O N S E E
your mentors
Staff
2010/2011
Staff 279
Full-Time Faculty and Bickley, Keith A., Assistant Professor
Philosophy (H, FA & L)
Administrators BA, Wabash College;
MA, Duquesne University
Instructional Divisions:
(B & IS) Business and Information Systems
Bitterman, John C., Associate Professor
Communications (C & LS)
(C & LS) Communications and Library Services
AA, College of DuPage;
(H & LS) Health and Life Sciences
BA, Southern Illinois University;
(H, FA & L) Humanities, Fine Arts
MA, MSEd, Northern Illinois University
and Languages
(LE) Learning Enhancement Blacksmith, Lourdes, Director
(SS & E) Social Science and Education Federal and Cultural Relations
(T, M & PS) Technology, Mathematics and AAS, Waubonsee Community College;
Physical Sciences BA, DePaul University
Abbott, Lenice, Assistant Professor Bota, Aurel, Construction Superintendent
Reading (LE) BS, Institute for Constructions in Bucharest, Romania
BA, Wheaton College;
MS, National Louis University Boudreau, Charles, Director of Student Financial Aid Services
BA, MSEd, University of Illinois;
Ahmann, Carla, Assistant Professor PhD, University of South Florida
Early Childhood Education (SS & E)
BS, MS, University of Wisconsin-Stout Bouffard, Christine, Assistant Professor
Health Education/Physical Education (SS & E)
Archos, Vaseliki, Instructor BA, Valparaiso University;
Communications (C & LS) MS, University of Illinois at Chicago;
BA, MS, Illinois State University MSEd, Northern Illinois University
Armitage, James, Associate Professor Brackenridge, Eugenia, Professor
Automotive Technology (T, M & PS) Biology/Microbiology (H & LS)
AS, Waubonsee Community College; BA, MA, PhD, University of Texas at Austin
AAS, Elgin Community College;
BS, Illinois State University; Brown, Maribeth, Assistant Professor
MSEd, Northern Illinois University Mathematics (LE)
BA, Eastern Illinois University;
Avilés-Davis, Evelyn Z., Bilingual Counselor/ MA, DePaul University
Assistant Professor
BA, MA, University of Puerto Rico Burke, Adam, Librarian/Assistant Professor
Library (C & LS)
Bakalis, Maria, Professor BA, University of Wisconsin;
Communications/Theater (C & LS) MA, University of Iowa
BA, DePaul University;
MA, Northeastern Illinois University; Butler, Mary Edith, Dean
EdD, Northern Illinois University Communications and Library Services
BS Ed, Mississippi College;
Ball, David C., Professor MLS, University of Mississippi
CAD/Drafting/Engineering (T, M & PS)
BS, Western Illinois University; Cardine, Darla, Assistant Vice President
MEd, National College of Education Finance
AS, Kishwaukee Community College;
Ballee, Shawn, Assistant Professor BS, Northern Illinois University;
Industrial Systems Technology (T, M & PS) MBA, Aurora University;
AS, Elgin Community College; CPA
BS, Northern Illinois University
Chaaban, Amy L., Assistant Professor
Baston, Karen, Associate Professor Information Systems (B & IS)
Administrative Office Systems (B & IS) BS, Emporia State University;
BS, MS, Northern Illinois University MEd, Southwestern College
Bell, Elizabeth, Dean Clark, Gary, Associate Professor
Campus Development English (C & LS)
BA, Whitworth College; BA, Olivet Nazarene College;
MEd, Oregon State University MA, Northern Illinois University
www.waubonsee.edu
280 Staff
2010/2011
Staff 281
Gloudeman, Mark, Assistant Professor Hollenback, Scott, Assistant Professor
Welding (T, M & PS) Psychology (SS & E)
AGS, Waubonsee Community College BA, Marquette University;
CWI MA, Forest Institute of Professional
Psychology
Godfrey, Amy, Assistant Professor
History (SS & E) Holmes, Harold (Rodney), Associate Professor
BA, Grove City College; Biology (H & LS)
MA, John Carroll University; BS, Abilene Christian College;
PhD, Northern Illinois University MS, Purdue University;
PhD, University of Oklahoma
Gore, Barbara J., Assistant Professor
Chemistry (T, M & PS) Hooker, Christopher, Assistant Professor
BS, Michigan State University; Earth Science/Geography (T, M & PS)
MS, Purdue University AA, Los Angeles Harbor College;
BS, MS, Northern Illinois University
Grier, Douglas, Dean
Community Education Hummel, Paul, Dean
BA, Pennsylvania State University; Technology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
MA, Bowling Green State University BS, MS, Midwest College of Engineering;
EdD, Northern Illinois University
Grubb, Sarah A., Instructor
Philosophy, (H, FA & L) Hutches, Mary Beth, Assistant Professor
BA, Rutgers University; Nursing (H & LS)
MA, Northern Illinois University BS, Northern Illinois University;
MS, St. Xavier University
Hartmann, Bruce, Director
Accounting/Business Services James, Melinda, Assistant Vice President
BA, Carthage College; Student Development
MBA, Benedictine University BS, Murray State University;
MS, George Williams College
Hassing, Cynthia Louise, Assistant Professor
Nursing (H & LS) Jeppesen, James Douglas, Assistant Professor
BA, College of St. Scholastica; Art/Ceramics (H, FA & L)
MS, Northern Illinois University BA, BFA, University of Tulsa;
MFA, Northern Illinois University
Heinrich, Joseph, Assistant Professor
Criminal Justice (SS & E) Kewin, Therese A., Counselor/Assistant Professor
AS, Oakton Community College; BS, Illinois State University;
BA, Aurora University; MS, National Louis University
M. Ed, National-Louis University
Kiefer, Richard, Associate Professor
Heiss, David, Assistant Professor Political Science/History (SS & E)
Physical Education (SS & E) BS, Miami University;
AA, Eastern Wyoming College; MA, Governors State University
BS, Bemidji State University;
MS, Chicago State University
Kindelin, Heidy, Counselor/Assistant Professor
Access Center for Students with Disabilities
Hess, Jeffery, Instructor AA, Moraine Valley Community College;
HVAC (T, M & PS) BS, Illinois State University;
Refrigeration & Appliance MA, Northern Illinois University;
Servicing Certificate, Moraine Park College; CRC
NATE Certified;
Universal EPA Certification
Kunz, Kenneth, Associate Professor
Automotive Technology (T, M & PS)
AA, Joliet Junior College;
Hladik, Paula Jean, Professor
BA, Governors State University;
Business (B & IS)
MEd, Olivet Nazarene University;
RRT, AS, College of DuPage;
Master Automotive ASE
BS, College of St. Francis;
MS, MBA, Benedictine University LaCost, Heather A., Associate Professor
Psychology (SS & E)
BA, Carthage College;
MA, PhD, Northern Illinois University
www.waubonsee.edu
282 Staff
2010/2011
Staff 283
O’Gorman, Michael J., Professor Rolison, Patrick, Assistant Professor
English (C & LS) Criminal Justice (SS &E)
AA, Elgin Community College; AAS, Waubonsee Community College
BA, Truman State University; BA, University of Illinois - Chicago;
MA, University of Illinois at Chicago MS, Northern Illinois University
www.waubonsee.edu
284 Staff
2010/2011
Staff 285
Hauser, Raymond E., Professor Emeritus Adult Education
History (SS, E &IS) Dean: Jeri Dixon
BS, Western Illinois University; Berg, Ann | Secretary and Student Records Clerk
MA, CAS, PhD, Northern Illinois University Cole, Joan | Secretary
Gaspar, Alyson | Manager, Adult Education Special Programs
Knapp, Charles J., Professor Emeritus Grimes, Katharine | Manager, Adult Education Program
Business and Economics (B & IS)
Holladay-Baxter, Gale| Adult Education Data
BS, MBA, MSEd, Northern Illinois University;
Systems Coordinator
MST, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater
Woodward, Sherry | Manager, Adult and Family Literacy
Lippold, Neal W., Professor Emeritus Athletics
Criminal Justice (SS & E) Manager: David Randall
AAS, Waubonsee Community College; Jacobs, Phillip | Athletic Trainer
BA, Aurora University; Wagner, Dana | Assistant Athletic Manager/Coach
MS, Chicago State University
Aurora Campus
Miles-Sawka, Sue L., Professor Emerita Dean: Elizabeth Bell
Early Childhood Development (SS, E, & IS) Manager: Mark Starkovich
BA, Sam Houston State Teachers College, Texas; Arzola, Angelita | Switchboard/Receptionist
MS, University of Houston; Delgado, Esmeralda | Switchboard/Receptionist
EdD, Nova University
Bookstore
Murphy, David, Professor Emeritus Assistant Vice President: Darla Cardine
Psychology (SS & E) Manager: Joanne Leibold
BS, MA, Eastern Illinois University; Garland, Victoria | Textbook Buyer
EdD, Northern Illinois University Lemus, Ana | Assistant Manager
Lopez-Hines, Ofelia | Bookstore Clerk
Shaddle, Susan, Professor Emerita Nickels, Phyllis | Bookstore Shipping/Receiving Clerk
Nursing (H & LS)
Vacant | Bookstore Technology Coordinator
BSN, MSN, Loyola University;
CCRN; Bursar Office
EdD, Northern Illinois University Director: Bruce Hartmann
Jones, Theresa | Accounts Receivable Clerk
Sprague-Williams, Janet L., Professor Emerita Rodriguez, Bonnie | Student/Foundation Accounting Clerk
Speech (C, H & FA)
BA, MA, CAS, EdD, Northern Illinois University Business and Information Systems
Dean: Suzette Long
Dwinnells, Sarah | Secretary
Administrative Offices Thompson, Alison | Academic Specialist
Access Center for Students with Disabilities Business Office
Dean: Kelli Sinclair Director: Bruce Hartmann
Manager: Iris Hansen Bergquist, Connie | Grants Accounting Technician
Egner, Lisa | Accommodations Specialist Frieders, Linda | Accounts Payable Clerk
Kellen, Michele | Payroll Technician
Admissions Wagner, Jennifer | Accounts Payable Clerk
Dean: Faith Marston
Manager: Joy Baish Campus Development
Barr, Felicity | Admissions Clerk Dean: Elizabeth Bell
Brookson, Warren | Admissions Representative Nunez, Myrna | Secretary
Bowman, Cindy | Admissions Representative Jackson, Kristen | Event Room/Campus
Dixon, Bonnie | Switchboard/Receptionist Development Coordinator
Iniquez, Erika | Admissions Representative
Stanek, Liliana | Information Desk Receptionist
Talley, Michelle | Admissions Data Entry Clerk
Vacant| Admissions Representative
www.waubonsee.edu
286 Staff
2010/2011
Staff 287
Fund Development Instruction
Director: Katharine Richards Assistant Vice President: Jill Wold
Cornell, Amanda | Fund Development Associate Arsenault, Deborah | Secretary
Scott, Paula | Secretary Lyons, Terry | Instruction Office Support Technician
Malley, Loretta | Instructional Services Coordinator
Health and Life Sciences Thibeau, Janet | Instructional Services Manager
Dean: Dr. Jess Toussaint
Crafton, Kebra | Secretary Learning Enhancement
Kitching, Desiree | Health Care Programs Secretary Dean: Terri Samuelson
Lepic, Amanda | Academic Specialist Kolkay, Sandra | Tutoring/LES Supervisor
Ragsdale, Katherine | Biology Lab Coordinator Krantz, Lynne | Academic Specialist
Vilman, Karin | Secretary
Human Resources
Director: Michele Needham Library
Depke, Danielle | Human Resources System Coordinator Dean: Mary Edith Butler
Diehl, Nichole | Employment Manager Manager: Laura Michalek
Krajecki, Judith | Human Resources Office Support Technician Hunter-Brodhead, Rhea | Circulation Assistant
Kripp, Kathleen | Employee Relations and Benefits Manager Limonez, Rocio | Circulation Assistant
Larkin, Donna | Employment Specialist Vance, Kendall | |Interlibrary Loan/Periodicals
Latham, Kristine | Benefits Coordinator Management Specialist
Nass, April | Secretary Wohlers, John | Library Technology Coordinator
Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages Marketing and Communications
Dean: Cynthia Fisher Director: Jeffrey Noblitt
Baier, Susan | Secretary Manager: Stephanie Wennmacher
Boyd, Sandra | Academic Specialist Borchers, Kristopher | Marketing/
Sheehan, Mark | Photography Lab Coordinator Communications Web Developer
Edmonson, Meghan | Publications Coordinator
Information Technology Gehrig, Marcia | Graphic Designer/Marketing Coordinator
Chief Information Officer: Edward Leninger
Morrison, Mary | Marketing/Communications Coordinator
Anthenat, Joseph | PC Technical Specialist
Punter, Adam | Graphic Designer/Photographer
Antrobus, Nathan | Technical Resource Specialist
Ruffolo, Neil | Internet Marketing Coordinator
Chen, Joyce | Assistant Database Analyst
Smith, Ann | Duplication Specialist
Fowler, Zachary | Network System Technology Specialist
Wilhelmi, Debby | Secretary
Goodson, Christine | Technology Assistance Center Specialist
Hively, Ryan | Information Technology Specialist Outcomes/The Outcomes Program
Howe, Tony | Voice System Senior Technical Assistant Manager: Dr. Stacey Randall
Kjaer, Timothy | Computing Support Manager Menez, Jessica| Outcomes Support Analyst
Lindell, Anders | Web Portal Analyst Rapach, Stacy| Outcomes Support Analyst
Marczewski, Christopher | Network Engineer
Mutschler, Vern | Systems Technology Manager
President’s Office
President: Dr. Christine Sobek
Nelson, Alek | Computer Services Specialist
Buchner, Janel | Administrative Assistant
Overton, Jackie | Programmer/Analyst
Gebauer, Cynthia | Special Projects Secretary
Piazza, Nicholas | Webmaster
Jones, Ronna | Secretary
Pike, James | Telecommunications Technology Manager
Ponzo, John | Media Services Technician Program Development and Distance Learning
Rozell, Calette | Client Workstation Supervisor Assistant Vice President: Jane Regnier
Rquibi, Hassan | Academic Support Coordinator Blickem, Cassie | Program Development Analyst
Sargent, Karen | Programmer/Analyst Frankino, Julie | Career and Technical Education Specialist
Shields, Christopher | Network Support Services Manager Vacant | Secretary
Shotts, Kerri | Database Analyst
Spizzirri, Valerie | Secretary Purchasing
Stefek, William | Telecommunications Technology Coordinator Director: Bruce Hartmann
Trivedi, Tarun | Security Engineer Manager: Judy McCoy
Tuntland, Merle | Media Services Manager Twait, Sibylle | Purchasing Assistant
Institutional Research
Vice President: Dr. Karen Stewart
Manager: Kristia Mapes
Oldham, Carolyn | Research/Resource Analyst
www.waubonsee.edu
288 Staff
2010/2011
289
WAU B O N S E E
your learning environment
Facilities and
Extension
Locations
www.waubonsee.edu
Facilities and
290 Extension Locations
2010/2011
Facilities and
Extension Locations 291
More information about Waubonsee's Web resources is available
from the Marketing and Communications office (see directory).
In addition to its many alternative delivery systems for education,
Waubonsee also offers online courses, certificates and degrees.
See the Web site for more information, including a current
schedule of online courses.
www.waubonsee.edu
Facilities and
292 Extension Locations
2010/2011
Facilities and
Extension Locations 293
47
North
Parking Entrance
DKN HCC
OBS
Parking
Parking Lake
Parking Huntoon APC
VON AKL
AB Parking
Parking
BDE WGL
Parking SCI Parking
A
COL Parking
X
CER
STC ERK
AUD
South Parking OPS
Entrance Kiln
X Parking
Parking
Shelter Soccer
Field
Tennis
Courts
denotes emergency phone locations
Baseball
denotes Automatic External Defibrillator (AED) in building Diamond Softball
Diamond
ROUTE 47 AT WAUBONSEE DR. SUGAR GROVE, IL 60554 (630) 466 -7900 www.waubonsee.edu
Plano Campus
D
ROA
RAIL
RN
O RTHE
N N
LIN GTO
BUR
FREE parking
Parking
is available to
Plano Campus
Lake
users as indicated.
LAKEWOOD SPRINGS
Plano
Plano
Campus
34
www.waubonsee.edu
Facilities and
294 Extension Locations
Aurora Campus
All students taking classes at
the Aurora Campus may be
issued special parking permits
to receive a discount at Stolp
Island Place. Check at the
Registration desk for a permit.
Parking Garages:
1. Stolp Island Place
Metered Lots:
(10-hour maximum)
2. South River
3. Water Street (2 hr max.)
4. North Broadway
5. New York Street (2 hr max.)
Copley Campus
FREE parking is available to
Copley Campus users as indicated.
2010/2011
Index 295
Associate in Science (AS) degree.............22 Child care ...................................................272
Associate of Arts in Teaching Child Care Worker (Certificate) ............110
(AAT) degree ...................................31, 32 Children’s Magnet Place Preschool.......274
Academic advising....................................270 Astronomy (AST) .....................................187 Children’s Programs ...................................14
Academic calendar .......................................8 Athletics......................................................273 Chinese (CHN) .........................................193
Academic Information/Regulations .....262 Attendance, class ......................................263 Class attendance .......................................263
Academic plan .............................................36 Auditing a course......................................254 Class standings..........................................263
Academic progress, standards of...........260 Aurora campus..........................................290 CLEP, credit for .........................................264
Access Center for Students with Aurora University joint admission ........253 Clinical Laboratory Science......................43
Disabilities ............................................270 Auto Body Repair (ABR)...................77, 187 CMA Preparation (Certificate) ................72
Accounting (ACC) .............................70, 182 Automotive Technology (AUT) ......79, 188 CNC Operator (Certificate) ...................152
Accreditation .................................................3 Aviation Pilot (AVP) ..........................57, 190 College Level Examination Program ....265
ACT preparation classes ...........................16 College Zone..............................................261
Activities, student.....................................274 Commercial Security Operations
Addictions Counseling (Certificate) .....147 (Certificate) ..........................................107
Administrative Assistant (AAS)...............73 Communication, Organizational ......40, 83
Administrative offices..............................285 Bachelor’s Degree, completion.................20 Communications (COM).........40, 150, 193
Administrative Office Basic Nurse Assistant (Certificate) .......129 Communications, Business.......................83
Systems (AOS)...............................73, 183 Basic Skills Education ................................12 Community Colleges Joint Educational
Administrative withdrawal .....................254 Before and After School-Age Care Agreement ............................................173
Admission process and (Certificate) ..........................................110 Community Education...............................13
registration.....................................10, 250 Biology (BIO) ......................................43, 190 Computer-Aided Design and Drafting
Adult Basic Education................................12 Board of Trustees ..........................................4 (CAD)..............................................94, 194
Adult Education, special programs .........12 Bookstore ...................................................271 Computer Careers ..............................94-103
Adult Education Learning Center ...........12 Business (BUS) .......................37, 83-93, 192 Computer Information Systems
Adult Literacy Project................................13 Business Communications (CIS) ................................................97, 196
Adult students ...........................................274 (Certificates)...........................................83 Computer Science transfer guidelines....39
Advanced Placement Program...............264 Business Competition Day........................16 Computer Software Development
Agriculture (AGR) ....................................184 (AAS) .......................................................97
Allied Health (ALH).................................184 Computing center.....................................273
Americans with Disabilities Act Conduct, student ......................................272
(ADA) ....................................................277 Construction Management
Cable to the Home......................................15
Animation (Certificate) ...........................120 (CMT)...........................................104, 198
CAD ......................................................94, 194
Anthropology (ANT)...............................184 Cooperative agreements.................173, 257
CAD/CAM (Certificate) .........................152
APICS (APC).......................................92, 185 Copley campus ..........................................290
Calendar..........................................................8
Architectural Drafting (Certificate) ........96 Counseling .................................................272
Campus maps ........................................293-4
Area of concentration, purpose ...............21 Course Descriptions.................................176
Campus Security Act ...............................277
Armed Forces experience credit............263 Course numbering system ......................177
Career choices ...........................................271
Army ROTC transfer option............16, 174 CPA Preparation (Certificate) ..................72
Career connections ..................................172
Art (ART) ......................................27, 46, 185 Credit by College Level Examination
Career education............................12, 63, 69
Articulated credit, high school ..............175 Program.................................................264
Career Education curriculum,
Articulation compact .................................19 Credit for high school work....................175
purpose of ...............................................64
Assessment ................................................272 Credit for prior experience .....................262
Career Services..........................................271
Associate in Applied Science (AAS) Criminal Justice (CRJ) ..............56, 106, 199
Center for Learning Assessment ...........272
degree ......................................................65 Curriculum at a glance.............................6-7
Certificates of achievement..............66, 263
Associate in Arts (AA) degree..................22 Customized training...................................17
Chargeback, tuition..................................256
Associate in Engineering Science
Chemistry (CHM)..............................58, 193
(AES) degree...........................................25
Associate in Fine Arts
(AFA) degree....................................27, 29
Associate in General Studies
(AGS) degree ..........................................61
www.waubonsee.edu
296 Index
2010/2011
Index 297
Proficiency Examination .........................264
Program Review........................................270
Programming, Web ..................................102
Japanese ......................................................222 Network Administration .....................97-99 Programs for high school students..........16
Joint admission with New Student Information Programs for youth.....................................14
Aurora University................................253 Form ...........................................end pages Psychology (PSY)................................55, 239
Joint admission with Northern Illinois New Student E-RAP ................10, 251, 272
University..............................................253 Newspaper, student..................................274
Joint Educational Agreement .................173 Nondiscrimination statement ................277
Northern Illinois University .................. 253
Nurse Assistant (NAS)....................129, 233 Reading (RDG) ..........................................240
Nursing (NUR)...........................44, 135, 233 Real Estate (REL)..............................165, 240
Nursing, Perioperative.............................132 Reclassification of status .........................251
Laboratory fees..........................................256 Records/transcripts..................................268
Languages...................................................209 Refunds, tuition.........................................258
Legal Interpreting (LGI) .................155, 222 Registered Nursing...................................135
Learning Enhancement.....................14, 273 Registration .........................................10, 250
Library.........................................................275 Occupational program guarantee ...........64 Registration and Planning (RAP)....10, 272
Library and Information Studies ..156, 222 Occupational programs.............................67 Rehabilitation Act.....................................277
Lifelong Learning Institute (LLI) .............14 Office Essentials (Certificate)...................75 Repeated courses, grades ........................266
Limited Enrollment Programs ...............252 Office Skills (Certificate) ...........................75 Renewable Energy
Literacy project ...........................................13 Office Software Specialist Technology (RET) ......................167, 241
Locations, campus............................289-294 (Certificate).............................................76 Requirements, high school .......................20
Office Support (AAS).................................74 Residency requirements..........................256
Online bachelor’s degree ...........................20 Resources and Services............................270
Online courses.............................................14 Returning students .....................................10
Organizational Communication .......40, 84 Reverse transfer students..................10, 252
Magnet Place Preschool ..........................274 Out-of-district...........................................256
Management (MGT) .........................87, 222 Rights, student...........................................267
Outcomes, student .....................................21 ROTC transfer option .......................16, 174
Maps, campus........................................293-4
Marketing (MKT) ..............................90, 224
Massage..............................................139, 245
Mass Communication
(MCM) ...................................40, 158, 224 Paramedic...................................................123 Safety ...............................................................3
Materials Management/APICS .......92, 185 Paraprofessional Educator ......................161 Schedule of classes ...................................272
Math Course sequence chart....................24 Parking maps .........................................293-4 Scheduling your classes .............................36
Mathematics (MTH) ...................31, 59, 225 Part-time student ...............................10, 251 Scholarships...............................................261
MBA Preparation (Certificate).................89 Patient Care Technician (PCT) .....131, 234 Secondary Education
Medical Assistant (MLA) ...............127, 227 Payment for classes ..................................257 transfer guidelines.................................52
Medical Office (Certificate)....................143 Perioperative Nursing..............................132 Secondary Mathematics ............................31
Medical Transcription (Certificate)......143 Personal Development (PDV)................234 Security Operations (Certificate) ..........107
Microcomputer Maintenance Petition for graduation ............................267 Semester calendar.........................................8
(Certificate) ..........................................112 Philosophy (PHL) ...............................47, 235 Senate, student ..........................................274
Microcomputer Systems (MCS) ...100, 228 Phlebotomy (PBT) ...........................134, 235 Senior citizen tuition ...............................256
Military Recruiting...................................267 Phone numbers ................inside back cover Sign Language (SGN)......................153, 242
Military Science (MSC)...........................229 Photography...............................................163 Skyway Conference ..................................273
Mission, college .............................................2 Physical Education (PED) .................49, 236 Small Business Development Center......17
Music (MUS) ............................... 29, 48, 229 Physics (PHY) .....................................59, 238 Social Science (SSC).................................242
Music Careers............................................160 Placement testing......................................272 Social Work transfer guidelines ...............56
Music performance ..................................273 Plano Campus ...........................................290 Sociology (SOC).................................55, 242
Political Science (PSC) ......................54, 239 Spanish (SPN)............................................243
Preschool ....................................................274 Special Education, AAT.............................32
President’s list............................................265 Special Education transfer guidelines.....53
President’s message.......................................5 Special programs, adult education..........12
Probation, academic.................................270
www.waubonsee.edu
298 Index
Sports ..........................................................273
Staff..............................................................278
Standards of Academic Progress ...........260
S.T.A.R. Program ......................................274 VALEES ......................................................175
Student Academic Plan..............................36 Veterans’ programs, financial aid ..........261
Student clubs/organizations...................274 Vision...............................................................2
Student fee .................................................256 Vocal music performance .......................273
Student government.................................274 Vocational Skills Program.........................12
Student newspaper (Insight) ..................274
Student Right to Know Act.....................277
Student Support Services........................275
Student trustee ..........................................274 Waubonsee Community College
Study abroad ................................................16 Foundation ...........................................273
Sugar Grove campus ................................290 Waubonsee on the Web...........................290
Summer school, high school.....................16 Web Authoring and Design ....................103
Surgical Technology (SUR) ............137, 244 Web Design and Publishing
Sustainability(SUS)...................................245 (Certificate) ..........................................120
Web Page Design (Certificate) ...............103
Web Server Programming ......................103
Web Site Design and Development
Teaching, Associate of Arts in ...........31-32 (AAS) .....................................................102
Telecommunication Technician Weekend College ........................................16
(Certificate) ..........................................112 Welding (WLD)................................170, 248
Telecourses...................................................15 Withdrawal ................................................254
Testing.........................................................272 Word Processing (Certificate)..................76
Textbooks ...................................................258 Work experience, credit for....................263
Theatre (THE) ....................................42, 245 Workforce Development ...........................17
Therapeutic Massage (TMS) .........139, 245 World Wide Web/Internet
3-D Modeling (Certificate) .......................96 (WEB) ...........................................102, 249
Title IX ........................................................277 World Wide Youth in Science and
Todd Library..............................................275 Engineering Competition ....................16
Total Fitness Center....................................13
Tourism, Travel and Event Planning
(TOU) ....................................................247
Transcripts (Records) ..............................268 Youth programs...........................................14
Transfer advising ......................................275 Youth Services Program (YSP).................12
Transfer Degree curriculum,
purpose of ...............................................19
Transfer degree program guidelines .......34
Transfer degrees program.........................18
Transfer education......................................12
Transfer program guarantee.....................19
Transfer students
(reverse transfer)...........................10, 251
Translation (TRA)............................169, 247
Trustee, student ........................................274
Trustees...........................................................4
Trips and Tours ...........................................14
Tuition and fees.........................................255
Tutoring ......................................................275
Two-way interactive
television courses ..................................15
2010/2011
Glossary 299
www.waubonsee.edu
300 Notes
2010/2011
Notes 301
www.waubonsee.edu
302 Notes
2010/2011
Notes 303
www.waubonsee.edu
304 Notes
2010/2011
www.waubonsee.edu